Function and Method listing

List of all the functions and methods in the manual

• a
  • abs - 절대값
  • acos - 역코사인
  • acosh - 역쌍곡코사인
  • addcslashes - C 형식으로 문자열을 슬래시로 인용
  • addslashes - 문자열을 슬래시로 인용
  • aggregate - Dynamic class and object aggregation of methods and properties
  • aggregate_info - Gets aggregation information for a given object
  • aggregate_methods - Dynamic class and object aggregation of methods
  • aggregate_methods_by_list - Selective dynamic class methods aggregation to an object
  • aggregate_methods_by_regexp - Selective class methods aggregation to an object using a regular expression
  • aggregate_properties - Dynamic aggregation of class properties to an object
  • aggregate_properties_by_list - Selective dynamic class properties aggregation to an object
  • aggregate_properties_by_regexp - Selective class properties aggregation to an object using a regular expression
  • aggregation_info - 별칭: aggregate_info
  • AMQPConnection::connect - Establish a connection with the AMQP broker.
  • AMQPConnection::disconnect - Closes the connection with the AMQP broker.
  • AMQPConnection::isConnected - Determine if the AMQPConnection object is connected to the broker.
  • AMQPConnection::reconnect - Closes any open connection and creates a new connection with the AMQP broker.
  • AMQPConnection::setHost - Set the amqp host.
  • AMQPConnection::setLogin - Set the login.
  • AMQPConnection::setPassword - Set the password.
  • AMQPConnection::setPort - Set the port.
  • AMQPConnection::setVhost - Set the amqp virtual host
  • AMQPConnection::__construct - Create an instance of AMQPConnection
  • AMQPExchange::bind - The bind purpose
  • AMQPExchange::declare - Declare a new exchange on the broker.
  • AMQPExchange::delete - Delete the exchange from the broker.
  • AMQPExchange::publish - Publish a message to an exchange.
  • AMQPExchange::__construct - Create an instance of AMQPExchange
  • AMQPQueue::ack - Acknowledge the receipt of a message
  • AMQPQueue::bind - Bind the given queue to a routing key on an exchange.
  • AMQPQueue::cancel - Cancel a queue binding.
  • AMQPQueue::consume - The consume purpose
  • AMQPQueue::declare - Declare a new queue
  • AMQPQueue::delete - Delete a queue and its contents.
  • AMQPQueue::get - Retrieve the next message from the queue.
  • AMQPQueue::purge - Purge the contents of a queue
  • AMQPQueue::unbind - Unbind the queue from a routing key.
  • AMQPQueue::__construct - Create an instance of an AMQPQueue object.
  • apache_child_terminate - 이 요청 후에 아파치 프로세스를 종료한다
  • apache_getenv - 아파치 서브프로세스의 환경 변수를 가져옵니다
  • apache_get_modules - 적재된 아파치 모듈 목록을 얻습니다
  • apache_get_version - 아파치 버전을 가져옵니다
  • apache_lookup_uri - 지정한 URI에 부분 요청을 수행하고 그에 대한 정보를 반환
  • apache_note - 아파치의 요청 노트를 얻거나 설정한다
  • apache_request_headers - 모든 HTTP 요청 헤더를 가져옵니다
  • apache_reset_timeout - 아파치 쓰기 타이머 초기화
  • apache_response_headers - 모든 HTTP 응답 헤더를 가져옵니다
  • apache_setenv - 아파치의 서브프로세스의 환경 변수를 설정합니다
  • APCIterator::current - Get current item
  • APCIterator::getTotalCount - Get total count
  • APCIterator::getTotalHits - Get total cache hits
  • APCIterator::getTotalSize - Get total cache size
  • APCIterator::key - Get iterator key
  • APCIterator::next - Move pointer to next item
  • APCIterator::rewind - Rewinds iterator
  • APCIterator::valid - Checks if current position is valid
  • APCIterator::__construct - Constructs an APCIterator iterator object
  • apc_add - Cache a variable in the data store
  • apc_bin_dump - Get a binary dump of the given files and user variables
  • apc_bin_dumpfile - Output a binary dump of cached files and user variables to a file
  • apc_bin_load - Load a binary dump into the APC file/user cache
  • apc_bin_loadfile - Load a binary dump from a file into the APC file/user cache
  • apc_cache_info - Retrieves cached information from APC's data store
  • apc_cas - Updates an old value with a new value
  • apc_clear_cache - Clears the APC cache
  • apc_compile_file - Stores a file in the bytecode cache, bypassing all filters.
  • apc_dec - Decrease a stored number
  • apc_define_constants - Defines a set of constants for retrieval and mass-definition
  • apc_delete - Removes a stored variable from the cache
  • apc_delete_file - Deletes files from the opcode cache
  • apc_exists - Checks if APC key exists
  • apc_fetch - Fetch a stored variable from the cache
  • apc_inc - Increase a stored number
  • apc_load_constants - Loads a set of constants from the cache
  • apc_sma_info - Retrieves APC's Shared Memory Allocation information
  • apc_store - Cache a variable in the data store
  • apd_breakpoint - Stops the interpreter and waits on a CR from the socket
  • apd_callstack - Returns the current call stack as an array
  • apd_clunk - Throw a warning and a callstack
  • apd_continue - Restarts the interpreter
  • apd_croak - Throw an error, a callstack and then exit
  • apd_dump_function_table - Outputs the current function table
  • apd_dump_persistent_resources - Return all persistent resources as an array
  • apd_dump_regular_resources - Return all current regular resources as an array
  • apd_echo - Echo to the debugging socket
  • apd_get_active_symbols - Get an array of the current variables names in the local scope
  • apd_set_pprof_trace - Starts the session debugging
  • apd_set_session - Changes or sets the current debugging level
  • apd_set_session_trace - Starts the session debugging
  • apd_set_session_trace_socket - Starts the remote session debugging
  • AppendIterator::append - Appends an iterator
  • AppendIterator::current - Gets the current value
  • AppendIterator::getArrayIterator - The getArrayIterator method
  • AppendIterator::getInnerIterator - Gets an inner iterator
  • AppendIterator::getIteratorIndex - Gets an index of iterators
  • AppendIterator::key - Gets the current key
  • AppendIterator::next - Moves to the next element
  • AppendIterator::rewind - Rewinds the Iterator
  • AppendIterator::valid - Checks validity of the current element
  • AppendIterator::__construct - Constructs an AppendIterator
  • array - 배열 생성
  • ArrayAccess::offsetExists - Whether a offset exists
  • ArrayAccess::offsetGet - Offset to retrieve
  • ArrayAccess::offsetSet - Offset to set
  • ArrayAccess::offsetUnset - Offset to unset
  • ArrayIterator::append - Append an element
  • ArrayIterator::asort - Sort array by values
  • ArrayIterator::count - Count elements
  • ArrayIterator::current - Return current array entry
  • ArrayIterator::getArrayCopy - Get array copy
  • ArrayIterator::getFlags - Get flags
  • ArrayIterator::key - Return current array key
  • ArrayIterator::ksort - Sort array by keys
  • ArrayIterator::natcasesort - Sort an array naturally, case insensitive
  • ArrayIterator::natsort - Sort an array naturally
  • ArrayIterator::next - Move to next entry
  • ArrayIterator::offsetExists - Check if offset exists
  • ArrayIterator::offsetGet - Get value for an offset
  • ArrayIterator::offsetSet - Set value for an offset
  • ArrayIterator::offsetUnset - Unset value for an offset
  • ArrayIterator::rewind - Rewind array back to the start
  • ArrayIterator::seek - Seek to position
  • ArrayIterator::serialize - Serialize
  • ArrayIterator::setFlags - Set behaviour flags
  • ArrayIterator::uasort - User defined sort
  • ArrayIterator::uksort - User defined sort
  • ArrayIterator::unserialize - Unserialize
  • ArrayIterator::valid - Check whether array contains more entries
  • ArrayIterator::__construct - Construct an ArrayIterator
  • ArrayObject::append - Appends the value
  • ArrayObject::asort - Sort the entries by value
  • ArrayObject::count - Get the number of public properties in the ArrayObject
  • ArrayObject::exchangeArray - Exchange the array for another one.
  • ArrayObject::getArrayCopy - Creates a copy of the ArrayObject.
  • ArrayObject::getFlags - Gets the behavior flags.
  • ArrayObject::getIterator - Create a new iterator from an ArrayObject instance
  • ArrayObject::getIteratorClass - Gets the iterator classname for the ArrayObject.
  • ArrayObject::ksort - Sort the entries by key
  • ArrayObject::natcasesort - Sort an array using a case insensitive "natural order" algorithm
  • ArrayObject::natsort - Sort entries using a "natural order" algorithm
  • ArrayObject::offsetExists - Returns whether the requested index exists
  • ArrayObject::offsetGet - Returns the value at the specified index
  • ArrayObject::offsetSet - Sets the value at the specified index to newval
  • ArrayObject::offsetUnset - Unsets the value at the specified index
  • ArrayObject::serialize - Serialize an ArrayObject
  • ArrayObject::setFlags - Sets the behavior flags.
  • ArrayObject::setIteratorClass - Sets the iterator classname for the ArrayObject.
  • ArrayObject::uasort - Sort the entries with a user-defined comparison function and maintain key association
  • ArrayObject::uksort - Sort the entries by keys using a user-defined comparison function
  • ArrayObject::unserialize - Unserialize an ArrayObject
  • ArrayObject::__construct - Construct a new array object
  • array_change_key_case - 배열 안의 모든 키를 변경
  • array_chunk - 배열을 조각으로 나누기
  • array_combine - 키를 위한 배열과 값을 위한 배열을 사용하여 배열을 생성
  • array_count_values - 배열 값의 수를 셉니다
  • array_diff - 배열 차이를 계산
  • array_diff_assoc - 추가적인 인덱스 확인과 함께 배열 차이를 계산
  • array_diff_key - Computes the difference of arrays using keys for comparison
  • array_diff_uassoc - Computes the difference of arrays with additional index check which is performed by a user supplied callback function
  • array_diff_ukey - Computes the difference of arrays using a callback function on the keys for comparison
  • array_fill - 값으로 배열 채우기
  • array_fill_keys - Fill an array with values, specifying keys
  • array_filter - 콜백 함수를 사용하여 배열 원소를 필터
  • array_flip - 배열 안의 모든 키를 각 키의 연관 값과 교체
  • array_intersect - 배열의 교집합을 계산
  • array_intersect_assoc - 인덱스 검사과 함께 배열의 교집합을 계산
  • array_intersect_key - Computes the intersection of arrays using keys for comparison
  • array_intersect_uassoc - Computes the intersection of arrays with additional index check, compares indexes by a callback function
  • array_intersect_ukey - Computes the intersection of arrays using a callback function on the keys for comparison
  • array_keys - 배열의 모든 키를 반환
  • array_key_exists - 주어진 키와 인덱스가 배열에 존재하는지 확인
  • array_map - Applies the callback to the elements of the given arrays
  • array_merge - 하나 이상의 배열을 병합
  • array_merge_recursive - 두개 이상의 배열을 재귀적으로 병합
  • array_multisort - 여러 배열이나 다차원 배열 정렬
  • array_pad - 지정한 길이만큼 특정 값으로 배열 채우기
  • array_pop - 배열의 마지막 원소 빼내기
  • array_product - Calculate the product of values in an array
  • array_push - 배열의 끝에 하나 이상의 원소를 넣는다
  • array_rand - 배열에서 하나 이상의 임의 원소를 가져옴
  • array_reduce - 콜백 함수를 사용하여 배열을 반복적으로 단일 값으로 축소
  • array_replace - Replaces elements from passed arrays into the first array
  • array_replace_recursive - Replaces elements from passed arrays into the first array recursively
  • array_reverse - 원소를 역순으로 가지는 배열을 반환
  • array_search - 주어진 값으로 배열을 검색하여 성공시 해당하는 키를 반환
  • array_shift - 배열의 맨 앞에 있는 원소를 시프트
  • array_slice - 배열의 일부를 추출
  • array_splice - 배열의 일부를 삭제하고, 그 위치를 다른 내용으로 대체
  • array_sum - 배열 값들의 합을 계산
  • array_udiff - Computes the difference of arrays by using a callback function for data comparison
  • array_udiff_assoc - Computes the difference of arrays with additional index check, compares data by a callback function
  • array_udiff_uassoc - Computes the difference of arrays with additional index check, compares data and indexes by a callback function
  • array_uintersect - Computes the intersection of arrays, compares data by a callback function
  • array_uintersect_assoc - Computes the intersection of arrays with additional index check, compares data by a callback function
  • array_uintersect_uassoc - Computes the intersection of arrays with additional index check, compares data and indexes by a callback functions
  • array_unique - 배열에서 중복된 값을 제거
  • array_unshift - 배열의 맨 앞에 하나 이상의 원소를 첨가
  • array_values - 배열의 모든 값을 반환
  • array_walk - 배열의 각 원소에 대해서 특정 함수를 적용
  • array_walk_recursive - Apply a user function recursively to every member of an array
  • arsort - 배열을 내림차순 정렬하고 인덱스의 상관관계를 유지
  • asin - 역사인
  • asinh - 역쌍곡사인
  • asort - 배열을 정렬하고 인덱스 상관 관계를 유지
  • assert - Checks if assertion is FALSE
  • assert_options - Set/get the various assert flags
  • atan - 역탄젠트
  • atan2 - 두 변수의 역탄젠트
  • atanh - 역쌍곡탄젠트
• b
  • base64_decode - MIME base64로 인코드한 데이터를 디코드합니다
  • base64_encode - 데이터를 MIME base64로 인코드
  • basename - Returns trailing name component of path
  • base_convert - 수를 임의의 진법으로 변환
  • bbcode_add_element - Adds a bbcode element
  • bbcode_add_smiley - Adds a smiley to the parser
  • bbcode_create - Create a BBCode Resource
  • bbcode_destroy - Close BBCode_container resource
  • bbcode_parse - Parse a string following a given rule set
  • bbcode_set_arg_parser - Attach another parser in order to use another rule set for argument parsing
  • bbcode_set_flags - Set or alter parser options
  • bcadd - 두 임의 정밀도 수 더하기
  • bccomp - 두 임의 정밀도 수 비교
  • bcdiv - 두 임의 정밀도 수 나누기
  • bcmod - 임의 정밀도 수의 나머지를 구합니다
  • bcmul - 두 임의 정밀도 수 곱하기
  • bcompiler_load - Reads and creates classes from a bz compressed file
  • bcompiler_load_exe - Reads and creates classes from a bcompiler exe file
  • bcompiler_parse_class - Reads the bytecodes of a class and calls back to a user function
  • bcompiler_read - Reads and creates classes from a filehandle
  • bcompiler_write_class - Writes an defined class as bytecodes
  • bcompiler_write_constant - Writes a defined constant as bytecodes
  • bcompiler_write_exe_footer - Writes the start pos, and sig to the end of a exe type file
  • bcompiler_write_file - Writes a php source file as bytecodes
  • bcompiler_write_footer - Writes the single character \x00 to indicate End of compiled data
  • bcompiler_write_function - Writes an defined function as bytecodes
  • bcompiler_write_functions_from_file - Writes all functions defined in a file as bytecodes
  • bcompiler_write_header - Writes the bcompiler header
  • bcompiler_write_included_filename - Writes an included file as bytecodes
  • bcpow - 임의 정밀도 수 거듭제곱
  • bcpowmod - 임의 정밀도 수를 거듭제곱하고, 지정한 제수로 나머지를 구합니다
  • bcscale - 모든 bc 수학 함수의 기본 scale 인수값 설정
  • bcsqrt - 임의 정밀도 수의 제곱근을 구합니다
  • bcsub - 임의 정밀도 수 빼기
  • bin2hex - 바이너리 데이터를 16진 표현으로 변환
  • bindec - 2진수를 10진수로
  • bindtextdomain - Sets the path for a domain
  • bind_textdomain_codeset - Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the DOMAIN message catalog will be returned
  • bson_decode - Deserializes a BSON object into a PHP array
  • bson_encode - Serializes a PHP variable into a BSON string
  • bzclose - bzip2 파일 닫기
  • bzcompress - 문자열을 bzip2 인코드 데이터로 압축
  • bzdecompress - bzip2 인코드 데이터의 압축 해제
  • bzerrno - bzip2 오류 번호 반환
  • bzerror - bzip2 오류 번호와 오류 문자열을 배열로 반환
  • bzerrstr - bzip2 오류 문자열을 반환
  • bzflush - 버퍼에 담긴 모든 데이터를 강제 기록
  • bzopen - bzip2 압축 파일 열기
  • bzread - 바이너리 안전 bzip2 파일 읽기
  • bzwrite - 바이너리 안전 bzip2 파일 쓰기
• c
  • CachingIterator::count - The number of elements in the iterator
  • CachingIterator::current - Return the current element
  • CachingIterator::getCache - The getCache purpose
  • CachingIterator::getFlags - Get flags used
  • CachingIterator::getInnerIterator - Returns the inner iterator
  • CachingIterator::hasNext - Check whether the inner iterator has a valid next element
  • CachingIterator::key - Return the key for the current element
  • CachingIterator::next - Move the iterator forward
  • CachingIterator::offsetExists - The offsetExists purpose
  • CachingIterator::offsetGet - The offsetGet purpose
  • CachingIterator::offsetSet - The offsetSet purpose
  • CachingIterator::offsetUnset - The offsetUnset purpose
  • CachingIterator::rewind - Rewind the iterator
  • CachingIterator::setFlags - The setFlags purpose
  • CachingIterator::valid - Check whether the current element is valid
  • CachingIterator::__construct - Construct a new CachingIterator object for the iterator.
  • CachingIterator::__toString - Return the string representation of the current element
  • Cairo::availableFonts - Retrieves the availables font types
  • Cairo::availableSurfaces - Retrieves all available surfaces
  • Cairo::statusToString - Retrieves the current status as string
  • Cairo::version - Retrives cairo's library version
  • Cairo::versionString - Retrieves cairo version as string
  • CairoContext::appendPath - Appends a path to current path
  • CairoContext::arc - Adds a circular arc
  • CairoContext::arcNegative - Adds a negative arc
  • CairoContext::clip - Establishes a new clip region
  • CairoContext::clipExtents - Computes the area inside the current clip
  • CairoContext::clipPreserve - Establishes a new clip region from the current clip
  • CairoContext::clipRectangleList - Retrieves the current clip as a list of rectangles
  • CairoContext::closePath - Closes the current path
  • CairoContext::copyPage - Emits the current page
  • CairoContext::copyPath - Creates a copy of the current path
  • CairoContext::copyPathFlat - Gets a flattened copy of the current path
  • CairoContext::curveTo - Adds a curve
  • CairoContext::deviceToUser - Transform a coordinate
  • CairoContext::deviceToUserDistance - Transform a distance
  • CairoContext::fill - Fills the current path
  • CairoContext::fillExtents - Computes the filled area
  • CairoContext::fillPreserve - Fills and preserve the current path
  • CairoContext::fontExtents - Get the font extents
  • CairoContext::getAntialias - Retrives the current antialias mode
  • CairoContext::getCurrentPoint - The getCurrentPoint purpose
  • CairoContext::getDash - The getDash purpose
  • CairoContext::getDashCount - The getDashCount purpose
  • CairoContext::getFillRule - The getFillRule purpose
  • CairoContext::getFontFace - The getFontFace purpose
  • CairoContext::getFontMatrix - The getFontMatrix purpose
  • CairoContext::getFontOptions - The getFontOptions purpose
  • CairoContext::getGroupTarget - The getGroupTarget purpose
  • CairoContext::getLineCap - The getLineCap purpose
  • CairoContext::getLineJoin - The getLineJoin purpose
  • CairoContext::getLineWidth - The getLineWidth purpose
  • CairoContext::getMatrix - The getMatrix purpose
  • CairoContext::getMiterLimit - The getMiterLimit purpose
  • CairoContext::getOperator - The getOperator purpose
  • CairoContext::getScaledFont - The getScaledFont purpose
  • CairoContext::getSource - The getSource purpose
  • CairoContext::getTarget - The getTarget purpose
  • CairoContext::getTolerance - The getTolerance purpose
  • CairoContext::glyphPath - The glyphPath purpose
  • CairoContext::hasCurrentPoint - The hasCurrentPoint purpose
  • CairoContext::identityMatrix - The identityMatrix purpose
  • CairoContext::inFill - The inFill purpose
  • CairoContext::inStroke - The inStroke purpose
  • CairoContext::lineTo - The lineTo purpose
  • CairoContext::mask - The mask purpose
  • CairoContext::maskSurface - The maskSurface purpose
  • CairoContext::moveTo - The moveTo purpose
  • CairoContext::newPath - The newPath purpose
  • CairoContext::newSubPath - The newSubPath purpose
  • CairoContext::paint - The paint purpose
  • CairoContext::paintWithAlpha - The paintWithAlpha purpose
  • CairoContext::pathExtents - The pathExtents purpose
  • CairoContext::popGroup - The popGroup purpose
  • CairoContext::popGroupToSource - The popGroupToSource purpose
  • CairoContext::pushGroup - The pushGroup purpose
  • CairoContext::pushGroupWithContent - The pushGroupWithContent purpose
  • CairoContext::rectangle - The rectangle purpose
  • CairoContext::relCurveTo - The relCurveTo purpose
  • CairoContext::relLineTo - The relLineTo purpose
  • CairoContext::relMoveTo - The relMoveTo purpose
  • CairoContext::resetClip - The resetClip purpose
  • CairoContext::restore - The restore purpose
  • CairoContext::rotate - The rotate purpose
  • CairoContext::save - The save purpose
  • CairoContext::scale - The scale purpose
  • CairoContext::selectFontFace - The selectFontFace purpose
  • CairoContext::setAntialias - The setAntialias purpose
  • CairoContext::setDash - The setDash purpose
  • CairoContext::setFillRule - The setFillRule purpose
  • CairoContext::setFontFace - The setFontFace purpose
  • CairoContext::setFontMatrix - The setFontMatrix purpose
  • CairoContext::setFontOptions - The setFontOptions purpose
  • CairoContext::setFontSize - The setFontSize purpose
  • CairoContext::setLineCap - The setLineCap purpose
  • CairoContext::setLineJoin - The setLineJoin purpose
  • CairoContext::setLineWidth - The setLineWidth purpose
  • CairoContext::setMatrix - The setMatrix purpose
  • CairoContext::setMiterLimit - The setMiterLimit purpose
  • CairoContext::setOperator - The setOperator purpose
  • CairoContext::setScaledFont - The setScaledFont purpose
  • CairoContext::setSource - The setSource purpose
  • CairoContext::setSourceRGB - The setSourceRGB purpose
  • CairoContext::setSourceRGBA - The setSourceRGBA purpose
  • CairoContext::setSourceSurface - The setSourceSurface purpose
  • CairoContext::setTolerance - The setTolerance purpose
  • CairoContext::showPage - The showPage purpose
  • CairoContext::showText - The showText purpose
  • CairoContext::status - The status purpose
  • CairoContext::stroke - The stroke purpose
  • CairoContext::strokeExtents - The strokeExtents purpose
  • CairoContext::strokePreserve - The strokePreserve purpose
  • CairoContext::textExtents - The textExtents purpose
  • CairoContext::textPath - The textPath purpose
  • CairoContext::transform - The transform purpose
  • CairoContext::translate - The translate purpose
  • CairoContext::userToDevice - The userToDevice purpose
  • CairoContext::userToDeviceDistance - The userToDeviceDistance purpose
  • CairoContext::__construct - Creates a new CairoContext
  • CairoFontFace::getType - Retrieves the font face type
  • CairoFontFace::status - Check for CairoFontFace errors
  • CairoFontFace::__construct - Creates a new CairoFontFace object
  • CairoFontOptions::equal - The equal purpose
  • CairoFontOptions::getAntialias - The getAntialias purpose
  • CairoFontOptions::getHintMetrics - The getHintMetrics purpose
  • CairoFontOptions::getHintStyle - The getHintStyle purpose
  • CairoFontOptions::getSubpixelOrder - The getSubpixelOrder purpose
  • CairoFontOptions::hash - The hash purpose
  • CairoFontOptions::merge - The merge purpose
  • CairoFontOptions::setAntialias - The setAntialias purpose
  • CairoFontOptions::setHintMetrics - The setHintMetrics purpose
  • CairoFontOptions::setHintStyle - The setHintStyle purpose
  • CairoFontOptions::setSubpixelOrder - The setSubpixelOrder purpose
  • CairoFontOptions::status - The status purpose
  • CairoFontOptions::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • CairoFormat::strideForWidth - Provides an appropiate stride to use
  • CairoGradientPattern::addColorStopRgb - The addColorStopRgb purpose
  • CairoGradientPattern::addColorStopRgba - The addColorStopRgba purpose
  • CairoGradientPattern::getColorStopCount - The getColorStopCount purpose
  • CairoGradientPattern::getColorStopRgba - The getColorStopRgba purpose
  • CairoGradientPattern::getExtend - The getExtend purpose
  • CairoGradientPattern::setExtend - The setExtend purpose
  • CairoImageSurface::createForData - The createForData purpose
  • CairoImageSurface::createFromPng - Creates a new CairoImageSurface form a png image file
  • CairoImageSurface::getData - Gets the image data as string
  • CairoImageSurface::getFormat - Get the image format
  • CairoImageSurface::getHeight - Retrieves the height of the CairoImageSurface
  • CairoImageSurface::getStride - The getStride purpose
  • CairoImageSurface::getWidth - Retrieves the width of the CairoImageSurface
  • CairoImageSurface::__construct - Creates a new CairoImageSurface
  • CairoLinearGradient::getPoints - The getPoints purpose
  • CairoLinearGradient::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • CairoMatrix::initIdentity - Creates a new identity matrix
  • CairoMatrix::initRotate - Creates a new rotated matrix
  • CairoMatrix::initScale - Creates a new scaling matrix
  • CairoMatrix::initTranslate - Creates a new translation matrix
  • CairoMatrix::invert - The invert purpose
  • CairoMatrix::multiply - The multiply purpose
  • CairoMatrix::rotate - The rotate purpose
  • CairoMatrix::scale - Applies scaling to a matrix
  • CairoMatrix::transformDistance - The transformDistance purpose
  • CairoMatrix::transformPoint - The transformPoint purpose
  • CairoMatrix::translate - The translate purpose
  • CairoMatrix::__construct - Creates a new CairoMatrix object
  • CairoPattern::getMatrix - The getMatrix purpose
  • CairoPattern::getType - The getType purpose
  • CairoPattern::setMatrix - The setMatrix purpose
  • CairoPattern::status - The status purpose
  • CairoPattern::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • CairoPdfSurface::setSize - The setSize purpose
  • CairoPdfSurface::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • CairoPsSurface::dscBeginPageSetup - The dscBeginPageSetup purpose
  • CairoPsSurface::dscBeginSetup - The dscBeginSetup purpose
  • CairoPsSurface::dscComment - The dscComment purpose
  • CairoPsSurface::getEps - The getEps purpose
  • CairoPsSurface::getLevels - The getLevels purpose
  • CairoPsSurface::levelToString - The levelToString purpose
  • CairoPsSurface::restrictToLevel - The restrictToLevel purpose
  • CairoPsSurface::setEps - The setEps purpose
  • CairoPsSurface::setSize - The setSize purpose
  • CairoPsSurface::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • CairoRadialGradient::getCircles - The getCircles purpose
  • CairoRadialGradient::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • CairoScaledFont::extents - The extents purpose
  • CairoScaledFont::getCtm - The getCtm purpose
  • CairoScaledFont::getFontFace - The getFontFace purpose
  • CairoScaledFont::getFontMatrix - The getFontMatrix purpose
  • CairoScaledFont::getFontOptions - The getFontOptions purpose
  • CairoScaledFont::getScaleMatrix - The getScaleMatrix purpose
  • CairoScaledFont::getType - The getType purpose
  • CairoScaledFont::glyphExtents - The glyphExtents purpose
  • CairoScaledFont::status - The status purpose
  • CairoScaledFont::textExtents - The textExtents purpose
  • CairoScaledFont::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • CairoSolidPattern::getRgba - The getRgba purpose
  • CairoSolidPattern::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • CairoSurface::copyPage - The copyPage purpose
  • CairoSurface::createSimilar - The createSimilar purpose
  • CairoSurface::finish - The finish purpose
  • CairoSurface::flush - The flush purpose
  • CairoSurface::getContent - The getContent purpose
  • CairoSurface::getDeviceOffset - The getDeviceOffset purpose
  • CairoSurface::getFontOptions - The getFontOptions purpose
  • CairoSurface::getType - The getType purpose
  • CairoSurface::markDirty - The markDirty purpose
  • CairoSurface::markDirtyRectangle - The markDirtyRectangle purpose
  • CairoSurface::setDeviceOffset - The setDeviceOffset purpose
  • CairoSurface::setFallbackResolution - The setFallbackResolution purpose
  • CairoSurface::showPage - The showPage purpose
  • CairoSurface::status - The status purpose
  • CairoSurface::writeToPng - The writeToPng purpose
  • CairoSurface::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • CairoSurfacePattern::getExtend - The getExtend purpose
  • CairoSurfacePattern::getFilter - The getFilter purpose
  • CairoSurfacePattern::getSurface - The getSurface purpose
  • CairoSurfacePattern::setExtend - The setExtend purpose
  • CairoSurfacePattern::setFilter - The setFilter purpose
  • CairoSurfacePattern::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • CairoSvgSurface::getVersions - Used to retrieve a list of supported SVG versions
  • CairoSvgSurface::restrictToVersion - The restrictToVersion purpose
  • CairoSvgSurface::versionToString - The versionToString purpose
  • CairoSvgSurface::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • cairo_create - Returns a new CairoContext object on the requested surface.
  • cairo_font_face_get_type - Description
  • cairo_font_options_create - Description
  • cairo_font_options_equal - Description
  • cairo_font_options_get_antialias - Description
  • cairo_font_options_get_hint_metrics - Description
  • cairo_font_options_get_hint_style - Description
  • cairo_font_options_get_subpixel_order - Description
  • cairo_font_options_hash - Description
  • cairo_font_options_merge - Description
  • cairo_font_options_set_antialias - Description
  • cairo_font_options_set_hint_metrics - Description
  • cairo_font_options_set_hint_style - Description
  • cairo_font_options_set_subpixel_order - Description
  • cairo_font_options_status - Description
  • cairo_format_stride_for_width - Description
  • cairo_image_surface_create - Description
  • cairo_image_surface_create_for_data - Description
  • cairo_image_surface_create_from_png - Description
  • cairo_image_surface_get_data - Description
  • cairo_image_surface_get_format - Description
  • cairo_image_surface_get_height - Description
  • cairo_image_surface_get_stride - Description
  • cairo_image_surface_get_width - Description
  • cairo_matrix_create_translate - 별칭: CairoMatrix::initTranslate
  • cairo_matrix_invert - Description
  • cairo_matrix_multiply - Description
  • cairo_matrix_rotate - Description
  • cairo_matrix_transform_distance - Description
  • cairo_matrix_transform_point - Description
  • cairo_matrix_translate - Description
  • cairo_pattern_add_color_stop_rgb - Description
  • cairo_pattern_add_color_stop_rgba - Description
  • cairo_pattern_create_for_surface - Description
  • cairo_pattern_create_linear - Description
  • cairo_pattern_create_radial - Description
  • cairo_pattern_create_rgb - Description
  • cairo_pattern_create_rgba - Description
  • cairo_pattern_get_color_stop_count - Description
  • cairo_pattern_get_color_stop_rgba - Description
  • cairo_pattern_get_extend - Description
  • cairo_pattern_get_filter - Description
  • cairo_pattern_get_linear_points - Description
  • cairo_pattern_get_matrix - Description
  • cairo_pattern_get_radial_circles - Description
  • cairo_pattern_get_rgba - Description
  • cairo_pattern_get_surface - Description
  • cairo_pattern_get_type - Description
  • cairo_pattern_set_extend - Description
  • cairo_pattern_set_filter - Description
  • cairo_pattern_set_matrix - Description
  • cairo_pattern_status - Description
  • cairo_pdf_surface_create - Description
  • cairo_pdf_surface_set_size - Description
  • cairo_ps_get_levels - Description
  • cairo_ps_level_to_string - Description
  • cairo_ps_surface_create - Description
  • cairo_ps_surface_dsc_begin_page_setup - Description
  • cairo_ps_surface_dsc_begin_setup - Description
  • cairo_ps_surface_dsc_comment - Description
  • cairo_ps_surface_get_eps - Description
  • cairo_ps_surface_restrict_to_level - Description
  • cairo_ps_surface_set_eps - Description
  • cairo_ps_surface_set_size - Description
  • cairo_scaled_font_create - Description
  • cairo_scaled_font_extents - Description
  • cairo_scaled_font_get_ctm - Description
  • cairo_scaled_font_get_font_face - Description
  • cairo_scaled_font_get_font_matrix - Description
  • cairo_scaled_font_get_font_options - Description
  • cairo_scaled_font_get_scale_matrix - Description
  • cairo_scaled_font_get_type - Description
  • cairo_scaled_font_glyph_extents - Description
  • cairo_scaled_font_status - Description
  • cairo_scaled_font_text_extents - Description
  • cairo_surface_copy_page - Description
  • cairo_surface_create_similar - Description
  • cairo_surface_finish - Description
  • cairo_surface_flush - Description
  • cairo_surface_get_content - Description
  • cairo_surface_get_device_offset - Description
  • cairo_surface_get_font_options - Description
  • cairo_surface_get_type - Description
  • cairo_surface_mark_dirty - Description
  • cairo_surface_mark_dirty_rectangle - Description
  • cairo_surface_set_device_offset - Description
  • cairo_surface_set_fallback_resolution - Description
  • cairo_surface_show_page - Description
  • cairo_surface_status - Description
  • cairo_surface_write_to_png - Description
  • cairo_svg_surface_create - Description
  • cairo_svg_surface_restrict_to_version - Description
  • cairo_svg_version_to_string - Description
  • calculhmac - Obtain a hmac key (needs 2 arguments)
  • calcul_hmac - Obtain a hmac key (needs 8 arguments)
  • CallbackFilterIterator::accept - Calls the callback with the current value, the current key and the inner iterator as arguments
  • CallbackFilterIterator::__construct - Create a filtered iterator from another iterator
  • call_user_func - Call the callback given by the first parameter
  • call_user_func_array - Call a callback with an array of parameters
  • call_user_method - 특정 객체의 사용자 메쏘드를 호출 [배제됨]
  • call_user_method_array - 인수 배열로 사용자 메소드를 호출 [배제됨]
  • cal_days_in_month - Return the number of days in a month for a given year and calendar
  • cal_from_jd - Converts from Julian Day Count to a supported calendar
  • cal_info - Returns information about a particular calendar
  • cal_to_jd - Converts from a supported calendar to Julian Day Count
  • ceil - 소수점 아래 올림
  • chdb::get - Gets the value associated with a key
  • chdb::__construct - Creates a chdb instance
  • chdb_create - Creates a chdb file
  • chdir - 디렉토리 변경
  • checkdate - 그레고리력 날짜를 확인합니다
  • checkdnsrr - Check DNS records corresponding to a given Internet host name or IP address
  • chgrp - Changes file group
  • chmod - Changes file mode
  • chop - 별칭: rtrim
  • chown - Changes file owner
  • chr - 특정 문자를 반환
  • chroot - 루트 디렉토리 변경
  • chunk_split - 문자열을 작은 조각으로 나눕니다
  • classkit_import - Import new class method definitions from a file
  • classkit_method_add - Dynamically adds a new method to a given class
  • classkit_method_copy - Copies a method from class to another
  • classkit_method_redefine - Dynamically changes the code of the given method
  • classkit_method_remove - Dynamically removes the given method
  • classkit_method_rename - Dynamically changes the name of the given method
  • class_alias - Creates an alias for a class
  • class_exists - 클래스가 정의되었는지 확인
  • class_implements - Return the interfaces which are implemented by the given class
  • class_parents - Return the parent classes of the given class
  • class_uses - Return the traits used by the given class
  • clearstatcache - Clears file status cache
  • closedir - 디렉토리 핸들을 닫습니다
  • closelog - Close connection to system logger
  • Closure::bind - Duplicates a closure with a specific bound object and class scope
  • Closure::bindTo - Duplicates the closure with a new bound object and class scope
  • Closure::__construct - Constructor that disallows instantiation
  • Collator::asort - Sort array maintaining index association
  • Collator::compare - Compare two Unicode strings
  • Collator::create - Create a collator
  • Collator::getAttribute - Get collation attribute value
  • Collator::getErrorCode - Get collator's last error code
  • Collator::getErrorMessage - Get text for collator's last error code
  • Collator::getLocale - Get the locale name of the collator
  • Collator::getSortKey - Get sorting key for a string
  • Collator::getStrength - Get current collation strength
  • Collator::setAttribute - Set collation attribute
  • Collator::setStrength - Set collation strength
  • Collator::sort - Sort array using specified collator
  • Collator::sortWithSortKeys - Sort array using specified collator and sort keys
  • Collator::__construct - Create a collator
  • COM - COM class
  • compact - 변수와 그 값을 가지는 배열 생성
  • com_addref - Increases the components reference counter [deprecated]
  • com_create_guid - Generate a globally unique identifier (GUID)
  • com_event_sink - Connect events from a COM object to a PHP object
  • com_get - Gets the value of a COM Component's property [deprecated]
  • com_get_active_object - Returns a handle to an already running instance of a COM object
  • com_invoke - Calls a COM component's method [deprecated]
  • com_isenum - Indicates if a COM object has an IEnumVariant interface for iteration [deprecated]
  • com_load - Creates a new reference to a COM component [deprecated]
  • com_load_typelib - Loads a Typelib
  • com_message_pump - Process COM messages, sleeping for up to timeoutms milliseconds
  • com_print_typeinfo - Print out a PHP class definition for a dispatchable interface
  • com_propget - 별칭: com_get
  • com_propput - 별칭: com_set
  • com_propset - 별칭: com_set
  • com_release - Decreases the components reference counter [deprecated]
  • com_set - Assigns a value to a COM component's property
  • connection_aborted - Check whether client disconnected
  • connection_status - Returns connection status bitfield
  • connection_timeout - Check if the script timed out
  • constant - Returns the value of a constant
  • Constants for PDO_4D - Constants for PDO_4D
  • Context parameters - Context parameter listing
  • convert_cyr_string - 키릴 문자셋을 다른 키릴 문자셋으로 변환
  • convert_uudecode - Decode a uuencoded string
  • convert_uuencode - Uuencode a string
  • copy - Copies file
  • cos - 코사인
  • cosh - 쌍곡코사인
  • count - 배열의 모든 원소나, 객체의 프로퍼티 수를 셉니다
  • Countable::count - Count elements of an object
  • Counter::bumpValue - Change the current value of a counter.
  • Counter::getMeta - Return a piece of metainformation about a counter.
  • Counter::getNamed - Retrieve an existing named counter.
  • Counter::getValue - Get the current value of a counter.
  • Counter::resetValue - Reset the current value of a counter.
  • Counter::setCounterClass - Set the class returned by Counter::getNamed.
  • Counter::__construct - Creates an instance of a Counter which maintains a single numeric value.
  • counter_bump - Update the current value of the basic counter.
  • counter_bump_value - Change the current value of a counter resource.
  • counter_create - Creates a counter which maintains a single numeric value.
  • counter_get - Get the current value of the basic counter.
  • counter_get_meta - Return a piece of metainformation about a counter resource.
  • counter_get_named - Retrieve an existing named counter as a resource.
  • counter_get_value - Get the current value of a counter resource.
  • counter_reset - Reset the current value of the basic counter.
  • counter_reset_value - Reset the current value of a counter resource.
  • count_chars - 문자열 안에 사용한 문자에 대한 정보를 반환
  • crack_check - Performs an obscure check with the given password
  • crack_closedict - Closes an open CrackLib dictionary
  • crack_getlastmessage - Returns the message from the last obscure check
  • crack_opendict - Opens a new CrackLib dictionary
  • crc32 - 문자열의 crc32 값을 계산
  • create_function - Create an anonymous (lambda-style) function
  • crypt - 단방향 문자열 암호화(해시)
  • ctype_alnum - Check for alphanumeric character(s)
  • ctype_alpha - Check for alphabetic character(s)
  • ctype_cntrl - Check for control character(s)
  • ctype_digit - Check for numeric character(s)
  • ctype_graph - Check for any printable character(s) except space
  • ctype_lower - Check for lowercase character(s)
  • ctype_print - Check for printable character(s)
  • ctype_punct - Check for any printable character which is not whitespace or an alphanumeric character
  • ctype_space - Check for whitespace character(s)
  • ctype_upper - Check for uppercase character(s)
  • ctype_xdigit - Check for character(s) representing a hexadecimal digit
  • cubrid_affected_rows - Return the number of rows affected by the last SQL statement
  • cubrid_bind - Bind variables to a prepared statement as parameters
  • cubrid_client_encoding - Return the current CUBRID connection charset
  • cubrid_close - Close CUBRID connection
  • cubrid_close_prepare - Close the request handle
  • cubrid_close_request - Close the request handle
  • cubrid_column_names - Get the column names in result
  • cubrid_column_types - Get column types in result
  • cubrid_col_get - Get contents of collection type column using OID
  • cubrid_col_size - Get the number of elements in collection type column using OID
  • cubrid_commit - Commit a transaction
  • cubrid_connect - Open a connection to a CUBRID Server
  • cubrid_connect_with_url - Establish the environment for connecting to CUBRID server
  • cubrid_current_oid - Get OID of the current cursor location
  • cubrid_data_seek - Move the internal row pointer of the CUBRID result
  • cubrid_db_name - Get db name from results of cubrid_list_dbs
  • cubrid_disconnect - Close a database connection
  • cubrid_drop - Delete an instance using OID
  • cubrid_errno - Return the numerical value of the error message from previous CUBRID operation
  • cubrid_error - Get the error message
  • cubrid_error_code - Get error code for the most recent function call
  • cubrid_error_code_facility - Get the facility code of error
  • cubrid_error_msg - Get last error message for the most recent function call
  • cubrid_execute - Execute a prepared SQL statement
  • cubrid_fetch - Fetch the next row from a result set
  • cubrid_fetch_array - Fetch a result row as an associative array, a numeric array, or both
  • cubrid_fetch_assoc - Return the associative array that corresponds to the fetched row
  • cubrid_fetch_field - Get column information from a result and return as an object
  • cubrid_fetch_lengths - Return an array with the lengths of the values of each field from the current row
  • cubrid_fetch_object - Fetche the next row and returns it as an object
  • cubrid_fetch_row - Return a numerical array with the values of the current row
  • cubrid_field_flags - Return a string with the flags of the given field offset
  • cubrid_field_len - Get the maximum length of the specified field
  • cubrid_field_name - Return the name of the specified field index
  • cubrid_field_seek - Move the result set cursor to the specified field offset
  • cubrid_field_table - Return the name of the table of the specified field
  • cubrid_field_type - Return the type of the column corresponding to the given field offset
  • cubrid_free_result - Free the memory occupied by the result data
  • cubrid_get - Get a column using OID
  • cubrid_get_autocommit - Get auto-commit mode of the connection
  • cubrid_get_charset - Return the current CUBRID connection charset
  • cubrid_get_class_name - Get the class name using OID
  • cubrid_get_client_info - Return the client library version
  • cubrid_get_db_parameter - Returns the CUBRID database parameters
  • cubrid_get_query_timeout - Get the query timeout value of the request
  • cubrid_get_server_info - Return the CUBRID server version
  • cubrid_insert_id - Return the ID generated for the lastest updated AUTO_INCREMENT column
  • cubrid_is_instance - Check whether the instance pointed by OID exists
  • cubrid_list_dbs - Return an array with the list of all existing CUBRID databases
  • cubrid_load_from_glo - Read data from a GLO instance and save it in a file
  • cubrid_lob_close - Close BLOB/CLOB data
  • cubrid_lob_export - Export BLOB/CLOB data to file
  • cubrid_lob_get - Get BLOB/CLOB data
  • cubrid_lob_send - Read BLOB/CLOB data and send straight to browser
  • cubrid_lob_size - Get BLOB/CLOB data size
  • cubrid_lock_read - Set a read lock on the given OID
  • cubrid_lock_write - Set a write lock on the given OID
  • cubrid_move_cursor - Move the cursor in the result
  • cubrid_new_glo - Create a glo instance
  • cubrid_next_result - Get result of next query when executing multiple SQL statements
  • cubrid_num_cols - Return the number of columns in the result set
  • cubrid_num_fields - Return the number of columns in the result set
  • cubrid_num_rows - Get the number of rows in the result set
  • cubrid_pconnect - Open a persistent connection to a CUBRID server
  • cubrid_pconnect_with_url - Open a persistent connection to CUBRID server
  • cubrid_ping - Ping a server connection or reconnect if there is no connection
  • cubrid_prepare - Prepare an SQL statement for execution
  • cubrid_put - Update a column using OID
  • cubrid_query - Send a CUBRID query
  • cubrid_real_escape_string - Escape special characters in a string for use in an SQL statement
  • cubrid_result - Return the value of a specific field in a specific row
  • cubrid_rollback - Roll back a transaction
  • cubrid_save_to_glo - Save requested file in a GLO instance
  • cubrid_schema - Get the requested schema information
  • cubrid_send_glo - Read data from glo and send it to std output
  • cubrid_seq_drop - Delete an element from sequence type column using OID
  • cubrid_seq_insert - Insert an element to a sequence type column using OID
  • cubrid_seq_put - Update the element value of sequence type column using OID
  • cubrid_set_add - Insert a single element to set type column using OID
  • cubrid_set_autocommit - Set autocommit mode of the connection
  • cubrid_set_db_parameter - Sets the CUBRID database parameters
  • cubrid_set_drop - Delete an element from set type column using OID
  • cubrid_set_query_timeout - Set the timeout time of query execution
  • cubrid_unbuffered_query - Perform a query without fetching the results into memory
  • cubrid_version - Get the CUBRID PHP module's version
  • CURL context options - CURL context option listing
  • curl_close - Close a cURL session
  • curl_copy_handle - Copy a cURL handle along with all of its preferences
  • curl_errno - Return the last error number
  • curl_error - Return a string containing the last error for the current session
  • curl_exec - Perform a cURL session
  • curl_getinfo - Get information regarding a specific transfer
  • curl_init - Initialize a cURL session
  • curl_multi_add_handle - Add a normal cURL handle to a cURL multi handle
  • curl_multi_close - Close a set of cURL handles
  • curl_multi_exec - Run the sub-connections of the current cURL handle
  • curl_multi_getcontent - Return the content of a cURL handle if CURLOPT_RETURNTRANSFER is set
  • curl_multi_info_read - Get information about the current transfers
  • curl_multi_init - Returns a new cURL multi handle
  • curl_multi_remove_handle - Remove a multi handle from a set of cURL handles
  • curl_multi_select - Wait for activity on any curl_multi connection
  • curl_setopt - Set an option for a cURL transfer
  • curl_setopt_array - Set multiple options for a cURL transfer
  • curl_version - Gets cURL version information
  • current - 배열의 현재 원소를 반환
  • cyrus_authenticate - Authenticate against a Cyrus IMAP server
  • cyrus_bind - Bind callbacks to a Cyrus IMAP connection
  • cyrus_close - Close connection to a Cyrus IMAP server
  • cyrus_connect - Connect to a Cyrus IMAP server
  • cyrus_query - Send a query to a Cyrus IMAP server
  • cyrus_unbind - Unbind ...
• d
  • data:// - Data (RFC 2397)
  • date - 로컬 날짜/시간을 형식화합니다
  • DateInterval::createFromDateString - Sets up a DateInterval from the relative parts of the string
  • DateInterval::format - Formats the interval
  • DateInterval::__construct - Creates new DateInterval object
  • DatePeriod::__construct - Creates new DatePeriod object
  • DateTime::add - Adds an amount of days, months, years, hours, minutes and seconds to a DateTime object
  • DateTime::createFromFormat - Returns new DateTime object formatted according to the specified format
  • DateTime::diff - Returns the difference between two DateTime objects
  • DateTime::format - Returns date formatted according to given format
  • DateTime::getLastErrors - Returns the warnings and errors
  • DateTime::getOffset - Returns the timezone offset
  • DateTime::getTimestamp - Gets the Unix timestamp
  • DateTime::getTimezone - Return time zone relative to given DateTime
  • DateTime::modify - Alters the timestamp
  • DateTime::setDate - Sets the date
  • DateTime::setISODate - Sets the ISO date
  • DateTime::setTime - Sets the time
  • DateTime::setTimestamp - Sets the date and time based on an Unix timestamp
  • DateTime::setTimezone - Sets the time zone for the DateTime object
  • DateTime::sub - Subtracts an amount of days, months, years, hours, minutes and seconds from a DateTime object
  • DateTime::__construct - Returns new DateTime object
  • DateTime::__set_state - The __set_state handler
  • DateTime::__wakeup - The __wakeup handler
  • DateTimeZone::getLocation - Returns location information for a timezone
  • DateTimeZone::getName - Returns the name of the timezone
  • DateTimeZone::getOffset - Returns the timezone offset from GMT
  • DateTimeZone::getTransitions - Returns all transitions for the timezone
  • DateTimeZone::listAbbreviations - Returns associative array containing dst, offset and the timezone name
  • DateTimeZone::listIdentifiers - Returns numerically index array with all timezone identifiers
  • DateTimeZone::__construct - Creates new DateTimeZone object
  • date_add - 별칭: DateTime::add
  • date_create - 별칭: DateTime::__construct
  • date_create_from_format - 별칭: DateTime::createFromFormat
  • date_date_set - 별칭: DateTime::setDate
  • date_default_timezone_get - Gets the default timezone used by all date/time functions in a script
  • date_default_timezone_set - Sets the default timezone used by all date/time functions in a script
  • date_diff - 별칭: DateTime::diff
  • date_format - 별칭: DateTime::format
  • date_get_last_errors - 별칭: DateTime::getLastErrors
  • date_interval_create_from_date_string - 별칭: DateInterval::createFromDateString
  • date_interval_format - 별칭: DateInterval::format
  • date_isodate_set - 별칭: DateTime::setISODate
  • date_modify - 별칭: DateTime::modify
  • date_offset_get - 별칭: DateTime::getOffset
  • date_parse - Returns associative array with detailed info about given date
  • date_parse_from_format - Get info about given date formatted according to the specified format
  • date_sub - 별칭: DateTime::sub
  • date_sunrise - Returns time of sunrise for a given day and location
  • date_sunset - Returns time of sunset for a given day and location
  • date_sun_info - Returns an array with information about sunset/sunrise and twilight begin/end
  • date_timestamp_get - 별칭: DateTime::getTimestamp
  • date_timestamp_set - 별칭: DateTime::setTimestamp
  • date_timezone_get - 별칭: DateTime::getTimezone
  • date_timezone_set - 별칭: DateTime::setTimezone
  • date_time_set - 별칭: DateTime::setTime
  • db2_autocommit - Returns or sets the AUTOCOMMIT state for a database connection
  • db2_bind_param - Binds a PHP variable to an SQL statement parameter
  • db2_client_info - Returns an object with properties that describe the DB2 database client
  • db2_close - Closes a database connection
  • db2_columns - Returns a result set listing the columns and associated metadata for a table
  • db2_column_privileges - Returns a result set listing the columns and associated privileges for a table
  • db2_commit - Commits a transaction
  • db2_connect - Returns a connection to a database
  • db2_conn_error - Returns a string containing the SQLSTATE returned by the last connection attempt
  • db2_conn_errormsg - Returns the last connection error message and SQLCODE value
  • db2_cursor_type - Returns the cursor type used by a statement resource
  • db2_escape_string - Used to escape certain characters
  • db2_exec - Executes an SQL statement directly
  • db2_execute - Executes a prepared SQL statement
  • db2_fetch_array - Returns an array, indexed by column position, representing a row in a result set
  • db2_fetch_assoc - Returns an array, indexed by column name, representing a row in a result set
  • db2_fetch_both - Returns an array, indexed by both column name and position, representing a row in a result set
  • db2_fetch_object - Returns an object with properties representing columns in the fetched row
  • db2_fetch_row - Sets the result set pointer to the next row or requested row
  • db2_field_display_size - Returns the maximum number of bytes required to display a column
  • db2_field_name - Returns the name of the column in the result set
  • db2_field_num - Returns the position of the named column in a result set
  • db2_field_precision - Returns the precision of the indicated column in a result set
  • db2_field_scale - Returns the scale of the indicated column in a result set
  • db2_field_type - Returns the data type of the indicated column in a result set
  • db2_field_width - Returns the width of the current value of the indicated column in a result set
  • db2_foreign_keys - Returns a result set listing the foreign keys for a table
  • db2_free_result - Frees resources associated with a result set
  • db2_free_stmt - Frees resources associated with the indicated statement resource
  • db2_get_option - Retrieves an option value for a statement resource or a connection resource
  • db2_last_insert_id - Returns the auto generated ID of the last insert query that successfully executed on this connection
  • db2_lob_read - Gets a user defined size of LOB files with each invocation
  • db2_next_result - Requests the next result set from a stored procedure
  • db2_num_fields - Returns the number of fields contained in a result set
  • db2_num_rows - Returns the number of rows affected by an SQL statement
  • db2_pclose - Closes a persistent database connection
  • db2_pconnect - Returns a persistent connection to a database
  • db2_prepare - Prepares an SQL statement to be executed
  • db2_primary_keys - Returns a result set listing primary keys for a table
  • db2_procedures - Returns a result set listing the stored procedures registered in a database
  • db2_procedure_columns - Returns a result set listing stored procedure parameters
  • db2_result - Returns a single column from a row in the result set
  • db2_rollback - Rolls back a transaction
  • db2_server_info - Returns an object with properties that describe the DB2 database server
  • db2_set_option - Set options for connection or statement resources
  • db2_special_columns - Returns a result set listing the unique row identifier columns for a table
  • db2_statistics - Returns a result set listing the index and statistics for a table
  • db2_stmt_error - Returns a string containing the SQLSTATE returned by an SQL statement
  • db2_stmt_errormsg - Returns a string containing the last SQL statement error message
  • db2_tables - Returns a result set listing the tables and associated metadata in a database
  • db2_table_privileges - Returns a result set listing the tables and associated privileges in a database
  • dbase_add_record - Adds a record to a database
  • dbase_close - Closes a database
  • dbase_create - Creates a database
  • dbase_delete_record - Deletes a record from a database
  • dbase_get_header_info - Gets the header info of a database
  • dbase_get_record - Gets a record from a database as an indexed array
  • dbase_get_record_with_names - Gets a record from a database as an associative array
  • dbase_numfields - Gets the number of fields of a database
  • dbase_numrecords - Gets the number of records in a database
  • dbase_open - Opens a database
  • dbase_pack - Packs a database
  • dbase_replace_record - Replaces a record in a database
  • dba_close - Close a DBA database
  • dba_delete - Delete DBA entry specified by key
  • dba_exists - Check whether key exists
  • dba_fetch - Fetch data specified by key
  • dba_firstkey - Fetch first key
  • dba_handlers - List all the handlers available
  • dba_insert - Insert entry
  • dba_key_split - Splits a key in string representation into array representation
  • dba_list - List all open database files
  • dba_nextkey - Fetch next key
  • dba_open - Open database
  • dba_optimize - Optimize database
  • dba_popen - Open database persistently
  • dba_replace - Replace or insert entry
  • dba_sync - Synchronize database
  • dbplus_add - Add a tuple to a relation
  • dbplus_aql - Perform AQL query
  • dbplus_chdir - Get/Set database virtual current directory
  • dbplus_close - Close a relation
  • dbplus_curr - Get current tuple from relation
  • dbplus_errcode - Get error string for given errorcode or last error
  • dbplus_errno - Get error code for last operation
  • dbplus_find - Set a constraint on a relation
  • dbplus_first - Get first tuple from relation
  • dbplus_flush - Flush all changes made on a relation
  • dbplus_freealllocks - Free all locks held by this client
  • dbplus_freelock - Release write lock on tuple
  • dbplus_freerlocks - Free all tuple locks on given relation
  • dbplus_getlock - Get a write lock on a tuple
  • dbplus_getunique - Get an id number unique to a relation
  • dbplus_info - Get information about a relation
  • dbplus_last - Get last tuple from relation
  • dbplus_lockrel - Request write lock on relation
  • dbplus_next - Get next tuple from relation
  • dbplus_open - Open relation file
  • dbplus_prev - Get previous tuple from relation
  • dbplus_rchperm - Change relation permissions
  • dbplus_rcreate - Creates a new DB++ relation
  • dbplus_rcrtexact - Creates an exact but empty copy of a relation including indices
  • dbplus_rcrtlike - Creates an empty copy of a relation with default indices
  • dbplus_resolve - Resolve host information for relation
  • dbplus_restorepos - Restore position
  • dbplus_rkeys - Specify new primary key for a relation
  • dbplus_ropen - Open relation file local
  • dbplus_rquery - Perform local (raw) AQL query
  • dbplus_rrename - Rename a relation
  • dbplus_rsecindex - Create a new secondary index for a relation
  • dbplus_runlink - Remove relation from filesystem
  • dbplus_rzap - Remove all tuples from relation
  • dbplus_savepos - Save position
  • dbplus_setindex - Set index
  • dbplus_setindexbynumber - Set index by number
  • dbplus_sql - Perform SQL query
  • dbplus_tcl - Execute TCL code on server side
  • dbplus_tremove - Remove tuple and return new current tuple
  • dbplus_undo - Undo
  • dbplus_undoprepare - Prepare undo
  • dbplus_unlockrel - Give up write lock on relation
  • dbplus_unselect - Remove a constraint from relation
  • dbplus_update - Update specified tuple in relation
  • dbplus_xlockrel - Request exclusive lock on relation
  • dbplus_xunlockrel - Free exclusive lock on relation
  • dbx_close - Close an open connection/database
  • dbx_compare - Compare two rows for sorting purposes
  • dbx_connect - Open a connection/database
  • dbx_error - Report the error message of the latest function call in the module
  • dbx_escape_string - Escape a string so it can safely be used in an sql-statement
  • dbx_fetch_row - Fetches rows from a query-result that had the DBX_RESULT_UNBUFFERED flag set
  • dbx_query - Send a query and fetch all results (if any)
  • dbx_sort - Sort a result from a dbx_query by a custom sort function
  • dcgettext - Overrides the domain for a single lookup
  • dcngettext - Plural version of dcgettext
  • deaggregate - Removes the aggregated methods and properties from an object
  • debug_backtrace - Generates a backtrace
  • debug_print_backtrace - Prints a backtrace
  • debug_zval_dump - Dumps a string representation of an internal zend value to output
  • decbin - 10진수를 2진수로
  • dechex - 10진수를 16진수로
  • decoct - 10진수를 8진수로
  • define - Defines a named constant
  • defined - Checks whether a given named constant exists
  • define_syslog_variables - Initializes all syslog related variables
  • deg2rad - 각도를 라디안으로 변환
  • delete - See unlink or unset
  • dgettext - Override the current domain
  • die - Equivalent to exit
  • dio_close - Closes the file descriptor given by fd
  • dio_fcntl - Performs a c library fcntl on fd
  • dio_open - Opens a file (creating it if necessary) at a lower level than the C library input/ouput stream functions allow.
  • dio_read - Reads bytes from a file descriptor
  • dio_seek - Seeks to pos on fd from whence
  • dio_stat - Gets stat information about the file descriptor fd
  • dio_tcsetattr - Sets terminal attributes and baud rate for a serial port
  • dio_truncate - Truncates file descriptor fd to offset bytes
  • dio_write - Writes data to fd with optional truncation at length
  • dir - 디렉토리 클래스의 인스턴스를 반환합니다
  • DirectoryIterator::current - Return the current DirectoryIterator item.
  • DirectoryIterator::getATime - Get last access time of the current DirectoryIterator item
  • DirectoryIterator::getBasename - Get base name of current DirectoryIterator item.
  • DirectoryIterator::getCTime - Get inode change time of the current DirectoryIterator item
  • DirectoryIterator::getExtension - Returns the file extension component of path
  • DirectoryIterator::getFilename - Return file name of current DirectoryIterator item.
  • DirectoryIterator::getGroup - Get group for the current DirectoryIterator item
  • DirectoryIterator::getInode - Get inode for the current DirectoryIterator item
  • DirectoryIterator::getMTime - Get last modification time of current DirectoryIterator item
  • DirectoryIterator::getOwner - Get owner of current DirectoryIterator item
  • DirectoryIterator::getPath - Get path of current Iterator item without filename
  • DirectoryIterator::getPathname - Return path and file name of current DirectoryIterator item
  • DirectoryIterator::getPerms - Get the permissions of current DirectoryIterator item
  • DirectoryIterator::getSize - Get size of current DirectoryIterator item
  • DirectoryIterator::getType - Determine the type of the current DirectoryIterator item
  • DirectoryIterator::isDir - Determine if current DirectoryIterator item is a directory
  • DirectoryIterator::isDot - Determine if current DirectoryIterator item is '.' or '..'
  • DirectoryIterator::isExecutable - Determine if current DirectoryIterator item is executable
  • DirectoryIterator::isFile - Determine if current DirectoryIterator item is a regular file
  • DirectoryIterator::isLink - Determine if current DirectoryIterator item is a symbolic link
  • DirectoryIterator::isReadable - Determine if current DirectoryIterator item can be read
  • DirectoryIterator::isWritable - Determine if current DirectoryIterator item can be written to
  • DirectoryIterator::key - Return the key for the current DirectoryIterator item
  • DirectoryIterator::next - Move forward to next DirectoryIterator item
  • DirectoryIterator::rewind - Rewind the DirectoryIterator back to the start
  • DirectoryIterator::seek - Seek to a DirectoryIterator item
  • DirectoryIterator::valid - Check whether current DirectoryIterator position is a valid file
  • DirectoryIterator::__construct - Constructs a new directory iterator from a path
  • DirectoryIterator::__toString - Get file name as a string
  • dirname - Returns parent directory's path
  • diskfreespace - 별칭: disk_free_space
  • disk_free_space - Returns available space on filesystem or disk partition
  • disk_total_space - Returns the total size of a filesystem or disk partition
  • dl - Loads a PHP extension at runtime
  • dngettext - Plural version of dgettext
  • dns_check_record - 별칭: checkdnsrr
  • dns_get_mx - 별칭: getmxrr
  • dns_get_record - Fetch DNS Resource Records associated with a hostname
  • DOMAttr::isId - Checks if attribute is a defined ID
  • DOMAttr::__construct - Creates a new DOMAttr object
  • DomAttribute->name - Returns the name of attribute
  • DomAttribute->set_value - Sets the value of an attribute
  • DomAttribute->specified - Checks if attribute is specified
  • DomAttribute->value - Returns value of attribute
  • DOMCdataSection::__construct - Constructs a new DOMCdataSection object
  • DOMCharacterData::appendData - Append the string to the end of the character data of the node
  • DOMCharacterData::deleteData - Remove a range of characters from the node
  • DOMCharacterData::insertData - Insert a string at the specified 16-bit unit offset
  • DOMCharacterData::replaceData - Replace a substring within the DOMCharacterData node
  • DOMCharacterData::substringData - Extracts a range of data from the node
  • DOMComment::__construct - Creates a new DOMComment object
  • DomDocument->add_root - Adds a root node [deprecated]
  • DomDocument->create_attribute - Create new attribute
  • DomDocument->create_cdata_section - Create new cdata node
  • DomDocument->create_comment - Create new comment node
  • DomDocument->create_element - Create new element node
  • DomDocument->create_element_ns - Create new element node with an associated namespace
  • DomDocument->create_entity_reference - Create an entity reference
  • DomDocument->create_processing_instruction - Creates new PI node
  • DomDocument->create_text_node - Create new text node
  • DomDocument->doctype - Returns the document type
  • DomDocument->document_element - Returns root element node
  • DomDocument->dump_file - Dumps the internal XML tree back into a file
  • DomDocument->dump_mem - Dumps the internal XML tree back into a string
  • DomDocument->get_elements_by_tagname - Returns array with nodes with given tagname in document or empty array, if not found
  • DomDocument->get_element_by_id - Searches for an element with a certain id
  • DomDocument->html_dump_mem - Dumps the internal XML tree back into a string as HTML
  • DomDocument->xinclude - Substitutes XIncludes in a DomDocument Object
  • DOMDocument::createAttribute - Create new attribute
  • DOMDocument::createAttributeNS - Create new attribute node with an associated namespace
  • DOMDocument::createCDATASection - Create new cdata node
  • DOMDocument::createComment - Create new comment node
  • DOMDocument::createDocumentFragment - Create new document fragment
  • DOMDocument::createElement - Create new element node
  • DOMDocument::createElementNS - Create new element node with an associated namespace
  • DOMDocument::createEntityReference - Create new entity reference node
  • DOMDocument::createProcessingInstruction - Creates new PI node
  • DOMDocument::createTextNode - Create new text node
  • DOMDocument::getElementById - Searches for an element with a certain id
  • DOMDocument::getElementsByTagName - Searches for all elements with given tag name
  • DOMDocument::getElementsByTagNameNS - Searches for all elements with given tag name in specified namespace
  • DOMDocument::importNode - Import node into current document
  • DOMDocument::load - Load XML from a file
  • DOMDocument::loadHTML - Load HTML from a string
  • DOMDocument::loadHTMLFile - Load HTML from a file
  • DOMDocument::loadXML - Load XML from a string
  • DOMDocument::normalizeDocument - Normalizes the document
  • DOMDocument::registerNodeClass - Register extended class used to create base node type
  • DOMDocument::relaxNGValidate - Performs relaxNG validation on the document
  • DOMDocument::relaxNGValidateSource - Performs relaxNG validation on the document
  • DOMDocument::save - Dumps the internal XML tree back into a file
  • DOMDocument::saveHTML - Dumps the internal document into a string using HTML formatting
  • DOMDocument::saveHTMLFile - Dumps the internal document into a file using HTML formatting
  • DOMDocument::saveXML - Dumps the internal XML tree back into a string
  • DOMDocument::schemaValidate - Validates a document based on a schema
  • DOMDocument::schemaValidateSource - Validates a document based on a schema
  • DOMDocument::validate - Validates the document based on its DTD
  • DOMDocument::__construct - Creates a new DOMDocument object
  • DOMDocumentFragment::appendXML - Append raw XML data
  • DomDocumentType->entities - Returns list of entities
  • DomDocumentType->internal_subset - Returns internal subset
  • DomDocumentType->name - Returns name of document type
  • DomDocumentType->notations - Returns list of notations
  • DomDocumentType->public_id - Returns public id of document type
  • DomDocumentType->system_id - Returns the system id of document type
  • DomElement->get_attribute - Returns the value of the given attribute
  • DomElement->get_attribute_node - Returns the node of the given attribute
  • DomElement->get_elements_by_tagname - Gets elements by tagname
  • DomElement->has_attribute - Checks to see if an attribute exists in the current node
  • DomElement->remove_attribute - Removes attribute
  • DomElement->set_attribute - Sets the value of an attribute
  • DomElement->set_attribute_node - Adds new attribute
  • DomElement->tagname - Returns the name of the current element
  • DOMElement::getAttribute - Returns value of attribute
  • DOMElement::getAttributeNode - Returns attribute node
  • DOMElement::getAttributeNodeNS - Returns attribute node
  • DOMElement::getAttributeNS - Returns value of attribute
  • DOMElement::getElementsByTagName - Gets elements by tagname
  • DOMElement::getElementsByTagNameNS - Get elements by namespaceURI and localName
  • DOMElement::hasAttribute - Checks to see if attribute exists
  • DOMElement::hasAttributeNS - Checks to see if attribute exists
  • DOMElement::removeAttribute - Removes attribute
  • DOMElement::removeAttributeNode - Removes attribute
  • DOMElement::removeAttributeNS - Removes attribute
  • DOMElement::setAttribute - Adds new attribute
  • DOMElement::setAttributeNode - Adds new attribute node to element
  • DOMElement::setAttributeNodeNS - Adds new attribute node to element
  • DOMElement::setAttributeNS - Adds new attribute
  • DOMElement::setIdAttribute - Declares the attribute specified by name to be of type ID
  • DOMElement::setIdAttributeNode - Declares the attribute specified by node to be of type ID
  • DOMElement::setIdAttributeNS - Declares the attribute specified by local name and namespace URI to be of type ID
  • DOMElement::__construct - Creates a new DOMElement object
  • DOMEntityReference::__construct - Creates a new DOMEntityReference object
  • DOMImplementation::createDocument - Creates a DOMDocument object of the specified type with its document element
  • DOMImplementation::createDocumentType - Creates an empty DOMDocumentType object
  • DOMImplementation::hasFeature - Test if the DOM implementation implements a specific feature
  • DOMImplementation::__construct - Creates a new DOMImplementation object
  • DOMNamedNodeMap::getNamedItem - Retrieves a node specified by name
  • DOMNamedNodeMap::getNamedItemNS - Retrieves a node specified by local name and namespace URI
  • DOMNamedNodeMap::item - Retrieves a node specified by index
  • DomNode->add_namespace - Adds a namespace declaration to a node
  • DomNode->append_child - Adds a new child at the end of the children
  • DomNode->append_sibling - Adds new sibling to a node
  • DomNode->attributes - Returns list of attributes
  • DomNode->child_nodes - Returns children of node
  • DomNode->clone_node - Clones a node
  • DomNode->dump_node - Dumps a single node
  • DomNode->first_child - Returns first child of node
  • DomNode->get_content - Gets content of node
  • DomNode->has_attributes - Checks if node has attributes
  • DomNode->has_child_nodes - Checks if node has children
  • DomNode->insert_before - Inserts new node as child
  • DomNode->is_blank_node - Checks if node is blank
  • DomNode->last_child - Returns last child of node
  • DomNode->next_sibling - Returns the next sibling of node
  • DomNode->node_name - Returns name of node
  • DomNode->node_type - Returns type of node
  • DomNode->node_value - Returns value of a node
  • DomNode->owner_document - Returns the document this node belongs to
  • DomNode->parent_node - Returns the parent of the node
  • DomNode->prefix - Returns name space prefix of node
  • DomNode->previous_sibling - Returns the previous sibling of node
  • DomNode->remove_child - Removes child from list of children
  • DomNode->replace_child - Replaces a child
  • DomNode->replace_node - Replaces node
  • DomNode->set_content - Sets content of node
  • DomNode->set_name - Sets name of node
  • DomNode->set_namespace - Sets namespace of a node
  • DomNode->unlink_node - Deletes node
  • DOMNode::appendChild - Adds new child at the end of the children
  • DOMNode::C14N - Canonicalize nodes to a string
  • DOMNode::C14NFile - Canonicalize nodes to a file
  • DOMNode::cloneNode - Clones a node
  • DOMNode::getLineNo - Get line number for a node
  • DOMNode::getNodePath - Get an XPath for a node
  • DOMNode::hasAttributes - Checks if node has attributes
  • DOMNode::hasChildNodes - Checks if node has children
  • DOMNode::insertBefore - Adds a new child before a reference node
  • DOMNode::isDefaultNamespace - Checks if the specified namespaceURI is the default namespace or not
  • DOMNode::isSameNode - Indicates if two nodes are the same node
  • DOMNode::isSupported - Checks if feature is supported for specified version
  • DOMNode::lookupNamespaceURI - Gets the namespace URI of the node based on the prefix
  • DOMNode::lookupPrefix - Gets the namespace prefix of the node based on the namespace URI
  • DOMNode::normalize - Normalizes the node
  • DOMNode::removeChild - Removes child from list of children
  • DOMNode::replaceChild - Replaces a child
  • DOMNodelist::item - Retrieves a node specified by index
  • DomProcessingInstruction->data - Returns the data of ProcessingInstruction node
  • DomProcessingInstruction->target - Returns the target of a ProcessingInstruction node
  • DOMProcessingInstruction::__construct - Creates a new DOMProcessingInstruction object
  • DOMText::isWhitespaceInElementContent - Indicates whether this text node contains whitespace
  • DOMText::splitText - Breaks this node into two nodes at the specified offset
  • DOMText::__construct - Creates a new DOMText object
  • domxml_new_doc - Creates new empty XML document
  • domxml_open_file - Creates a DOM object from an XML file
  • domxml_open_mem - Creates a DOM object of an XML document
  • domxml_version - Gets the XML library version
  • domxml_xmltree - Creates a tree of PHP objects from an XML document
  • domxml_xslt_stylesheet - Creates a DomXsltStylesheet object from an XSL document in a string
  • domxml_xslt_stylesheet_doc - Creates a DomXsltStylesheet Object from a DomDocument Object
  • domxml_xslt_stylesheet_file - Creates a DomXsltStylesheet Object from an XSL document in a file
  • domxml_xslt_version - Gets the XSLT library version
  • DOMXPath::evaluate - Evaluates the given XPath expression and returns a typed result if possible
  • DOMXPath::query - Evaluates the given XPath expression
  • DOMXPath::registerNamespace - Registers the namespace with the DOMXPath object
  • DOMXPath::registerPhpFunctions - Register PHP functions as XPath functions
  • DOMXPath::__construct - Creates a new DOMXPath object
  • DomXsltStylesheet->process - Applies the XSLT-Transformation on a DomDocument Object
  • DomXsltStylesheet->result_dump_file - Dumps the result from a XSLT-Transformation into a file
  • DomXsltStylesheet->result_dump_mem - Dumps the result from a XSLT-Transformation back into a string
  • dom_import_simplexml - Gets a DOMElement object from a SimpleXMLElement object
  • DOTNET - DOTNET class
  • dotnet_load - Loads a DOTNET module
  • doubleval - 별칭: floatval
• e
  • each - 배열에서 현재 키와 값 쌍을 반환하고 배열 커서를 전진
  • easter_date - Get Unix timestamp for midnight on Easter of a given year
  • easter_days - Get number of days after March 21 on which Easter falls for a given year
  • echo - 하나 이상의 문자열을 출력
  • eio_busy - Artificially increase load. Could be useful in tests, benchmarking.
  • eio_cancel - Cancels a request
  • eio_chmod - Change file/direcrory permissions.
  • eio_chown - Change file/direcrory permissions.
  • eio_close - Close file
  • eio_custom - Execute custom request like any other eio_* call.
  • eio_dup2 - Duplicate a file descriptor
  • eio_event_loop - Polls libeio until all requests proceeded
  • eio_fallocate - Allows the caller to directly manipulate the allocated disk space for a file
  • eio_fchmod - Change file permissions.
  • eio_fchown - Change file ownership
  • eio_fdatasync - Synchronize a file's in-core state with storage device.
  • eio_fstat - Get file status
  • eio_fstatvfs - Get file system statistics
  • eio_fsync - Synchronize a file's in-core state with storage device
  • eio_ftruncate - Truncate a file
  • eio_futime - Change file last access and modification times
  • eio_get_event_stream - Get stream representing a variable used in internal communications with libeio.
  • eio_grp - Createsa request group.
  • eio_grp_add - Adds a request to the request group.
  • eio_grp_cancel - Cancels a request group
  • eio_grp_limit - Set group limit
  • eio_link - Create a hardlink for file
  • eio_lstat - Get file status
  • eio_mkdir - Create directory
  • eio_mknod - Create a special or ordinary file.
  • eio_nop - Does nothing, except go through the whole request cycle.
  • eio_npending - Returns number of finished, but unhandled requests
  • eio_nready - Returns number of not-yet handled requests
  • eio_nreqs - Returns number of requests to be processed
  • eio_nthreads - Returns number of threads currently in use
  • eio_open - Opens a file
  • eio_poll - Can be to be called whenever there are pending requests that need finishing.
  • eio_read - Read from a file descriptor at given offset.
  • eio_readahead - Perform file readahead into page cache
  • eio_readdir - Reads through a whole directory
  • eio_readlink - Read value of a symbolic link.
  • eio_realpath - Get the canonicalized absolute pathname.
  • eio_rename - Change the name or location of a file.
  • eio_rmdir - Remove a directory
  • eio_sendfile - Transfer data between file descriptors
  • eio_set_max_idle - Set maximum number of idle threads.
  • eio_set_max_parallel - Set maximum parallel threads
  • eio_set_max_poll_reqs - Set maximum number of requests processed in a poll.
  • eio_set_max_poll_time - Set maximum poll time
  • eio_set_min_parallel - Set minimum parallel thread number
  • eio_stat - Get file status
  • eio_statvfs - Get file system statistics
  • eio_symlink - Create a symbolic link
  • eio_sync - Commit buffer cache to disk
  • eio_syncfs - Calls Linux' syncfs syscall, if available
  • eio_sync_file_range - Sync a file segment with disk
  • eio_truncate - Truncate a file
  • eio_unlink - Delete a name and possibly the file it refers to
  • eio_utime - Change file last access and modification times.
  • eio_write - Write to file
  • empty - 변수가 비어있는지 검사합니다
  • EmptyIterator::current - The current() method
  • EmptyIterator::key - The key() method
  • EmptyIterator::next - The next() method
  • EmptyIterator::rewind - The rewind() method
  • EmptyIterator::valid - The valid() method
  • enchant_broker_describe - Enumerates the Enchant providers
  • enchant_broker_dict_exists - Whether a dictionary exists or not. Using non-empty tag
  • enchant_broker_free - Free the broker resource and its dictionnaries
  • enchant_broker_free_dict - Free a dictionary resource
  • enchant_broker_get_error - Returns the last error of the broker
  • enchant_broker_init - create a new broker object capable of requesting
  • enchant_broker_list_dicts - Returns a list of available dictionaries
  • enchant_broker_request_dict - create a new dictionary using a tag
  • enchant_broker_request_pwl_dict - creates a dictionary using a PWL file
  • enchant_broker_set_ordering - Declares a preference of dictionaries to use for the language
  • enchant_dict_add_to_personal - add a word to personal word list
  • enchant_dict_add_to_session - add 'word' to this spell-checking session
  • enchant_dict_check - Check whether a word is correctly spelled or not
  • enchant_dict_describe - Describes an individual dictionary
  • enchant_dict_get_error - Returns the last error of the current spelling-session
  • enchant_dict_is_in_session - whether or not 'word' exists in this spelling-session
  • enchant_dict_quick_check - Check the word is correctly spelled and provide suggestions
  • enchant_dict_store_replacement - Add a correction for a word
  • enchant_dict_suggest - Will return a list of values if any of those pre-conditions are not met
  • end - 배열 내부 포인터가 마지막 원소를 가리키게 설정
  • ereg - Regular expression match
  • eregi - Case insensitive regular expression match
  • eregi_replace - Replace regular expression case insensitive
  • ereg_replace - Replace regular expression
  • ErrorException::getSeverity - Gets the exception severity
  • ErrorException::__construct - Constructs the exception
  • error_get_last - Get the last occurred error
  • error_log - Send an error message somewhere
  • error_reporting - Sets which PHP errors are reported
  • escapeshellarg - Escape a string to be used as a shell argument
  • escapeshellcmd - Escape shell metacharacters
  • eval - Evaluate a string as PHP code
  • event_add - Add an event to the set of monitored events
  • event_base_free - Destroy event base
  • event_base_loop - Handle events
  • event_base_loopbreak - Abort event loop
  • event_base_loopexit - Exit loop after a time
  • event_base_new - Create and initialize new event base
  • event_base_priority_init - Set the number of event priority levels
  • event_base_set - Associate event base with an event
  • event_buffer_base_set - Associate buffered event with an event base
  • event_buffer_disable - Disable a buffered event
  • event_buffer_enable - Enable a buffered event
  • event_buffer_fd_set - Change a buffered event file descriptor
  • event_buffer_free - Destroy buffered event
  • event_buffer_new - Create new buffered event
  • event_buffer_priority_set - Assign a priority to a buffered event
  • event_buffer_read - Read data from a buffered event
  • event_buffer_set_callback - Set or reset callbacks for a buffered event
  • event_buffer_timeout_set - Set read and write timeouts for a buffered event
  • event_buffer_watermark_set - Set the watermarks for read and write events
  • event_buffer_write - Write data to a buffered event
  • event_del - Remove an event from the set of monitored events
  • event_free - Free event resource
  • event_new - Create new event
  • event_set - Prepare an event
  • Examples with PDO_4D - Examples PDO_4D
  • Exception::getCode - Gets the Exception code
  • Exception::getFile - Gets the file in which the exception occurred
  • Exception::getLine - Gets the line in which the exception occurred
  • Exception::getMessage - Gets the Exception message
  • Exception::getPrevious - Returns previous Exception
  • Exception::getTrace - Gets the stack trace
  • Exception::getTraceAsString - Gets the stack trace as a string
  • Exception::__clone - Clone the exception
  • Exception::__construct - Construct the exception
  • Exception::__toString - String representation of the exception
  • exec - Execute an external program
  • exif_imagetype - Determine the type of an image
  • exif_read_data - Reads the EXIF headers from JPEG or TIFF
  • exif_tagname - Get the header name for an index
  • exif_thumbnail - Retrieve the embedded thumbnail of a TIFF or JPEG image
  • exit - Output a message and terminate the current script
  • exp - e의 누승을 계산
  • expect:// - Process Interaction Streams
  • expect_expectl - Waits until the output from a process matches one of the patterns, a specified time period has passed, or an EOF is seen
  • expect_popen - Execute command via Bourne shell, and open the PTY stream to the process
  • explode - 문자열을 문자열로 나눕니다
  • expm1 - Returns exp(number) - 1, computed in a way that is accurate even when the value of number is close to zero
  • extension_loaded - Find out whether an extension is loaded
  • extract - 배열에서 현재 심볼 테이블로 변수를 입력
  • ezmlm_hash - EZMLM에 필요한 해시값을 계산합니다
• f
  • fam_cancel_monitor - Terminate monitoring
  • fam_close - Close FAM connection
  • fam_monitor_collection - Monitor a collection of files in a directory for changes
  • fam_monitor_directory - Monitor a directory for changes
  • fam_monitor_file - Monitor a regular file for changes
  • fam_next_event - Get next pending FAM event
  • fam_open - Open connection to FAM daemon
  • fam_pending - Check for pending FAM events
  • fam_resume_monitor - Resume suspended monitoring
  • fam_suspend_monitor - Temporarily suspend monitoring
  • fbsql_affected_rows - Get number of affected rows in previous FrontBase operation
  • fbsql_autocommit - Enable or disable autocommit
  • fbsql_blob_size - Get the size of a BLOB
  • fbsql_change_user - Change logged in user of the active connection
  • fbsql_clob_size - Get the size of a CLOB
  • fbsql_close - Close FrontBase connection
  • fbsql_commit - Commits a transaction to the database
  • fbsql_connect - Open a connection to a FrontBase Server
  • fbsql_create_blob - Create a BLOB
  • fbsql_create_clob - Create a CLOB
  • fbsql_create_db - Create a FrontBase database
  • fbsql_database - Get or set the database name used with a connection
  • fbsql_database_password - Sets or retrieves the password for a FrontBase database
  • fbsql_data_seek - Move internal result pointer
  • fbsql_db_query - Send a FrontBase query
  • fbsql_db_status - Get the status for a given database
  • fbsql_drop_db - Drop (delete) a FrontBase database
  • fbsql_errno - Returns the error number from previous operation
  • fbsql_error - Returns the error message from previous operation
  • fbsql_fetch_array - Fetch a result row as an associative array, a numeric array, or both
  • fbsql_fetch_assoc - Fetch a result row as an associative array
  • fbsql_fetch_field - Get column information from a result and return as an object
  • fbsql_fetch_lengths - Get the length of each output in a result
  • fbsql_fetch_object - Fetch a result row as an object
  • fbsql_fetch_row - Get a result row as an enumerated array
  • fbsql_field_flags - Get the flags associated with the specified field in a result
  • fbsql_field_len - Returns the length of the specified field
  • fbsql_field_name - Get the name of the specified field in a result
  • fbsql_field_seek - Set result pointer to a specified field offset
  • fbsql_field_table - Get name of the table the specified field is in
  • fbsql_field_type - Get the type of the specified field in a result
  • fbsql_free_result - Free result memory
  • fbsql_get_autostart_info - 설명
  • fbsql_hostname - Get or set the host name used with a connection
  • fbsql_insert_id - Get the id generated from the previous INSERT operation
  • fbsql_list_dbs - List databases available on a FrontBase server
  • fbsql_list_fields - List FrontBase result fields
  • fbsql_list_tables - List tables in a FrontBase database
  • fbsql_next_result - Move the internal result pointer to the next result
  • fbsql_num_fields - Get number of fields in result
  • fbsql_num_rows - Get number of rows in result
  • fbsql_password - Get or set the user password used with a connection
  • fbsql_pconnect - Open a persistent connection to a FrontBase Server
  • fbsql_query - Send a FrontBase query
  • fbsql_read_blob - Read a BLOB from the database
  • fbsql_read_clob - Read a CLOB from the database
  • fbsql_result - Get result data
  • fbsql_rollback - Rollback a transaction to the database
  • fbsql_rows_fetched - Get the number of rows affected by the last statement
  • fbsql_select_db - Select a FrontBase database
  • fbsql_set_characterset - Change input/output character set
  • fbsql_set_lob_mode - Set the LOB retrieve mode for a FrontBase result set
  • fbsql_set_password - Change the password for a given user
  • fbsql_set_transaction - Set the transaction locking and isolation
  • fbsql_start_db - Start a database on local or remote server
  • fbsql_stop_db - Stop a database on local or remote server
  • fbsql_tablename - 별칭: fbsql_table_name
  • fbsql_table_name - Get table name of field
  • fbsql_username - Get or set the username for the connection
  • fbsql_warnings - Enable or disable FrontBase warnings
  • fclose - Closes an open file pointer
  • fdf_add_doc_javascript - Adds javascript code to the FDF document
  • fdf_add_template - Adds a template into the FDF document
  • fdf_close - Close an FDF document
  • fdf_create - Create a new FDF document
  • fdf_enum_values - Call a user defined function for each document value
  • fdf_errno - Return error code for last fdf operation
  • fdf_error - Return error description for FDF error code
  • fdf_get_ap - Get the appearance of a field
  • fdf_get_attachment - Extracts uploaded file embedded in the FDF
  • fdf_get_encoding - Get the value of the /Encoding key
  • fdf_get_file - Get the value of the /F key
  • fdf_get_flags - Gets the flags of a field
  • fdf_get_opt - Gets a value from the opt array of a field
  • fdf_get_status - Get the value of the /STATUS key
  • fdf_get_value - Get the value of a field
  • fdf_get_version - Gets version number for FDF API or file
  • fdf_header - Sets FDF-specific output headers
  • fdf_next_field_name - Get the next field name
  • fdf_open - Open a FDF document
  • fdf_open_string - Read a FDF document from a string
  • fdf_remove_item - Sets target frame for form
  • fdf_save - Save a FDF document
  • fdf_save_string - Returns the FDF document as a string
  • fdf_set_ap - Set the appearance of a field
  • fdf_set_encoding - Sets FDF character encoding
  • fdf_set_file - Set PDF document to display FDF data in
  • fdf_set_flags - Sets a flag of a field
  • fdf_set_javascript_action - Sets an javascript action of a field
  • fdf_set_on_import_javascript - Adds javascript code to be executed when Acrobat opens the FDF
  • fdf_set_opt - Sets an option of a field
  • fdf_set_status - Set the value of the /STATUS key
  • fdf_set_submit_form_action - Sets a submit form action of a field
  • fdf_set_target_frame - Set target frame for form display
  • fdf_set_value - Set the value of a field
  • fdf_set_version - Sets version number for a FDF file
  • feof - Tests for end-of-file on a file pointer
  • fflush - Flushes the output to a file
  • fgetc - Gets character from file pointer
  • fgetcsv - Gets line from file pointer and parse for CSV fields
  • fgets - Gets line from file pointer
  • fgetss - Gets line from file pointer and strip HTML tags
  • file - Reads entire file into an array
  • file:// - Accessing local filesystem
  • fileatime - Gets last access time of file
  • filectime - Gets inode change time of file
  • filegroup - Gets file group
  • fileinode - Gets file inode
  • filemtime - Gets file modification time
  • fileowner - Gets file owner
  • fileperms - Gets file permissions
  • filepro - Read and verify the map file
  • filepro_fieldcount - Find out how many fields are in a filePro database
  • filepro_fieldname - Gets the name of a field
  • filepro_fieldtype - Gets the type of a field
  • filepro_fieldwidth - Gets the width of a field
  • filepro_retrieve - Retrieves data from a filePro database
  • filepro_rowcount - Find out how many rows are in a filePro database
  • filesize - Gets file size
  • FilesystemIterator::current - The current file
  • FilesystemIterator::getFlags - Get the handling flags
  • FilesystemIterator::key - Retrieve the key for the current file
  • FilesystemIterator::next - Move to the next file
  • FilesystemIterator::rewind - Rewinds back to the beginning
  • FilesystemIterator::setFlags - Sets handling flags
  • FilesystemIterator::__construct - Constructs a new filesystem iterator
  • filetype - Gets file type
  • file_exists - Checks whether a file or directory exists
  • file_get_contents - Reads entire file into a string
  • file_put_contents - Write a string to a file
  • FilterIterator::accept - Check whether the current element of the iterator is acceptable
  • FilterIterator::current - Get the current element value
  • FilterIterator::getInnerIterator - Get the inner iterator
  • FilterIterator::key - Get the current key
  • FilterIterator::next - Move the iterator forward
  • FilterIterator::rewind - Rewind the iterator
  • FilterIterator::valid - Check whether the current element is valid
  • FilterIterator::__construct - Construct a filterIterator
  • filter_has_var - Checks if variable of specified type exists
  • filter_id - Returns the filter ID belonging to a named filter
  • filter_input - Gets a specific external variable by name and optionally filters it
  • filter_input_array - Gets external variables and optionally filters them
  • filter_list - Returns a list of all supported filters
  • filter_var - Filters a variable with a specified filter
  • filter_var_array - Gets multiple variables and optionally filters them
  • finfo_buffer - Return information about a string buffer
  • finfo_close - Close fileinfo resource
  • finfo_file - Return information about a file
  • finfo_open - Create a new fileinfo resource
  • finfo_set_flags - Set libmagic configuration options
  • floatval - 변수의 float 값을 얻습니다
  • flock - Portable advisory file locking
  • floor - 소수점 아래 내림
  • flush - 출력 버퍼를 비웁니다
  • fmod - 인수의 나눗셈에 대한 부동소수점 나머지를 반환
  • fnmatch - Match filename against a pattern
  • fopen - Opens file or URL
  • forward_static_call - Call a static method
  • forward_static_call_array - Call a static method and pass the arguments as array
  • fpassthru - Output all remaining data on a file pointer
  • fprintf - 형식화한 문자열을 스트림에 기록
  • fputcsv - Format line as CSV and write to file pointer
  • fputs - 별칭: fwrite
  • fread - Binary-safe file read
  • FrenchToJD - Converts a date from the French Republican Calendar to a Julian Day Count
  • fribidi_log2vis - Convert a logical string to a visual one
  • fscanf - Parses input from a file according to a format
  • fseek - Seeks on a file pointer
  • fsockopen - Open Internet or Unix domain socket connection
  • fstat - Gets information about a file using an open file pointer
  • ftell - Returns the current position of the file read/write pointer
  • ftok - Convert a pathname and a project identifier to a System V IPC key
  • ftp:// - Accessing FTP(s) URLs
  • FTP context options - FTP context option listing
  • ftp_alloc - Allocates space for a file to be uploaded
  • ftp_cdup - Changes to the parent directory
  • ftp_chdir - Changes the current directory on a FTP server
  • ftp_chmod - Set permissions on a file via FTP
  • ftp_close - Closes an FTP connection
  • ftp_connect - Opens an FTP connection
  • ftp_delete - Deletes a file on the FTP server
  • ftp_exec - Requests execution of a command on the FTP server
  • ftp_fget - Downloads a file from the FTP server and saves to an open file
  • ftp_fput - Uploads from an open file to the FTP server
  • ftp_get - Downloads a file from the FTP server
  • ftp_get_option - Retrieves various runtime behaviours of the current FTP stream
  • ftp_login - Logs in to an FTP connection
  • ftp_mdtm - Returns the last modified time of the given file
  • ftp_mkdir - Creates a directory
  • ftp_nb_continue - Continues retrieving/sending a file (non-blocking)
  • ftp_nb_fget - Retrieves a file from the FTP server and writes it to an open file (non-blocking)
  • ftp_nb_fput - Stores a file from an open file to the FTP server (non-blocking)
  • ftp_nb_get - Retrieves a file from the FTP server and writes it to a local file (non-blocking)
  • ftp_nb_put - Stores a file on the FTP server (non-blocking)
  • ftp_nlist - Returns a list of files in the given directory
  • ftp_pasv - Turns passive mode on or off
  • ftp_put - Uploads a file to the FTP server
  • ftp_pwd - Returns the current directory name
  • ftp_quit - 별칭: ftp_close
  • ftp_raw - Sends an arbitrary command to an FTP server
  • ftp_rawlist - Returns a detailed list of files in the given directory
  • ftp_rename - Renames a file or a directory on the FTP server
  • ftp_rmdir - Removes a directory
  • ftp_set_option - Set miscellaneous runtime FTP options
  • ftp_site - Sends a SITE command to the server
  • ftp_size - Returns the size of the given file
  • ftp_ssl_connect - Opens an Secure SSL-FTP connection
  • ftp_systype - Returns the system type identifier of the remote FTP server
  • ftruncate - Truncates a file to a given length
  • function_exists - Return TRUE if the given function has been defined
  • func_get_arg - Return an item from the argument list
  • func_get_args - Returns an array comprising a function's argument list
  • func_num_args - Returns the number of arguments passed to the function
  • fwrite - Binary-safe file write
• g
  • gc_collect_cycles - Forces collection of any existing garbage cycles
  • gc_disable - Deactivates the circular reference collector
  • gc_enable - Activates the circular reference collector
  • gc_enabled - Returns status of the circular reference collector
  • gd_info - Retrieve information about the currently installed GD library
  • GearmanClient::addOptions - Add client options
  • GearmanClient::addServer - Add a job server to the client
  • GearmanClient::addServers - Add a list of job servers to the client
  • GearmanClient::addTask - Add a task to be run in parallel
  • GearmanClient::addTaskBackground - Add a background task to be run in parallel
  • GearmanClient::addTaskHigh - Add a high priority task to run in parallel
  • GearmanClient::addTaskHighBackground - Add a high priority background task to be run in parallel
  • GearmanClient::addTaskLow - Add a low priority task to run in parallel
  • GearmanClient::addTaskLowBackground - Add a low priority background task to be run in parallel
  • GearmanClient::addTaskStatus - Add a task to get status
  • GearmanClient::clearCallbacks - Clear all task callback functions
  • GearmanClient::clone - Create a copy of a GearmanClient object
  • GearmanClient::context - Get the application context
  • GearmanClient::data - Get the application data (deprecated)
  • GearmanClient::do - Run a single task and return a result [deprecated]
  • GearmanClient::doBackground - Run a task in the background
  • GearmanClient::doHigh - Run a single high priority task
  • GearmanClient::doHighBackground - Run a high priority task in the background
  • GearmanClient::doJobHandle - Get the job handle for the running task
  • GearmanClient::doLow - Run a single low priority task
  • GearmanClient::doLowBackground - Run a low priority task in the background
  • GearmanClient::doNormal - Run a single task and return a result
  • GearmanClient::doStatus - Get the status for the running task
  • GearmanClient::echo - Send data to all job servers to see if they echo it back [deprecated]
  • GearmanClient::error - Returns an error string for the last error encountered.
  • GearmanClient::getErrno - Get an errno value
  • GearmanClient::jobStatus - Get the status of a background job
  • GearmanClient::ping - Send data to all job servers to see if they echo it back
  • GearmanClient::removeOptions - Remove client options
  • GearmanClient::returnCode - Get the last Gearman return code
  • GearmanClient::runTasks - Run a list of tasks in parallel
  • GearmanClient::setClientCallback - Callback function when there is a data packet for a task (deprecated)
  • GearmanClient::setCompleteCallback - Set a function to be called on task completion
  • GearmanClient::setContext - Set application context
  • GearmanClient::setCreatedCallback - Set a callback for when a task is queued
  • GearmanClient::setData - Set application data (deprecated)
  • GearmanClient::setDataCallback - Callback function when there is a data packet for a task
  • GearmanClient::setExceptionCallback - Set a callback for worker exceptions
  • GearmanClient::setFailCallback - Set callback for job failure
  • GearmanClient::setOptions - Set client options
  • GearmanClient::setStatusCallback - Set a callback for collecting task status
  • GearmanClient::setTimeout - Set socket I/O activity timeout
  • GearmanClient::setWarningCallback - Set a callback for worker warnings
  • GearmanClient::setWorkloadCallback - Set a callback for accepting incremental data updates
  • GearmanClient::timeout - Get current socket I/O activity timeout value
  • GearmanClient::__construct - Create a GearmanClient instance
  • GearmanJob::complete - Send the result and complete status (deprecated)
  • GearmanJob::data - Send data for a running job (deprecated)
  • GearmanJob::exception - Send exception for running job (deprecated)
  • GearmanJob::fail - Send fail status (deprecated)
  • GearmanJob::functionName - Get function name
  • GearmanJob::handle - Get the job handle
  • GearmanJob::returnCode - Get last return code
  • GearmanJob::sendComplete - Send the result and complete status
  • GearmanJob::sendData - Send data for a running job
  • GearmanJob::sendException - Send exception for running job (exception)
  • GearmanJob::sendFail - Send fail status
  • GearmanJob::sendStatus - Send status
  • GearmanJob::sendWarning - Send a warning
  • GearmanJob::setReturn - Set a return value
  • GearmanJob::status - Send status (deprecated)
  • GearmanJob::unique - Get the unique identifier
  • GearmanJob::warning - Send a warning (deprecated)
  • GearmanJob::workload - Get workload
  • GearmanJob::workloadSize - Get size of work load
  • GearmanJob::__construct - Create a GearmanJob instance
  • GearmanTask::create - Create a task (deprecated)
  • GearmanTask::data - Get data returned for a task
  • GearmanTask::dataSize - Get the size of returned data
  • GearmanTask::function - Get associated function name (deprecated)
  • GearmanTask::functionName - Get associated function name
  • GearmanTask::isKnown - Determine if task is known
  • GearmanTask::isRunning - Test whether the task is currently running
  • GearmanTask::jobHandle - Get the job handle
  • GearmanTask::recvData - Read work or result data into a buffer for a task
  • GearmanTask::returnCode - Get the last return code
  • GearmanTask::sendData - Send data for a task (deprecated)
  • GearmanTask::sendWorkload - Send data for a task
  • GearmanTask::taskDenominator - Get completion percentage denominator
  • GearmanTask::taskNumerator - Get completion percentage numerator
  • GearmanTask::unique - Get the unique identifier for a task
  • GearmanTask::uuid - Get the unique identifier for a task (deprecated)
  • GearmanTask::__construct - Create a GearmanTask instance
  • GearmanWorker::addFunction - Register and add callback function
  • GearmanWorker::addOptions - Add worker options
  • GearmanWorker::addServer - Add a job server
  • GearmanWorker::addServers - Add job servers
  • GearmanWorker::clone - Create a copy of the worker
  • GearmanWorker::echo - Test job server response
  • GearmanWorker::error - Get the last error encountered
  • GearmanWorker::getErrno - Get errno
  • GearmanWorker::options - Get worker options
  • GearmanWorker::register - Register a function with the job server
  • GearmanWorker::removeOptions - Remove worker options
  • GearmanWorker::returnCode - Get last Gearman return code
  • GearmanWorker::setOptions - Set worker options
  • GearmanWorker::setTimeout - Set socket I/O activity timeout
  • GearmanWorker::timeout - Get socket I/O activity timeout
  • GearmanWorker::unregister - Unregister a function name with the job servers
  • GearmanWorker::unregisterAll - Unregister all function names with the job servers
  • GearmanWorker::wait - Wait for activity from one of the job servers
  • GearmanWorker::work - Wait for and perform jobs
  • GearmanWorker::__construct - Create a GearmanWorker instance
  • geoip_continent_code_by_name - Get the two letter continent code
  • geoip_country_code3_by_name - Get the three letter country code
  • geoip_country_code_by_name - Get the two letter country code
  • geoip_country_name_by_name - Get the full country name
  • geoip_database_info - Get GeoIP Database information
  • geoip_db_avail - Determine if GeoIP Database is available
  • geoip_db_filename - Returns the filename of the corresponding GeoIP Database
  • geoip_db_get_all_info - Returns detailed information about all GeoIP database types
  • geoip_id_by_name - Get the Internet connection type
  • geoip_isp_by_name - Get the Internet Service Provider (ISP) name
  • geoip_org_by_name - Get the organization name
  • geoip_record_by_name - Returns the detailed City information found in the GeoIP Database
  • geoip_region_by_name - Get the country code and region
  • geoip_region_name_by_code - Returns the region name for some country and region code combo
  • geoip_time_zone_by_country_and_region - Returns the time zone for some country and region code combo
  • getallheaders - 모든 HTTP 요청 헤더를 가져옵니다
  • getcwd - 현재 작업 디렉토리를 얻음
  • getdate - 날짜/시간 정보를 가져온다
  • getenv - 환경 변수 값을 얻습니다
  • gethostbyaddr - Get the Internet host name corresponding to a given IP address
  • gethostbyname - Get the IPv4 address corresponding to a given Internet host name
  • gethostbynamel - Get a list of IPv4 addresses corresponding to a given Internet host name
  • gethostname - Gets the host name
  • getimagesize - Get the size of an image
  • getlastmod - 페이지를 수정한 최종 시간을 얻습니다
  • getmxrr - Get MX records corresponding to a given Internet host name
  • getmygid - Get PHP script owner's GID
  • getmyinode - Gets the inode of the current script
  • getmypid - Gets PHP's process ID
  • getmyuid - Gets PHP script owner's UID
  • getopt - Gets options from the command line argument list
  • getprotobyname - Get protocol number associated with protocol name
  • getprotobynumber - Get protocol name associated with protocol number
  • getrandmax - 가능한 최대 난수값을 표시
  • getrusage - Gets the current resource usages
  • getservbyname - Get port number associated with an Internet service and protocol
  • getservbyport - Get Internet service which corresponds to port and protocol
  • gettext - Lookup a message in the current domain
  • gettimeofday - Get current time
  • gettype - 변수의 자료형을 얻습니다
  • get_browser - Tells what the user's browser is capable of
  • get_called_class - "Late Static Binding" 클래스명
  • get_cfg_var - PHP 설정 옵션의 값 얻기
  • get_class - 객체의 클래스명을 반환
  • get_class_methods - 클래스 메쏘드명을 얻습니다
  • get_class_vars - 클래스의 기본 프로퍼티를 얻습니다
  • get_current_user - 현재 PHP 스크립트 소유자의 이름을 얻습니다
  • get_declared_classes - 선언된 클래스명을 배열로 반환
  • get_declared_interfaces - 선언된 모든 인터페이스의 배열을 반환
  • get_declared_traits - Returns an array of all declared traits
  • get_defined_constants - 모든 상수와 그 값의 연관 배열을 반환합니다
  • get_defined_functions - Returns an array of all defined functions
  • get_defined_vars - 모든 정의된 변수의 배열을 반환
  • get_extension_funcs - 모듈 함수명을 배열로 반환
  • get_headers - Fetches all the headers sent by the server in response to a HTTP request
  • get_html_translation_table - htmlspecialchars와 htmlentities에서 사용하는 변환표를 반환합니다
  • get_included_files - include나 require한 파일명의 배열을 반환
  • get_include_path - Gets the current include_path configuration option
  • get_loaded_extensions - 적재된 모든 모듈명을 배열로 반환합니다
  • get_magic_quotes_gpc - Gets the current configuration setting of magic_quotes_gpc
  • get_magic_quotes_runtime - Gets the current active configuration setting of magic_quotes_runtime
  • get_meta_tags - 파일에서 모든 메타 태그 내용 요소를 추출하여 배열로 반환
  • get_object_vars - 주어진 객체의 프로퍼티를 얻습니다
  • get_parent_class - 객체나 클래스의 부모 클래스명을 얻습니다
  • get_required_files - 별칭: get_included_files
  • get_resource_type - 자원형을 반환
  • glob - Find pathnames matching a pattern
  • glob:// - Find pathnames matching pattern
  • GlobIterator::count - Get the number of directories and files
  • GlobIterator::__construct - Construct a directory using glob
  • Gmagick::addimage - Adds new image to Gmagick object image list
  • Gmagick::addnoiseimage - Adds random noise to the image
  • Gmagick::annotateimage - Annotates an image with text
  • Gmagick::blurimage - Adds blur filter to image
  • Gmagick::borderimage - Surrounds the image with a border
  • Gmagick::charcoalimage - Simulates a charcoal drawing
  • Gmagick::chopimage - Removes a region of an image and trims
  • Gmagick::clear - Clears all resources associated to Gmagick object
  • Gmagick::commentimage - Adds a comment to your image
  • Gmagick::compositeimage - Composite one image onto another
  • Gmagick::cropimage - Extracts a region of the image
  • Gmagick::cropthumbnailimage - Creates a crop thumbnail
  • Gmagick::current - The current purpose
  • Gmagick::cyclecolormapimage - Displaces an image's colormap
  • Gmagick::deconstructimages - Returns certain pixel differences between images
  • Gmagick::despeckleimage - The despeckleimage purpose
  • Gmagick::destroy - The destroy purpose
  • Gmagick::drawimage - Renders the GmagickDraw object on the current image
  • Gmagick::edgeimage - Enhance edges within the image
  • Gmagick::embossimage - Returns a grayscale image with a three-dimensional effect
  • Gmagick::enhanceimage - Improves the quality of a noisy image
  • Gmagick::equalizeimage - Equalizes the image histogram
  • Gmagick::flipimage - Creates a vertical mirror image
  • Gmagick::flopimage - The flopimage purpose
  • Gmagick::frameimage - Adds a simulated three-dimensional border
  • Gmagick::gammaimage - Gamma-corrects an image
  • Gmagick::getcopyright - Returns the GraphicsMagick API copyright as a string
  • Gmagick::getfilename - The filename associated with an image sequence
  • Gmagick::getimagebackgroundcolor - Returns the image background color
  • Gmagick::getimageblueprimary - Returns the chromaticy blue primary point
  • Gmagick::getimagebordercolor - Returns the image border color
  • Gmagick::getimagechanneldepth - Gets the depth for a particular image channel
  • Gmagick::getimagecolors - Returns the color of the specified colormap index
  • Gmagick::getimagecolorspace - Gets the image colorspace
  • Gmagick::getimagecompose - Returns the composite operator associated with the image
  • Gmagick::getimagedelay - Gets the image delay
  • Gmagick::getimagedepth - Gets the depth of the image
  • Gmagick::getimagedispose - Gets the image disposal method
  • Gmagick::getimageextrema - Gets the extrema for the image
  • Gmagick::getimagefilename - Returns the filename of a particular image in a sequence
  • Gmagick::getimageformat - Returns the format of a particular image in a sequence
  • Gmagick::getimagegamma - Gets the image gamma
  • Gmagick::getimagegreenprimary - Returns the chromaticy green primary point
  • Gmagick::getimageheight - Returns the image height
  • Gmagick::getimagehistogram - Gets the image histogram
  • Gmagick::getimageindex - Gets the index of the current active image
  • Gmagick::getimageinterlacescheme - Gets the image interlace scheme
  • Gmagick::getimageiterations - Gets the image iterations
  • Gmagick::getimagematte - Return if the image has a matte channel
  • Gmagick::getimagemattecolor - Returns the image matte color
  • Gmagick::getimageprofile - Returns the named image profile.
  • Gmagick::getimageredprimary - Returns the chromaticity red primary point
  • Gmagick::getimagerenderingintent - Gets the image rendering intent
  • Gmagick::getimageresolution - Gets the image X and Y resolution
  • Gmagick::getimagescene - Gets the image scene
  • Gmagick::getimagesignature - Generates an SHA-256 message digest
  • Gmagick::getimagetype - Gets the potential image type.
  • Gmagick::getimageunits - Gets the image units of resolution
  • Gmagick::getimagewhitepoint - Returns the chromaticity white point
  • Gmagick::getimagewidth - Returns the width of the image
  • Gmagick::getpackagename - Returns the GraphicsMagick package name.
  • Gmagick::getquantumdepth - Returns the Gmagick quantum depth as a string.
  • Gmagick::getreleasedate - Returns the GraphicsMagick release date as a string.
  • Gmagick::getsamplingfactors - Gets the horizontal and vertical sampling factor.
  • Gmagick::getsize - Returns the size associated with the Gmagick object
  • Gmagick::getversion - Returns the GraphicsMagick API version
  • Gmagick::hasnextimage - Checks if the object has more images
  • Gmagick::haspreviousimage - Checks if the object has a previous image
  • Gmagick::implodeimage - Creates a new image as a copy
  • Gmagick::labelimage - Adds a label to an image.
  • Gmagick::levelimage - Adjusts the levels of an image
  • Gmagick::magnifyimage - Scales an image proportionally 2x
  • Gmagick::mapimage - Replaces the colors of an image with the closest color from a reference image.
  • Gmagick::medianfilterimage - Applies a digital filter
  • Gmagick::minifyimage - Scales an image proportionally to half its size
  • Gmagick::modulateimage - Control the brightness, saturation, and hue
  • Gmagick::motionblurimage - Simulates motion blur
  • Gmagick::newimage - Creates a new image
  • Gmagick::nextimage - Moves to the next image
  • Gmagick::normalizeimage - Enhances the contrast of a color image
  • Gmagick::oilpaintimage - Simulates an oil painting
  • Gmagick::previousimage - Move to the previous image in the object
  • Gmagick::profileimage - Adds or removes a profile from an image
  • Gmagick::quantizeimage - Analyzes the colors within a reference image
  • Gmagick::quantizeimages - The quantizeimages purpose
  • Gmagick::queryfontmetrics - Returns an array representing the font metrics
  • Gmagick::queryfonts - Returns the configured fonts
  • Gmagick::queryformats - Returns formats supported by Gmagick.
  • Gmagick::radialblurimage - Radial blurs an image
  • Gmagick::raiseimage - Creates a simulated 3d button-like effect
  • Gmagick::read - Reads image from filename
  • Gmagick::readimage - Reads image from filename
  • Gmagick::readimageblob - Reads image from a binary string
  • Gmagick::readimagefile - The readimagefile purpose
  • Gmagick::reducenoiseimage - Smooths the contours of an image
  • Gmagick::removeimage - Removes an image from the image list
  • Gmagick::removeimageprofile - Removes the named image profile and returns it
  • Gmagick::resampleimage - Resample image to desired resolution
  • Gmagick::resizeimage - Scales an image
  • Gmagick::rollimage - Offsets an image
  • Gmagick::rotateimage - Rotates an image
  • Gmagick::scaleimage - Scales the size of an image
  • Gmagick::separateimagechannel - Separates a channel from the image
  • Gmagick::setfilename - Sets the filename before you read or write the image
  • Gmagick::setimagebackgroundcolor - Sets the image background color.
  • Gmagick::setimageblueprimary - Sets the image chromaticity blue primary point.
  • Gmagick::setimagebordercolor - Sets the image border color.
  • Gmagick::setimagechanneldepth - Sets the depth of a particular image channel
  • Gmagick::setimagecolorspace - Sets the image colorspace
  • Gmagick::setimagecompose - Sets the image composite operator
  • Gmagick::setimagedelay - Sets the image delay
  • Gmagick::setimagedepth - Sets the image depth
  • Gmagick::setimagedispose - Sets the image disposal method
  • Gmagick::setimagefilename - Sets the filename of a particular image in a sequence
  • Gmagick::setimageformat - Sets the format of a particular image
  • Gmagick::setimagegamma - Sets the image gamma
  • Gmagick::setimagegreenprimary - TSets the image chromaticity green primary point.
  • Gmagick::setimageindex - Set the iterator to the position in the image list specified with the index parameter
  • Gmagick::setimageinterlacescheme - Sets the interlace scheme of the image.
  • Gmagick::setimageiterations - Sets the image iterations.
  • Gmagick::setimageprofile - Adds a named profile to the Gmagick object
  • Gmagick::setimageredprimary - Sets the image chromaticity red primary point.
  • Gmagick::setimagerenderingintent - Sets the image rendering intent
  • Gmagick::setimageresolution - Sets the image resolution
  • Gmagick::setimagescene - Sets the image scene
  • Gmagick::setimagetype - Sets the image type
  • Gmagick::setimageunits - Sets the image units of resolution.
  • Gmagick::setimagewhitepoint - Sets the image chromaticity white point.
  • Gmagick::setsamplingfactors - Sets the image sampling factors.
  • Gmagick::setsize - Sets the size of the Gmagick object
  • Gmagick::shearimage - Creating a parallelogram
  • Gmagick::solarizeimage - Applies a solarizing effect to the image
  • Gmagick::spreadimage - Randomly displaces each pixel in a block
  • Gmagick::stripimage - Strips an image of all profiles and comments
  • Gmagick::swirlimage - Swirls the pixels about the center of the image
  • Gmagick::thumbnailimage - Changes the size of an image
  • Gmagick::trimimage - Remove edges from the image
  • Gmagick::write - Writes an image to the specified filename
  • Gmagick::writeimage - Writes an image to the specified filename
  • Gmagick::__construct - The Gmagick constructor
  • GmagickDraw::annotate - Draws text on the image
  • GmagickDraw::arc - Draws an arc
  • GmagickDraw::bezier - Draws a bezier curve
  • GmagickDraw::ellipse - Draws an ellipse on the image
  • GmagickDraw::getfillcolor - Returns the fill color
  • GmagickDraw::getfillopacity - Returns the opacity used when drawing
  • GmagickDraw::getfont - Returns the font
  • GmagickDraw::getfontsize - Returns the font pointsize
  • GmagickDraw::getfontstyle - Returns the font style
  • GmagickDraw::getfontweight - Returns the font weight
  • GmagickDraw::getstrokecolor - Returns the color used for stroking object outlines
  • GmagickDraw::getstrokeopacity - Returns the opacity of stroked object outlines
  • GmagickDraw::getstrokewidth - Returns the width of the stroke used to draw object outlines
  • GmagickDraw::gettextdecoration - Returns the text decoration
  • GmagickDraw::gettextencoding - Returns the code set used for text annotations
  • GmagickDraw::line - The line purpose
  • GmagickDraw::point - Draws a point
  • GmagickDraw::polygon - Draws a polygon
  • GmagickDraw::polyline - Draws a polyline
  • GmagickDraw::rectangle - Draws a rectangle
  • GmagickDraw::rotate - Applies the specified rotation to the current coordinate space
  • GmagickDraw::roundrectangle - Draws a rounded rectangle
  • GmagickDraw::scale - Adjusts the scaling factor
  • GmagickDraw::setfillcolor - Sets the fill color to be used for drawing filled objects.
  • GmagickDraw::setfillopacity - The setfillopacity purpose
  • GmagickDraw::setfont - Sets the fully-specified font to use when annotating with text.
  • GmagickDraw::setfontsize - Sets the font pointsize to use when annotating with text.
  • GmagickDraw::setfontstyle - Sets the font style to use when annotating with text
  • GmagickDraw::setfontweight - Sets the font weight
  • GmagickDraw::setstrokecolor - Sets the color used for stroking object outlines.
  • GmagickDraw::setstrokeopacity - Specifies the opacity of stroked object outlines.
  • GmagickDraw::setstrokewidth - Sets the width of the stroke used to draw object outlines.
  • GmagickDraw::settextdecoration - Specifies a decoration
  • GmagickDraw::settextencoding - Specifies specifies the text code set
  • GmagickPixel::getcolor - Returns the color
  • GmagickPixel::getcolorcount - Returns the color count associated with this color
  • GmagickPixel::getcolorvalue - Gets the normalized value of the provided color channel
  • GmagickPixel::setcolor - Sets the color
  • GmagickPixel::setcolorvalue - Sets the normalized value of one of the channels
  • GmagickPixel::__construct - The GmagickPixel constructor
  • gmdate - Format a GMT/UTC date/time
  • gmmktime - Get Unix timestamp for a GMT date
  • gmp_abs - Absolute value
  • gmp_add - Add numbers
  • gmp_and - Bitwise AND
  • gmp_clrbit - Clear bit
  • gmp_cmp - Compare numbers
  • gmp_com - Calculates one's complement
  • gmp_div - 별칭: gmp_div_q
  • gmp_divexact - Exact division of numbers
  • gmp_div_q - Divide numbers
  • gmp_div_qr - Divide numbers and get quotient and remainder
  • gmp_div_r - Remainder of the division of numbers
  • gmp_fact - Factorial
  • gmp_gcd - Calculate GCD
  • gmp_gcdext - Calculate GCD and multipliers
  • gmp_hamdist - Hamming distance
  • gmp_init - Create GMP number
  • gmp_intval - Convert GMP number to integer
  • gmp_invert - Inverse by modulo
  • gmp_jacobi - Jacobi symbol
  • gmp_legendre - Legendre symbol
  • gmp_mod - Modulo operation
  • gmp_mul - Multiply numbers
  • gmp_neg - Negate number
  • gmp_nextprime - Find next prime number
  • gmp_or - Bitwise OR
  • gmp_perfect_square - Perfect square check
  • gmp_popcount - Population count
  • gmp_pow - Raise number into power
  • gmp_powm - Raise number into power with modulo
  • gmp_prob_prime - Check if number is "probably prime"
  • gmp_random - Random number
  • gmp_scan0 - Scan for 0
  • gmp_scan1 - Scan for 1
  • gmp_setbit - Set bit
  • gmp_sign - Sign of number
  • gmp_sqrt - Calculate square root
  • gmp_sqrtrem - Square root with remainder
  • gmp_strval - Convert GMP number to string
  • gmp_sub - Subtract numbers
  • gmp_testbit - Tests if a bit is set
  • gmp_xor - Bitwise XOR
  • gmstrftime - Format a GMT/UTC time/date according to locale settings
  • gnupg_adddecryptkey - Add a key for decryption
  • gnupg_addencryptkey - Add a key for encryption
  • gnupg_addsignkey - Add a key for signing
  • gnupg_cleardecryptkeys - Removes all keys which were set for decryption before
  • gnupg_clearencryptkeys - Removes all keys which were set for encryption before
  • gnupg_clearsignkeys - Removes all keys which were set for signing before
  • gnupg_decrypt - Decrypts a given text
  • gnupg_decryptverify - Decrypts and verifies a given text
  • gnupg_encrypt - Encrypts a given text
  • gnupg_encryptsign - Encrypts and signs a given text
  • gnupg_export - Exports a key
  • gnupg_geterror - Returns the errortext, if a function fails
  • gnupg_getprotocol - Returns the currently active protocol for all operations
  • gnupg_import - Imports a key
  • gnupg_init - Initialize a connection
  • gnupg_keyinfo - Returns an array with information about all keys that matches the given pattern
  • gnupg_setarmor - Toggle armored output
  • gnupg_seterrormode - Sets the mode for error_reporting
  • gnupg_setsignmode - Sets the mode for signing
  • gnupg_sign - Signs a given text
  • gnupg_verify - Verifies a signed text
  • gopher_parsedir - Translate a gopher formatted directory entry into an associative array.
  • grapheme_extract - Function to extract a sequence of default grapheme clusters from a text buffer, which must be encoded in UTF-8.
  • grapheme_stripos - Find position (in grapheme units) of first occurrence of a case-insensitive string
  • grapheme_stristr - Returns part of haystack string from the first occurrence of case-insensitive needle to the end of haystack.
  • grapheme_strlen - Get string length in grapheme units
  • grapheme_strpos - Find position (in grapheme units) of first occurrence of a string
  • grapheme_strripos - Find position (in grapheme units) of last occurrence of a case-insensitive string
  • grapheme_strrpos - Find position (in grapheme units) of last occurrence of a string
  • grapheme_strstr - Returns part of haystack string from the first occurrence of needle to the end of haystack.
  • grapheme_substr - Return part of a string
  • GregorianToJD - Converts a Gregorian date to Julian Day Count
  • gupnp_context_get_host_ip - Get the IP address
  • gupnp_context_get_port - Get the port
  • gupnp_context_get_subscription_timeout - Get the event subscription timeout
  • gupnp_context_host_path - Start hosting
  • gupnp_context_new - Create a new context
  • gupnp_context_set_subscription_timeout - Sets the event subscription timeout
  • gupnp_context_timeout_add - Sets a function to be called at regular intervals
  • gupnp_context_unhost_path - Stop hosting
  • gupnp_control_point_browse_start - Start browsing
  • gupnp_control_point_browse_stop - Stop browsing
  • gupnp_control_point_callback_set - Set control point callback
  • gupnp_control_point_new - Create a new control point
  • gupnp_device_action_callback_set - Set device callback function
  • gupnp_device_info_get - Get info of root device
  • gupnp_device_info_get_service - Get the service with type
  • gupnp_root_device_get_available - Check whether root device is available
  • gupnp_root_device_get_relative_location - Get the relative location of root device.
  • gupnp_root_device_new - Create a new root device
  • gupnp_root_device_set_available - Set whether or not root_device is available
  • gupnp_root_device_start - Start main loop
  • gupnp_root_device_stop - Stop main loop
  • gupnp_service_action_get - Retrieves the specified action arguments
  • gupnp_service_action_return - Return succesfully
  • gupnp_service_action_return_error - Return error code
  • gupnp_service_action_set - Sets the specified action return values
  • gupnp_service_freeze_notify - Freeze new notifications
  • gupnp_service_info_get - Get full info of service
  • gupnp_service_info_get_introspection - Get resource introspection of service
  • gupnp_service_introspection_get_state_variable - Returns the state variable data
  • gupnp_service_notify - Notifies listening clients
  • gupnp_service_proxy_action_get - Send action to the service and get value
  • gupnp_service_proxy_action_set - Send action to the service and set value
  • gupnp_service_proxy_add_notify - Sets up callback for variable change notification
  • gupnp_service_proxy_callback_set - Set service proxy callback for signal
  • gupnp_service_proxy_get_subscribed - Check whether subscription is valid to the service
  • gupnp_service_proxy_remove_notify - Cancels the variable change notification
  • gupnp_service_proxy_send_action - Send action with multiple parameters synchronously
  • gupnp_service_proxy_set_subscribed - (Un)subscribes to the service.
  • gupnp_service_thaw_notify - Sends out any pending notifications and stops queuing of new ones.
  • gzclose - Close an open gz-file pointer
  • gzcompress - Compress a string
  • gzdecode - Decodes a gzip compressed string
  • gzdeflate - Deflate a string
  • gzencode - Create a gzip compressed string
  • gzeof - Test for EOF on a gz-file pointer
  • gzfile - Read entire gz-file into an array
  • gzgetc - Get character from gz-file pointer
  • gzgets - Get line from file pointer
  • gzgetss - Get line from gz-file pointer and strip HTML tags
  • gzinflate - Inflate a deflated string
  • gzopen - Open gz-file
  • gzpassthru - Output all remaining data on a gz-file pointer
  • gzputs - 별칭: gzwrite
  • gzread - Binary-safe gz-file read
  • gzrewind - Rewind the position of a gz-file pointer
  • gzseek - Seek on a gz-file pointer
  • gztell - Tell gz-file pointer read/write position
  • gzuncompress - Uncompress a compressed string
  • gzwrite - Binary-safe gz-file write
• h
  • HaruAnnotation::setBorderStyle - Set the border style of the annotation
  • HaruAnnotation::setHighlightMode - Set the highlighting mode of the annotation
  • HaruAnnotation::setIcon - Set the icon style of the annotation
  • HaruAnnotation::setOpened - Set the initial state of the annotation
  • HaruDestination::setFit - Set the appearance of the page to fit the window
  • HaruDestination::setFitB - Set the appearance of the page to fit the bounding box of the page within the window
  • HaruDestination::setFitBH - Set the appearance of the page to fit the width of the bounding box
  • HaruDestination::setFitBV - Set the appearance of the page to fit the height of the boudning box
  • HaruDestination::setFitH - Set the appearance of the page to fit the window width
  • HaruDestination::setFitR - Set the appearance of the page to fit the specified rectangle
  • HaruDestination::setFitV - Set the appearance of the page to fit the window height
  • HaruDestination::setXYZ - Set the appearance of the page
  • HaruDoc::addPage - Add new page to the document
  • HaruDoc::addPageLabel - Set the numbering style for the specified range of pages
  • HaruDoc::createOutline - Create a HaruOutline instance
  • HaruDoc::getCurrentEncoder - Get HaruEncoder currently used in the document
  • HaruDoc::getCurrentPage - Return current page of the document
  • HaruDoc::getEncoder - Get HaruEncoder instance for the specified encoding
  • HaruDoc::getFont - Get HaruFont instance
  • HaruDoc::getInfoAttr - Get current value of the specified document attribute
  • HaruDoc::getPageLayout - Get current page layout
  • HaruDoc::getPageMode - Get current page mode
  • HaruDoc::getStreamSize - Get the size of the temporary stream
  • HaruDoc::insertPage - Insert new page just before the specified page
  • HaruDoc::loadJPEG - Load a JPEG image
  • HaruDoc::loadPNG - Load PNG image and return HaruImage instance
  • HaruDoc::loadRaw - Load a RAW image
  • HaruDoc::loadTTC - Load the font with the specified index from TTC file
  • HaruDoc::loadTTF - Load TTF font file
  • HaruDoc::loadType1 - Load Type1 font
  • HaruDoc::output - Write the document data to the output buffer
  • HaruDoc::readFromStream - Read data from the temporary stream
  • HaruDoc::resetError - Reset error state of the document handle
  • HaruDoc::resetStream - Rewind the temporary stream
  • HaruDoc::save - Save the document into the specified file
  • HaruDoc::saveToStream - Save the document into a temporary stream
  • HaruDoc::setCompressionMode - Set compression mode for the document
  • HaruDoc::setCurrentEncoder - Set the current encoder for the document
  • HaruDoc::setEncryptionMode - Set encryption mode for the document
  • HaruDoc::setInfoAttr - Set the info attribute of the document
  • HaruDoc::setInfoDateAttr - Set the datetime info attributes of the document
  • HaruDoc::setOpenAction - Define which page is shown when the document is opened
  • HaruDoc::setPageLayout - Set how pages should be displayed
  • HaruDoc::setPageMode - Set how the document should be displayed
  • HaruDoc::setPagesConfiguration - Set the number of pages per set of pages
  • HaruDoc::setPassword - Set owner and user passwords for the document
  • HaruDoc::setPermission - Set permissions for the document
  • HaruDoc::useCNSEncodings - Enable Chinese simplified encodings
  • HaruDoc::useCNSFonts - Enable builtin Chinese simplified fonts
  • HaruDoc::useCNTEncodings - Enable Chinese traditional encodings
  • HaruDoc::useCNTFonts - Enable builtin Chinese traditional fonts
  • HaruDoc::useJPEncodings - Enable Japanese encodings
  • HaruDoc::useJPFonts - Enable builtin Japanese fonts
  • HaruDoc::useKREncodings - Enable Korean encodings
  • HaruDoc::useKRFonts - Enable builtin Korean fonts
  • HaruDoc::__construct - Construct new HaruDoc instance
  • HaruEncoder::getByteType - Get the type of the byte in the text
  • HaruEncoder::getType - Get the type of the encoder
  • HaruEncoder::getUnicode - Convert the specified character to unicode
  • HaruEncoder::getWritingMode - Get the writing mode of the encoder
  • HaruFont::getAscent - Get the vertical ascent of the font
  • HaruFont::getCapHeight - Get the distance from the baseline of uppercase letters
  • HaruFont::getDescent - Get the vertical descent of the font
  • HaruFont::getEncodingName - Get the name of the encoding
  • HaruFont::getFontName - Get the name of the font
  • HaruFont::getTextWidth - Get the total width of the text, number of characters, number of words and number of spaces
  • HaruFont::getUnicodeWidth - Get the width of the character in the font
  • HaruFont::getXHeight - Get the distance from the baseline of lowercase letters
  • HaruFont::measureText - Calculate the number of characters which can be included within the specified width
  • HaruImage::getBitsPerComponent - Get the number of bits used to describe each color component of the image
  • HaruImage::getColorSpace - Get the name of the color space
  • HaruImage::getHeight - Get the height of the image
  • HaruImage::getSize - Get size of the image
  • HaruImage::getWidth - Get the width of the image
  • HaruImage::setColorMask - Set the color mask of the image
  • HaruImage::setMaskImage - Set the image mask
  • HaruOutline::setDestination - Set the destination for the outline
  • HaruOutline::setOpened - Set the initial state of the outline
  • HaruPage::arc - Append an arc to the current path
  • HaruPage::beginText - Begin a text object and set the current text position to (0,0)
  • HaruPage::circle - Append a circle to the current path
  • HaruPage::closePath - Append a straight line from the current point to the start point of the path
  • HaruPage::concat - Concatenate current transformation matrix of the page and the specified matrix
  • HaruPage::createDestination - Create new HaruDestination instance
  • HaruPage::createLinkAnnotation - Create new HaruAnnotation instance
  • HaruPage::createTextAnnotation - Create new HaruAnnotation instance
  • HaruPage::createURLAnnotation - Create and return new HaruAnnotation instance
  • HaruPage::curveTo - Append a Bezier curve to the current path
  • HaruPage::curveTo2 - Append a Bezier curve to the current path
  • HaruPage::curveTo3 - Append a Bezier curve to the current path
  • HaruPage::drawImage - Show image at the page
  • HaruPage::ellipse - Append an ellipse to the current path
  • HaruPage::endPath - End current path object without filling and painting operations
  • HaruPage::endText - End current text object
  • HaruPage::eofill - Fill current path using even-odd rule
  • HaruPage::eoFillStroke - Fill current path using even-odd rule, then paint the path
  • HaruPage::fill - Fill current path using nonzero winding number rule
  • HaruPage::fillStroke - Fill current path using nonzero winding number rule, then paint the path
  • HaruPage::getCharSpace - Get the current value of character spacing
  • HaruPage::getCMYKFill - Get the current filling color
  • HaruPage::getCMYKStroke - Get the current stroking color
  • HaruPage::getCurrentFont - Get the currently used font
  • HaruPage::getCurrentFontSize - Get the current font size
  • HaruPage::getCurrentPos - Get the current position for path painting
  • HaruPage::getCurrentTextPos - Get the current position for text printing
  • HaruPage::getDash - Get the current dash pattern
  • HaruPage::getFillingColorSpace - Get the current filling color space
  • HaruPage::getFlatness - Get the flatness of the page
  • HaruPage::getGMode - Get the current graphics mode
  • HaruPage::getGrayFill - Get the current filling color
  • HaruPage::getGrayStroke - Get the current stroking color
  • HaruPage::getHeight - Get the height of the page
  • HaruPage::getHorizontalScaling - Get the current value of horizontal scaling
  • HaruPage::getLineCap - Get the current line cap style
  • HaruPage::getLineJoin - Get the current line join style
  • HaruPage::getLineWidth - Get the current line width
  • HaruPage::getMiterLimit - Get the value of miter limit
  • HaruPage::getRGBFill - Get the current filling color
  • HaruPage::getRGBStroke - Get the current stroking color
  • HaruPage::getStrokingColorSpace - Get the current stroking color space
  • HaruPage::getTextLeading - Get the current value of line spacing
  • HaruPage::getTextMatrix - Get the current text transformation matrix of the page
  • HaruPage::getTextRenderingMode - Get the current text rendering mode
  • HaruPage::getTextRise - Get the current value of text rising
  • HaruPage::getTextWidth - Get the width of the text using current fontsize, character spacing and word spacing
  • HaruPage::getTransMatrix - Get the current transformation matrix of the page
  • HaruPage::getWidth - Get the width of the page
  • HaruPage::getWordSpace - Get the current value of word spacing
  • HaruPage::lineTo - Draw a line from the current point to the specified point
  • HaruPage::measureText - Calculate the number of characters which can be included within the specified width
  • HaruPage::moveTextPos - Move text position to the specified offset
  • HaruPage::moveTo - Set starting point for new drawing path
  • HaruPage::moveToNextLine - Move text position to the start of the next line
  • HaruPage::rectangle - Append a rectangle to the current path
  • HaruPage::setCharSpace - Set character spacing for the page
  • HaruPage::setCMYKFill - Set filling color for the page
  • HaruPage::setCMYKStroke - Set stroking color for the page
  • HaruPage::setDash - Set the dash pattern for the page
  • HaruPage::setFlatness - Set flatness for the page
  • HaruPage::setFontAndSize - Set font and fontsize for the page
  • HaruPage::setGrayFill - Set filling color for the page
  • HaruPage::setGrayStroke - Sets stroking color for the page
  • HaruPage::setHeight - Set height of the page
  • HaruPage::setHorizontalScaling - Set horizontal scaling for the page
  • HaruPage::setLineCap - Set the shape to be used at the ends of lines
  • HaruPage::setLineJoin - Set line join style for the page
  • HaruPage::setLineWidth - Set line width for the page
  • HaruPage::setMiterLimit - Set the current value of the miter limit of the page
  • HaruPage::setRGBFill - Set filling color for the page
  • HaruPage::setRGBStroke - Set stroking color for the page
  • HaruPage::setRotate - Set rotation angle of the page
  • HaruPage::setSize - Set size and direction of the page
  • HaruPage::setSlideShow - Set transition style for the page
  • HaruPage::setTextLeading - Set text leading (line spacing) for the page
  • HaruPage::setTextMatrix - Set the current text transformation matrix of the page
  • HaruPage::setTextRenderingMode - Set text rendering mode for the page
  • HaruPage::setTextRise - Set the current value of text rising
  • HaruPage::setWidth - Set width of the page
  • HaruPage::setWordSpace - Set word spacing for the page
  • HaruPage::showText - Print text at the current position of the page
  • HaruPage::showTextNextLine - Move the current position to the start of the next line and print the text
  • HaruPage::stroke - Paint current path
  • HaruPage::textOut - Print the text on the specified position
  • HaruPage::textRect - Print the text inside the specified region
  • hash - Generate a hash value (message digest)
  • hash_algos - Return a list of registered hashing algorithms
  • hash_copy - Copy hashing context
  • hash_file - Generate a hash value using the contents of a given file
  • hash_final - Finalize an incremental hash and return resulting digest
  • hash_hmac - Generate a keyed hash value using the HMAC method
  • hash_hmac_file - Generate a keyed hash value using the HMAC method and the contents of a given file
  • hash_init - Initialize an incremental hashing context
  • hash_update - Pump data into an active hashing context
  • hash_update_file - Pump data into an active hashing context from a file
  • hash_update_stream - Pump data into an active hashing context from an open stream
  • header - Send a raw HTTP header
  • headers_list - Returns a list of response headers sent (or ready to send)
  • headers_sent - Checks if or where headers have been sent
  • header_register_callback - Call a header function
  • header_remove - Remove previously set headers
  • hebrev - 논리 히브리 텍스트를 표시 텍스트로 변환
  • hebrevc - 줄바꿈을 포함하여 논리 히브리 텍스트를 표시 텍스트로 변환
  • hex2bin - Convert hex to binary
  • hexdec - 16진수를 10진수로
  • highlight_file - Syntax highlighting of a file
  • highlight_string - Syntax highlighting of a string
  • htmlentities - 해당하는 모든 문자를 HTML 엔티티로 변환
  • htmlspecialchars - 특수 문자를 HTML 엔터티로 변환
  • htmlspecialchars_decode - Convert special HTML entities back to characters
  • html_entity_decode - 모든 HTML 엔티티를 해당하는 문자로 변환
  • http:// - Accessing HTTP(s) URLs
  • HTTP context options - HTTP context option listing
  • HttpDeflateStream::factory - HttpDeflateStream class factory
  • HttpDeflateStream::finish - Finalize deflate stream
  • HttpDeflateStream::flush - Flush deflate stream
  • HttpDeflateStream::update - Update deflate stream
  • HttpDeflateStream::__construct - HttpDeflateStream class constructor
  • HttpInflateStream::factory - HttpInflateStream class factory
  • HttpInflateStream::finish - Finalize inflate stream
  • HttpInflateStream::flush - Flush inflate stream
  • HttpInflateStream::update - Update inflate stream
  • HttpInflateStream::__construct - HttpInflateStream class constructor
  • HttpMessage::addHeaders - Add headers
  • HttpMessage::detach - Detach HttpMessage
  • HttpMessage::factory - Create HttpMessage from string
  • HttpMessage::fromEnv - Create HttpMessage from environment
  • HttpMessage::fromString - Create HttpMessage from string
  • HttpMessage::getBody - Get message body
  • HttpMessage::getHeader - Get header
  • HttpMessage::getHeaders - Get message headers
  • HttpMessage::getHttpVersion - Get HTTP version
  • HttpMessage::getParentMessage - Get parent message
  • HttpMessage::getRequestMethod - Get request method
  • HttpMessage::getRequestUrl - Get request URL
  • HttpMessage::getResponseCode - Get response code
  • HttpMessage::getResponseStatus - Get response status
  • HttpMessage::getType - Get message type
  • HttpMessage::guessContentType - Guess content type
  • HttpMessage::prepend - Prepend message(s)
  • HttpMessage::reverse - Reverse message chain
  • HttpMessage::send - Send message
  • HttpMessage::setBody - Set message body
  • HttpMessage::setHeaders - Set headers
  • HttpMessage::setHttpVersion - Set HTTP version
  • HttpMessage::setRequestMethod - Set request method
  • HttpMessage::setRequestUrl - Set request URL
  • HttpMessage::setResponseCode - Set response code
  • HttpMessage::setResponseStatus - Set response status
  • HttpMessage::setType - Set message type
  • HttpMessage::toMessageTypeObject - Create HTTP object regarding message type
  • HttpMessage::toString - Get string representation
  • HttpMessage::__construct - HttpMessage constructor
  • HttpQueryString::get - Get (part of) query string
  • HttpQueryString::mod - Modifiy query string copy
  • HttpQueryString::set - Set query string params
  • HttpQueryString::singleton - HttpQueryString singleton
  • HttpQueryString::toArray - Get query string as array
  • HttpQueryString::toString - Get query string
  • HttpQueryString::xlate - Change query strings charset
  • HttpQueryString::__construct - HttpQueryString constructor
  • HttpRequest::addCookies - Add cookies
  • HttpRequest::addHeaders - Add headers
  • HttpRequest::addPostFields - Add post fields
  • HttpRequest::addPostFile - Add post file
  • HttpRequest::addPutData - Add put data
  • HttpRequest::addQueryData - Add query data
  • HttpRequest::addRawPostData - Add raw post data
  • HttpRequest::addSslOptions - Add ssl options
  • HttpRequest::clearHistory - Clear history
  • HttpRequest::enableCookies - Enable cookies
  • HttpRequest::getContentType - Get content type
  • HttpRequest::getCookies - Get cookies
  • HttpRequest::getHeaders - Get headers
  • HttpRequest::getHistory - Get history
  • HttpRequest::getMethod - Get method
  • HttpRequest::getOptions - Get options
  • HttpRequest::getPostFields - Get post fields
  • HttpRequest::getPostFiles - Get post files
  • HttpRequest::getPutData - Get put data
  • HttpRequest::getPutFile - Get put file
  • HttpRequest::getQueryData - Get query data
  • HttpRequest::getRawPostData - Get raw post data
  • HttpRequest::getRawRequestMessage - Get raw request message
  • HttpRequest::getRawResponseMessage - Get raw response message
  • HttpRequest::getRequestMessage - Get request message
  • HttpRequest::getResponseBody - Get response body
  • HttpRequest::getResponseCode - Get response code
  • HttpRequest::getResponseCookies - Get response cookie(s)
  • HttpRequest::getResponseData - Get response data
  • HttpRequest::getResponseHeader - Get response header(s)
  • HttpRequest::getResponseInfo - Get response info
  • HttpRequest::getResponseMessage - Get response message
  • HttpRequest::getResponseStatus - Get response status
  • HttpRequest::getSslOptions - Get ssl options
  • HttpRequest::getUrl - Get url
  • HttpRequest::resetCookies - Reset cookies
  • HttpRequest::send - Send request
  • HttpRequest::setContentType - Set content type
  • HttpRequest::setCookies - Set cookies
  • HttpRequest::setHeaders - Set headers
  • HttpRequest::setMethod - Set method
  • HttpRequest::setOptions - Set options
  • HttpRequest::setPostFields - Set post fields
  • HttpRequest::setPostFiles - Set post files
  • HttpRequest::setPutData - Set put data
  • HttpRequest::setPutFile - Set put file
  • HttpRequest::setQueryData - Set query data
  • HttpRequest::setRawPostData - Set raw post data
  • HttpRequest::setSslOptions - Set ssl options
  • HttpRequest::setUrl - Set URL
  • HttpRequest::__construct - HttpRequest constructor
  • HttpRequestPool::attach - Attach HttpRequest
  • HttpRequestPool::detach - Detach HttpRequest
  • HttpRequestPool::getAttachedRequests - Get attached requests
  • HttpRequestPool::getFinishedRequests - Get finished requests
  • HttpRequestPool::reset - Reset request pool
  • HttpRequestPool::send - Send all requests
  • HttpRequestPool::socketPerform - Perform socket actions
  • HttpRequestPool::socketSelect - Perform socket select
  • HttpRequestPool::__construct - HttpRequestPool constructor
  • HttpRequestPool::__destruct - HttpRequestPool destructor
  • HttpResponse::capture - Capture script output
  • HttpResponse::getBufferSize - Get buffer size
  • HttpResponse::getCache - Get cache
  • HttpResponse::getCacheControl - Get cache control
  • HttpResponse::getContentDisposition - Get content disposition
  • HttpResponse::getContentType - Get content type
  • HttpResponse::getData - Get data
  • HttpResponse::getETag - Get ETag
  • HttpResponse::getFile - Get file
  • HttpResponse::getGzip - Get gzip
  • HttpResponse::getHeader - Get header
  • HttpResponse::getLastModified - Get last modified
  • HttpResponse::getRequestBody - Get request body
  • HttpResponse::getRequestBodyStream - Get request body stream
  • HttpResponse::getRequestHeaders - Get request headers
  • HttpResponse::getStream - Get Stream
  • HttpResponse::getThrottleDelay - Get throttle delay
  • HttpResponse::guessContentType - Guess content type
  • HttpResponse::redirect - Redirect
  • HttpResponse::send - Send response
  • HttpResponse::setBufferSize - Set buffer size
  • HttpResponse::setCache - Set cache
  • HttpResponse::setCacheControl - Set cache control
  • HttpResponse::setContentDisposition - Set content disposition
  • HttpResponse::setContentType - Set content type
  • HttpResponse::setData - Set data
  • HttpResponse::setETag - Set ETag
  • HttpResponse::setFile - Set file
  • HttpResponse::setGzip - Set gzip
  • HttpResponse::setHeader - Set header
  • HttpResponse::setLastModified - Set last modified
  • HttpResponse::setStream - Set stream
  • HttpResponse::setThrottleDelay - Set throttle delay
  • HttpResponse::status - Send HTTP response status
  • http_build_cookie - Build cookie string
  • http_build_query - URL 인코드한 쿼리 문자열 생성
  • http_build_str - Build query string
  • http_build_url - Build a URL
  • http_cache_etag - Caching by ETag
  • http_cache_last_modified - Caching by last modification
  • http_chunked_decode - Decode chunked-encoded data
  • http_date - Compose HTTP RFC compliant date
  • http_deflate - Deflate data
  • http_get - Perform GET request
  • http_get_request_body - Get request body as string
  • http_get_request_body_stream - Get request body as stream
  • http_get_request_headers - Get request headers as array
  • http_head - Perform HEAD request
  • http_inflate - Inflate data
  • http_match_etag - Match ETag
  • http_match_modified - Match last modification
  • http_match_request_header - Match any header
  • http_negotiate_charset - Negotiate clients preferred character set
  • http_negotiate_content_type - Negotiate clients preferred content type
  • http_negotiate_language - Negotiate clients preferred language
  • http_parse_cookie - Parse HTTP cookie
  • http_parse_headers - Parse HTTP headers
  • http_parse_message - Parse HTTP messages
  • http_parse_params - Parse parameter list
  • http_persistent_handles_clean - Clean up persistent handles
  • http_persistent_handles_count - Stat persistent handles
  • http_persistent_handles_ident - Get/set ident of persistent handles
  • http_post_data - Perform POST request with pre-encoded data
  • http_post_fields - Perform POST request with data to be encoded
  • http_put_data - Perform PUT request with data
  • http_put_file - Perform PUT request with file
  • http_put_stream - Perform PUT request with stream
  • http_redirect - Issue HTTP redirect
  • http_request - Perform custom request
  • http_request_body_encode - Encode request body
  • http_request_method_exists - Check whether request method exists
  • http_request_method_name - Get request method name
  • http_request_method_register - Register request method
  • http_request_method_unregister - Unregister request method
  • http_response_code - Get or Set the HTTP response code
  • http_send_content_disposition - Send Content-Disposition
  • http_send_content_type - Send Content-Type
  • http_send_data - Send arbitrary data
  • http_send_file - Send file
  • http_send_last_modified - Send Last-Modified
  • http_send_status - Send HTTP response status
  • http_send_stream - Send stream
  • http_support - Check built-in HTTP support
  • http_throttle - HTTP throttling
  • hwapi_hgcsp - Returns object of class hw_api
  • hw_api->checkin - Checks in an object
  • hw_api->checkout - Checks out an object
  • hw_api->children - Returns children of an object
  • hw_api->copy - Copies physically
  • hw_api->dbstat - Returns statistics about database server
  • hw_api->dcstat - Returns statistics about document cache server
  • hw_api->dstanchors - Returns a list of all destination anchors
  • hw_api->dstofsrcanchor - Returns destination of a source anchor
  • hw_api->find - Search for objects
  • hw_api->ftstat - Returns statistics about fulltext server
  • hw_api->hwstat - Returns statistics about Hyperwave server
  • hw_api->identify - Log into Hyperwave Server
  • hw_api->info - Returns information about server configuration
  • hw_api->insert - Inserts a new object
  • hw_api->insertanchor - Inserts a new object of type anchor
  • hw_api->insertcollection - Inserts a new object of type collection
  • hw_api->insertdocument - Inserts a new object of type document
  • hw_api->link - Creates a link to an object
  • hw_api->lock - Locks an object
  • hw_api->move - Moves object between collections
  • hw_api->object - Retrieve attribute information
  • hw_api->objectbyanchor - Returns the object an anchor belongs to
  • hw_api->parents - Returns parents of an object
  • hw_api->remove - Delete an object
  • hw_api->replace - Replaces an object
  • hw_api->setcommittedversion - Commits version other than last version
  • hw_api->srcanchors - Returns a list of all source anchors
  • hw_api->srcsofdst - Returns source of a destination object
  • hw_api->unlock - Unlocks a locked object
  • hw_api->user - Returns the own user object
  • hw_api->userlist - Returns a list of all logged in users
  • hw_api_attribute - Creates instance of class hw_api_attribute
  • hw_api_attribute->key - Returns key of the attribute
  • hw_api_attribute->langdepvalue - Returns value for a given language
  • hw_api_attribute->value - Returns value of the attribute
  • hw_api_attribute->values - Returns all values of the attribute
  • hw_api_content - Create new instance of class hw_api_content
  • hw_api_content->mimetype - Returns mimetype
  • hw_api_content->read - Read content
  • hw_api_error->count - Returns number of reasons
  • hw_api_error->reason - Returns reason of error
  • hw_api_object->assign - Clones object
  • hw_api_object->attreditable - Checks whether an attribute is editable
  • hw_api_object->count - Returns number of attributes
  • hw_api_object->insert - Inserts new attribute
  • hw_api_object->remove - Removes attribute
  • hw_api_object->title - Returns the title attribute
  • hw_api_object->value - Returns value of attribute
  • hw_api_reason->description - Returns description of reason
  • hw_api_reason->type - Returns type of reason
  • hw_Array2Objrec - Convert attributes from object array to object record
  • hw_changeobject - Changes attributes of an object (obsolete)
  • hw_Children - Object ids of children
  • hw_ChildrenObj - Object records of children
  • hw_Close - Closes the Hyperwave connection
  • hw_Connect - Opens a connection
  • hw_connection_info - Prints information about the connection to Hyperwave server
  • hw_cp - Copies objects
  • hw_Deleteobject - Deletes object
  • hw_DocByAnchor - Object id object belonging to anchor
  • hw_DocByAnchorObj - Object record object belonging to anchor
  • hw_Document_Attributes - Object record of hw_document
  • hw_Document_BodyTag - Body tag of hw_document
  • hw_Document_Content - Returns content of hw_document
  • hw_Document_SetContent - Sets/replaces content of hw_document
  • hw_Document_Size - Size of hw_document
  • hw_dummy - Hyperwave dummy function
  • hw_EditText - Retrieve text document
  • hw_Error - Error number
  • hw_ErrorMsg - Returns error message
  • hw_Free_Document - Frees hw_document
  • hw_GetAnchors - Object ids of anchors of document
  • hw_GetAnchorsObj - Object records of anchors of document
  • hw_GetAndLock - Return object record and lock object
  • hw_GetChildColl - Object ids of child collections
  • hw_GetChildCollObj - Object records of child collections
  • hw_GetChildDocColl - Object ids of child documents of collection
  • hw_GetChildDocCollObj - Object records of child documents of collection
  • hw_GetObject - Object record
  • hw_GetObjectByQuery - Search object
  • hw_GetObjectByQueryColl - Search object in collection
  • hw_GetObjectByQueryCollObj - Search object in collection
  • hw_GetObjectByQueryObj - Search object
  • hw_GetParents - Object ids of parents
  • hw_GetParentsObj - Object records of parents
  • hw_getrellink - Get link from source to dest relative to rootid
  • hw_GetRemote - Gets a remote document
  • hw_getremotechildren - Gets children of remote document
  • hw_GetSrcByDestObj - Returns anchors pointing at object
  • hw_GetText - Retrieve text document
  • hw_getusername - Name of currently logged in user
  • hw_Identify - Identifies as user
  • hw_InCollections - Check if object ids in collections
  • hw_Info - Info about connection
  • hw_InsColl - Insert collection
  • hw_InsDoc - Insert document
  • hw_insertanchors - Inserts only anchors into text
  • hw_InsertDocument - Upload any document
  • hw_InsertObject - Inserts an object record
  • hw_mapid - Maps global id on virtual local id
  • hw_Modifyobject - Modifies object record
  • hw_mv - Moves objects
  • hw_New_Document - Create new document
  • hw_objrec2array - Convert attributes from object record to object array
  • hw_Output_Document - Prints hw_document
  • hw_pConnect - Make a persistent database connection
  • hw_PipeDocument - Retrieve any document
  • hw_Root - Root object id
  • hw_setlinkroot - Set the id to which links are calculated
  • hw_stat - Returns status string
  • hw_Unlock - Unlock object
  • hw_Who - List of currently logged in users
  • hypot - Calculate the length of the hypotenuse of a right-angle triangle
• i
  • ibase_add_user - Add a user to a security database (only for IB6 or later)
  • ibase_affected_rows - Return the number of rows that were affected by the previous query
  • ibase_backup - Initiates a backup task in the service manager and returns immediately
  • ibase_blob_add - Add data into a newly created blob
  • ibase_blob_cancel - Cancel creating blob
  • ibase_blob_close - Close blob
  • ibase_blob_create - Create a new blob for adding data
  • ibase_blob_echo - Output blob contents to browser
  • ibase_blob_get - Get len bytes data from open blob
  • ibase_blob_import - Create blob, copy file in it, and close it
  • ibase_blob_info - Return blob length and other useful info
  • ibase_blob_open - Open blob for retrieving data parts
  • ibase_close - Close a connection to an InterBase database
  • ibase_commit - Commit a transaction
  • ibase_commit_ret - Commit a transaction without closing it
  • ibase_connect - Open a connection to an InterBase database
  • ibase_db_info - Request statistics about a database
  • ibase_delete_user - Delete a user from a security database (only for IB6 or later)
  • ibase_drop_db - Drops a database
  • ibase_errcode - Return an error code
  • ibase_errmsg - Return error messages
  • ibase_execute - Execute a previously prepared query
  • ibase_fetch_assoc - Fetch a result row from a query as an associative array
  • ibase_fetch_object - Get an object from a InterBase database
  • ibase_fetch_row - Fetch a row from an InterBase database
  • ibase_field_info - Get information about a field
  • ibase_free_event_handler - Cancels a registered event handler
  • ibase_free_query - Free memory allocated by a prepared query
  • ibase_free_result - Free a result set
  • ibase_gen_id - Increments the named generator and returns its new value
  • ibase_maintain_db - Execute a maintenance command on the database server
  • ibase_modify_user - Modify a user to a security database (only for IB6 or later)
  • ibase_name_result - Assigns a name to a result set
  • ibase_num_fields - Get the number of fields in a result set
  • ibase_num_params - Return the number of parameters in a prepared query
  • ibase_param_info - Return information about a parameter in a prepared query
  • ibase_pconnect - Open a persistent connection to an InterBase database
  • ibase_prepare - Prepare a query for later binding of parameter placeholders and execution
  • ibase_query - Execute a query on an InterBase database
  • ibase_restore - Initiates a restore task in the service manager and returns immediately
  • ibase_rollback - Roll back a transaction
  • ibase_rollback_ret - Roll back a transaction without closing it
  • ibase_server_info - Request information about a database server
  • ibase_service_attach - Connect to the service manager
  • ibase_service_detach - Disconnect from the service manager
  • ibase_set_event_handler - Register a callback function to be called when events are posted
  • ibase_timefmt - Sets the format of timestamp, date and time type columns returned from queries
  • ibase_trans - Begin a transaction
  • ibase_wait_event - Wait for an event to be posted by the database
  • iconv - Convert string to requested character encoding
  • iconv_get_encoding - Retrieve internal configuration variables of iconv extension
  • iconv_mime_decode - Decodes a MIME header field
  • iconv_mime_decode_headers - Decodes multiple MIME header fields at once
  • iconv_mime_encode - Composes a MIME header field
  • iconv_set_encoding - Set current setting for character encoding conversion
  • iconv_strlen - Returns the character count of string
  • iconv_strpos - Finds position of first occurrence of a needle within a haystack
  • iconv_strrpos - Finds the last occurrence of a needle within a haystack
  • iconv_substr - Cut out part of a string
  • id3_get_frame_long_name - Get the long name of an ID3v2 frame
  • id3_get_frame_short_name - Get the short name of an ID3v2 frame
  • id3_get_genre_id - Get the id for a genre
  • id3_get_genre_list - Get all possible genre values
  • id3_get_genre_name - Get the name for a genre id
  • id3_get_tag - Get all information stored in an ID3 tag
  • id3_get_version - Get version of an ID3 tag
  • id3_remove_tag - Remove an existing ID3 tag
  • id3_set_tag - Update information stored in an ID3 tag
  • idate - Format a local time/date as integer
  • idn_to_ascii - Convert domain name to IDNA ASCII form.
  • idn_to_unicode - 별칭: idn_to_utf8
  • idn_to_utf8 - Convert domain name from IDNA ASCII to Unicode.
  • ifxus_close_slob - Deletes the slob object
  • ifxus_create_slob - Creates an slob object and opens it
  • ifxus_free_slob - Deletes the slob object
  • ifxus_open_slob - Opens an slob object
  • ifxus_read_slob - Reads nbytes of the slob object
  • ifxus_seek_slob - Sets the current file or seek position
  • ifxus_tell_slob - Returns the current file or seek position
  • ifxus_write_slob - Writes a string into the slob object
  • ifx_affected_rows - Get number of rows affected by a query
  • ifx_blobinfile_mode - Set the default blob mode for all select queries
  • ifx_byteasvarchar - Set the default byte mode
  • ifx_close - Close Informix connection
  • ifx_connect - Open Informix server connection
  • ifx_copy_blob - Duplicates the given blob object
  • ifx_create_blob - Creates an blob object
  • ifx_create_char - Creates an char object
  • ifx_do - Execute a previously prepared SQL-statement
  • ifx_error - Returns error code of last Informix call
  • ifx_errormsg - Returns error message of last Informix call
  • ifx_fetch_row - Get row as an associative array
  • ifx_fieldproperties - List of SQL fieldproperties
  • ifx_fieldtypes - List of Informix SQL fields
  • ifx_free_blob - Deletes the blob object
  • ifx_free_char - Deletes the char object
  • ifx_free_result - Releases resources for the query
  • ifx_getsqlca - Get the contents of sqlca.sqlerrd[0..5] after a query
  • ifx_get_blob - Return the content of a blob object
  • ifx_get_char - Return the content of the char object
  • ifx_htmltbl_result - Formats all rows of a query into a HTML table
  • ifx_nullformat - Sets the default return value on a fetch row
  • ifx_num_fields - Returns the number of columns in the query
  • ifx_num_rows - Count the rows already fetched from a query
  • ifx_pconnect - Open persistent Informix connection
  • ifx_prepare - Prepare an SQL-statement for execution
  • ifx_query - Send Informix query
  • ifx_textasvarchar - Set the default text mode
  • ifx_update_blob - Updates the content of the blob object
  • ifx_update_char - Updates the content of the char object
  • ignore_user_abort - Set whether a client disconnect should abort script execution
  • iis_add_server - Creates a new virtual web server
  • iis_get_dir_security - Gets Directory Security
  • iis_get_script_map - Gets script mapping on a virtual directory for a specific extension
  • iis_get_server_by_comment - Return the instance number associated with the Comment
  • iis_get_server_by_path - Return the instance number associated with the Path
  • iis_get_server_rights - Gets server rights
  • iis_get_service_state - Returns the state for the service defined by ServiceId
  • iis_remove_server - Removes the virtual web server indicated by ServerInstance
  • iis_set_app_settings - Creates application scope for a virtual directory
  • iis_set_dir_security - Sets Directory Security
  • iis_set_script_map - Sets script mapping on a virtual directory
  • iis_set_server_rights - Sets server rights
  • iis_start_server - Starts the virtual web server
  • iis_start_service - Starts the service defined by ServiceId
  • iis_stop_server - Stops the virtual web server
  • iis_stop_service - Stops the service defined by ServiceId
  • image2wbmp - Output image to browser or file
  • imagealphablending - Set the blending mode for an image
  • imageantialias - Should antialias functions be used or not
  • imagearc - Draws an arc
  • imagechar - Draw a character horizontally
  • imagecharup - Draw a character vertically
  • imagecolorallocate - Allocate a color for an image
  • imagecolorallocatealpha - Allocate a color for an image
  • imagecolorat - Get the index of the color of a pixel
  • imagecolorclosest - Get the index of the closest color to the specified color
  • imagecolorclosestalpha - Get the index of the closest color to the specified color + alpha
  • imagecolorclosesthwb - Get the index of the color which has the hue, white and blackness
  • imagecolordeallocate - De-allocate a color for an image
  • imagecolorexact - Get the index of the specified color
  • imagecolorexactalpha - Get the index of the specified color + alpha
  • imagecolormatch - Makes the colors of the palette version of an image more closely match the true color version
  • imagecolorresolve - Get the index of the specified color or its closest possible alternative
  • imagecolorresolvealpha - Get the index of the specified color + alpha or its closest possible alternative
  • imagecolorset - Set the color for the specified palette index
  • imagecolorsforindex - Get the colors for an index
  • imagecolorstotal - Find out the number of colors in an image's palette
  • imagecolortransparent - Define a color as transparent
  • imageconvolution - Apply a 3x3 convolution matrix, using coefficient and offset
  • imagecopy - Copy part of an image
  • imagecopymerge - Copy and merge part of an image
  • imagecopymergegray - Copy and merge part of an image with gray scale
  • imagecopyresampled - Copy and resize part of an image with resampling
  • imagecopyresized - Copy and resize part of an image
  • imagecreate - Create a new palette based image
  • imagecreatefromgd - Create a new image from GD file or URL
  • imagecreatefromgd2 - Create a new image from GD2 file or URL
  • imagecreatefromgd2part - Create a new image from a given part of GD2 file or URL
  • imagecreatefromgif - Create a new image from file or URL
  • imagecreatefromjpeg - Create a new image from file or URL
  • imagecreatefrompng - Create a new image from file or URL
  • imagecreatefromstring - Create a new image from the image stream in the string
  • imagecreatefromwbmp - Create a new image from file or URL
  • imagecreatefromxbm - Create a new image from file or URL
  • imagecreatefromxpm - Create a new image from file or URL
  • imagecreatetruecolor - Create a new true color image
  • imagedashedline - Draw a dashed line
  • imagedestroy - Destroy an image
  • imageellipse - Draw an ellipse
  • imagefill - Flood fill
  • imagefilledarc - Draw a partial arc and fill it
  • imagefilledellipse - Draw a filled ellipse
  • imagefilledpolygon - Draw a filled polygon
  • imagefilledrectangle - Draw a filled rectangle
  • imagefilltoborder - Flood fill to specific color
  • imagefilter - Applies a filter to an image
  • imagefontheight - Get font height
  • imagefontwidth - Get font width
  • imageftbbox - Give the bounding box of a text using fonts via freetype2
  • imagefttext - Write text to the image using fonts using FreeType 2
  • imagegammacorrect - Apply a gamma correction to a GD image
  • imagegd - Output GD image to browser or file
  • imagegd2 - Output GD2 image to browser or file
  • imagegif - Output image to browser or file
  • imagegrabscreen - Captures the whole screen
  • imagegrabwindow - Captures a window
  • imageinterlace - Enable or disable interlace
  • imageistruecolor - Finds whether an image is a truecolor image
  • imagejpeg - Output image to browser or file
  • imagelayereffect - Set the alpha blending flag to use the bundled libgd layering effects
  • imageline - Draw a line
  • imageloadfont - Load a new font
  • imagepalettecopy - Copy the palette from one image to another
  • imagepng - Output a PNG image to either the browser or a file
  • imagepolygon - Draws a polygon
  • imagepsbbox - Give the bounding box of a text rectangle using PostScript Type1 fonts
  • imagepsencodefont - Change the character encoding vector of a font
  • imagepsextendfont - Extend or condense a font
  • imagepsfreefont - Free memory used by a PostScript Type 1 font
  • imagepsloadfont - Load a PostScript Type 1 font from file
  • imagepsslantfont - Slant a font
  • imagepstext - Draws a text over an image using PostScript Type1 fonts
  • imagerectangle - Draw a rectangle
  • imagerotate - Rotate an image with a given angle
  • imagesavealpha - Set the flag to save full alpha channel information (as opposed to single-color transparency) when saving PNG images
  • imagesetbrush - Set the brush image for line drawing
  • imagesetpixel - Set a single pixel
  • imagesetstyle - Set the style for line drawing
  • imagesetthickness - Set the thickness for line drawing
  • imagesettile - Set the tile image for filling
  • imagestring - Draw a string horizontally
  • imagestringup - Draw a string vertically
  • imagesx - Get image width
  • imagesy - Get image height
  • imagetruecolortopalette - Convert a true color image to a palette image
  • imagettfbbox - Give the bounding box of a text using TrueType fonts
  • imagettftext - Write text to the image using TrueType fonts
  • imagetypes - Return the image types supported by this PHP build
  • imagewbmp - Output image to browser or file
  • imagexbm - Output XBM image to browser or file
  • image_type_to_extension - Get file extension for image type
  • image_type_to_mime_type - Get Mime-Type for image-type returned by getimagesize, exif_read_data, exif_thumbnail, exif_imagetype
  • Imagick::adaptiveBlurImage - Adds adaptive blur filter to image
  • Imagick::adaptiveResizeImage - Adaptively resize image with data dependent triangulation
  • Imagick::adaptiveSharpenImage - Adaptively sharpen the image
  • Imagick::adaptiveThresholdImage - Selects a threshold for each pixel based on a range of intensity
  • Imagick::addImage - Adds new image to Imagick object image list
  • Imagick::addNoiseImage - Adds random noise to the image
  • Imagick::affineTransformImage - Transforms an image
  • Imagick::animateImages - Animates an image or images
  • Imagick::annotateImage - Annotates an image with text
  • Imagick::appendImages - Append a set of images
  • Imagick::averageImages - Average a set of images
  • Imagick::blackThresholdImage - Forces all pixels below the threshold into black
  • Imagick::blurImage - Adds blur filter to image
  • Imagick::borderImage - Surrounds the image with a border
  • Imagick::charcoalImage - Simulates a charcoal drawing
  • Imagick::chopImage - Removes a region of an image and trims
  • Imagick::clear - Clears all resources associated to Imagick object
  • Imagick::clipImage - Clips along the first path from the 8BIM profile
  • Imagick::clipPathImage - Clips along the named paths from the 8BIM profile
  • Imagick::clone - Makes an exact copy of the Imagick object
  • Imagick::clutImage - Replaces colors in the image
  • Imagick::coalesceImages - Composites a set of images
  • Imagick::colorFloodfillImage - Changes the color value of any pixel that matches target
  • Imagick::colorizeImage - Blends the fill color with the image
  • Imagick::combineImages - Combines one or more images into a single image
  • Imagick::commentImage - Adds a comment to your image
  • Imagick::compareImageChannels - Returns the difference in one or more images
  • Imagick::compareImageLayers - Returns the maximum bounding region between images
  • Imagick::compareImages - Compares an image to a reconstructed image
  • Imagick::compositeImage - Composite one image onto another
  • Imagick::contrastImage - Change the contrast of the image
  • Imagick::contrastStretchImage - Enhances the contrast of a color image
  • Imagick::convolveImage - Applies a custom convolution kernel to the image
  • Imagick::cropImage - Extracts a region of the image
  • Imagick::cropThumbnailImage - Creates a crop thumbnail
  • Imagick::current - Returns a reference to the current Imagick object
  • Imagick::cycleColormapImage - Displaces an image's colormap
  • Imagick::decipherImage - Deciphers an image
  • Imagick::deconstructImages - Returns certain pixel differences between images
  • Imagick::deleteImageArtifact - Delete image artifact
  • Imagick::deskewImage - Removes skew from the image
  • Imagick::despeckleImage - Reduces the speckle noise in an image
  • Imagick::destroy - Destroys the Imagick object
  • Imagick::displayImage - Displays an image
  • Imagick::displayImages - Displays an image or image sequence
  • Imagick::distortImage - Distorts an image using various distortion methods
  • Imagick::drawImage - Renders the ImagickDraw object on the current image
  • Imagick::edgeImage - Enhance edges within the image
  • Imagick::embossImage - Returns a grayscale image with a three-dimensional effect
  • Imagick::encipherImage - Enciphers an image
  • Imagick::enhanceImage - Improves the quality of a noisy image
  • Imagick::equalizeImage - Equalizes the image histogram
  • Imagick::evaluateImage - Applies an expression to an image
  • Imagick::exportImagePixels - Exports raw image pixels
  • Imagick::extentImage - Set image size
  • Imagick::flattenImages - Merges a sequence of images
  • Imagick::flipImage - Creates a vertical mirror image
  • Imagick::floodFillPaintImage - Changes the color value of any pixel that matches target
  • Imagick::flopImage - Creates a horizontal mirror image
  • Imagick::frameImage - Adds a simulated three-dimensional border
  • Imagick::functionImage - Applies a function on the image
  • Imagick::fxImage - Evaluate expression for each pixel in the image
  • Imagick::gammaImage - Gamma-corrects an image
  • Imagick::gaussianBlurImage - Blurs an image
  • Imagick::getColorspace - Gets the colorspace
  • Imagick::getCompression - Gets the object compression type
  • Imagick::getCompressionQuality - Gets the object compression quality
  • Imagick::getCopyright - Returns the ImageMagick API copyright as a string
  • Imagick::getFilename - The filename associated with an image sequence
  • Imagick::getFont - Gets font
  • Imagick::getFormat - Returns the format of the Imagick object
  • Imagick::getGravity - Gets the gravity
  • Imagick::getHomeURL - Returns the ImageMagick home URL
  • Imagick::getImage - Returns a new Imagick object
  • Imagick::getImageAlphaChannel - Gets the image alpha channel
  • Imagick::getImageArtifact - Get image artifact
  • Imagick::getImageBackgroundColor - Returns the image background color
  • Imagick::getImageBlob - Returns the image sequence as a blob
  • Imagick::getImageBluePrimary - Returns the chromaticy blue primary point
  • Imagick::getImageBorderColor - Returns the image border color
  • Imagick::getImageChannelDepth - Gets the depth for a particular image channel
  • Imagick::getImageChannelDistortion - Compares image channels of an image to a reconstructed image
  • Imagick::getImageChannelDistortions - Gets channel distortions
  • Imagick::getImageChannelExtrema - Gets the extrema for one or more image channels
  • Imagick::getImageChannelKurtosis - The getImageChannelKurtosis purpose
  • Imagick::getImageChannelMean - Gets the mean and standard deviation
  • Imagick::getImageChannelRange - Gets channel range
  • Imagick::getImageChannelStatistics - Returns statistics for each channel in the image
  • Imagick::getImageClipMask - Gets image clip mask
  • Imagick::getImageColormapColor - Returns the color of the specified colormap index
  • Imagick::getImageColors - Gets the number of unique colors in the image
  • Imagick::getImageColorspace - Gets the image colorspace
  • Imagick::getImageCompose - Returns the composite operator associated with the image
  • Imagick::getImageCompression - Gets the current image's compression type
  • Imagick::getImageCompressionQuality - Gets the current image's compression quality
  • Imagick::getImageDelay - Gets the image delay
  • Imagick::getImageDepth - Gets the image depth
  • Imagick::getImageDispose - Gets the image disposal method
  • Imagick::getImageDistortion - Compares an image to a reconstructed image
  • Imagick::getImageExtrema - Gets the extrema for the image
  • Imagick::getImageFilename - Returns the filename of a particular image in a sequence
  • Imagick::getImageFormat - Returns the format of a particular image in a sequence
  • Imagick::getImageGamma - Gets the image gamma
  • Imagick::getImageGeometry - Gets the width and height as an associative array
  • Imagick::getImageGravity - Gets the image gravity
  • Imagick::getImageGreenPrimary - Returns the chromaticy green primary point
  • Imagick::getImageHeight - Returns the image height
  • Imagick::getImageHistogram - Gets the image histogram
  • Imagick::getImageIndex - Gets the index of the current active image
  • Imagick::getImageInterlaceScheme - Gets the image interlace scheme
  • Imagick::getImageInterpolateMethod - Returns the interpolation method
  • Imagick::getImageIterations - Gets the image iterations
  • Imagick::getImageLength - Returns the image length in bytes
  • Imagick::getImageMagickLicense - Returns a string containing the ImageMagick license
  • Imagick::getImageMatte - Return if the image has a matte channel
  • Imagick::getImageMatteColor - Returns the image matte color
  • Imagick::getImageOrientation - Gets the image orientation
  • Imagick::getImagePage - Returns the page geometry
  • Imagick::getImagePixelColor - Returns the color of the specified pixel
  • Imagick::getImageProfile - Returns the named image profile
  • Imagick::getImageProfiles - Returns the image profiles
  • Imagick::getImageProperties - Returns the image properties
  • Imagick::getImageProperty - Returns the named image property
  • Imagick::getImageRedPrimary - Returns the chromaticity red primary point
  • Imagick::getImageRegion - Extracts a region of the image
  • Imagick::getImageRenderingIntent - Gets the image rendering intent
  • Imagick::getImageResolution - Gets the image X and Y resolution
  • Imagick::getImagesBlob - Returns all image sequences as a blob
  • Imagick::getImageScene - Gets the image scene
  • Imagick::getImageSignature - Generates an SHA-256 message digest
  • Imagick::getImageSize - Returns the image length in bytes
  • Imagick::getImageTicksPerSecond - Gets the image ticks-per-second
  • Imagick::getImageTotalInkDensity - Gets the image total ink density
  • Imagick::getImageType - Gets the potential image type
  • Imagick::getImageUnits - Gets the image units of resolution
  • Imagick::getImageVirtualPixelMethod - Returns the virtual pixel method
  • Imagick::getImageWhitePoint - Returns the chromaticity white point
  • Imagick::getImageWidth - Returns the image width
  • Imagick::getInterlaceScheme - Gets the object interlace scheme
  • Imagick::getIteratorIndex - Gets the index of the current active image
  • Imagick::getNumberImages - Returns the number of images in the object
  • Imagick::getOption - Returns a value associated with the specified key
  • Imagick::getPackageName - Returns the ImageMagick package name
  • Imagick::getPage - Returns the page geometry
  • Imagick::getPixelIterator - Returns a MagickPixelIterator
  • Imagick::getPixelRegionIterator - Get an ImagickPixelIterator for an image section
  • Imagick::getPointSize - Gets point size
  • Imagick::getQuantumDepth - Gets the quantum depth
  • Imagick::getQuantumRange - Returns the Imagick quantum range
  • Imagick::getReleaseDate - Returns the ImageMagick release date
  • Imagick::getResource - Returns the specified resource's memory usage
  • Imagick::getResourceLimit - Returns the specified resource limit
  • Imagick::getSamplingFactors - Gets the horizontal and vertical sampling factor
  • Imagick::getSize - Returns the size associated with the Imagick object
  • Imagick::getSizeOffset - Returns the size offset
  • Imagick::getVersion - Returns the ImageMagick API version
  • Imagick::haldClutImage - Replaces colors in the image
  • Imagick::hasNextImage - Checks if the object has more images
  • Imagick::hasPreviousImage - Checks if the object has a previous image
  • Imagick::identifyImage - Identifies an image and fetches attributes
  • Imagick::implodeImage - Creates a new image as a copy
  • Imagick::importImagePixels - Imports image pixels
  • Imagick::labelImage - Adds a label to an image
  • Imagick::levelImage - Adjusts the levels of an image
  • Imagick::linearStretchImage - Stretches with saturation the image intensity
  • Imagick::liquidRescaleImage - Animates an image or images
  • Imagick::magnifyImage - Scales an image proportionally 2x
  • Imagick::mapImage - Replaces the colors of an image with the closest color from a reference image.
  • Imagick::matteFloodfillImage - Changes the transparency value of a color
  • Imagick::medianFilterImage - Applies a digital filter
  • Imagick::mergeImageLayers - Merges image layers
  • Imagick::minifyImage - Scales an image proportionally to half its size
  • Imagick::modulateImage - Control the brightness, saturation, and hue
  • Imagick::montageImage - Creates a composite image
  • Imagick::morphImages - Method morphs a set of images
  • Imagick::mosaicImages - Forms a mosaic from images
  • Imagick::motionBlurImage - Simulates motion blur
  • Imagick::negateImage - Negates the colors in the reference image
  • Imagick::newImage - Creates a new image
  • Imagick::newPseudoImage - Creates a new image
  • Imagick::nextImage - Moves to the next image
  • Imagick::normalizeImage - Enhances the contrast of a color image
  • Imagick::oilPaintImage - Simulates an oil painting
  • Imagick::opaquePaintImage - Changes the color value of any pixel that matches target
  • Imagick::optimizeImageLayers - Removes repeated portions of images to optimize
  • Imagick::orderedPosterizeImage - Performs an ordered dither
  • Imagick::paintFloodfillImage - Changes the color value of any pixel that matches target
  • Imagick::paintOpaqueImage - Change any pixel that matches color
  • Imagick::paintTransparentImage - Changes any pixel that matches color with the color defined by fill
  • Imagick::pingImage - Fetch basic attributes about the image
  • Imagick::pingImageBlob - Quickly fetch attributes
  • Imagick::pingImageFile - Get basic image attributes in a lightweight manner
  • Imagick::polaroidImage - Simulates a Polaroid picture
  • Imagick::posterizeImage - Reduces the image to a limited number of color level
  • Imagick::previewImages - Quickly pin-point appropriate parameters for image processing
  • Imagick::previousImage - Move to the previous image in the object
  • Imagick::profileImage - Adds or removes a profile from an image
  • Imagick::quantizeImage - Analyzes the colors within a reference image
  • Imagick::quantizeImages - Analyzes the colors within a sequence of images
  • Imagick::queryFontMetrics - Returns an array representing the font metrics
  • Imagick::queryFonts - Returns the configured fonts
  • Imagick::queryFormats - Returns formats supported by Imagick
  • Imagick::radialBlurImage - Radial blurs an image
  • Imagick::raiseImage - Creates a simulated 3d button-like effect
  • Imagick::randomThresholdImage - Creates a high-contrast, two-color image
  • Imagick::readImage - Reads image from filename
  • Imagick::readImageBlob - Reads image from a binary string
  • Imagick::readImageFile - Reads image from open filehandle
  • Imagick::recolorImage - Recolors image
  • Imagick::reduceNoiseImage - Smooths the contours of an image
  • Imagick::remapImage - Remaps image colors
  • Imagick::removeImage - Removes an image from the image list
  • Imagick::removeImageProfile - Removes the named image profile and returns it
  • Imagick::render - Renders all preceding drawing commands
  • Imagick::resampleImage - Resample image to desired resolution
  • Imagick::resetImagePage - Reset image page
  • Imagick::resizeImage - Scales an image
  • Imagick::rollImage - Offsets an image
  • Imagick::rotateImage - Rotates an image
  • Imagick::roundCorners - Rounds image corners
  • Imagick::sampleImage - Scales an image with pixel sampling
  • Imagick::scaleImage - Scales the size of an image
  • Imagick::segmentImage - Segments an image
  • Imagick::separateImageChannel - Separates a channel from the image
  • Imagick::sepiaToneImage - Sepia tones an image
  • Imagick::setBackgroundColor - Sets the object's default background color
  • Imagick::setColorspace - Set colorspace
  • Imagick::setCompression - Sets the object's default compression type
  • Imagick::setCompressionQuality - Sets the object's default compression quality
  • Imagick::setFilename - Sets the filename before you read or write the image
  • Imagick::setFirstIterator - Sets the Imagick iterator to the first image
  • Imagick::setFont - Sets font
  • Imagick::setFormat - Sets the format of the Imagick object
  • Imagick::setGravity - Sets the gravity
  • Imagick::setImage - Replaces image in the object
  • Imagick::setImageAlphaChannel - Sets image alpha channel
  • Imagick::setImageArtifact - Set image artifact
  • Imagick::setImageBackgroundColor - Sets the image background color
  • Imagick::setImageBias - Sets the image bias for any method that convolves an image
  • Imagick::setImageBluePrimary - Sets the image chromaticity blue primary point
  • Imagick::setImageBorderColor - Sets the image border color
  • Imagick::setImageChannelDepth - Sets the depth of a particular image channel
  • Imagick::setImageClipMask - Sets image clip mask
  • Imagick::setImageColormapColor - Sets the color of the specified colormap index
  • Imagick::setImageColorspace - Sets the image colorspace
  • Imagick::setImageCompose - Sets the image composite operator
  • Imagick::setImageCompression - Sets the image compression
  • Imagick::setImageCompressionQuality - Sets the image compression quality
  • Imagick::setImageDelay - Sets the image delay
  • Imagick::setImageDepth - Sets the image depth
  • Imagick::setImageDispose - Sets the image disposal method
  • Imagick::setImageExtent - Sets the image size
  • Imagick::setImageFilename - Sets the filename of a particular image
  • Imagick::setImageFormat - Sets the format of a particular image
  • Imagick::setImageGamma - Sets the image gamma
  • Imagick::setImageGravity - Sets the image gravity
  • Imagick::setImageGreenPrimary - Sets the image chromaticity green primary point
  • Imagick::setImageIndex - Set the iterator position
  • Imagick::setImageInterlaceScheme - Sets the image compression
  • Imagick::setImageInterpolateMethod - Sets the image interpolate pixel method
  • Imagick::setImageIterations - Sets the image iterations
  • Imagick::setImageMatte - Sets the image matte channel
  • Imagick::setImageMatteColor - Sets the image matte color
  • Imagick::setImageOpacity - Sets the image opacity level
  • Imagick::setImageOrientation - Sets the image orientation
  • Imagick::setImagePage - Sets the page geometry of the image
  • Imagick::setImageProfile - Adds a named profile to the Imagick object
  • Imagick::setImageProperty - Sets an image property
  • Imagick::setImageRedPrimary - Sets the image chromaticity red primary point
  • Imagick::setImageRenderingIntent - Sets the image rendering intent
  • Imagick::setImageResolution - Sets the image resolution
  • Imagick::setImageScene - Sets the image scene
  • Imagick::setImageTicksPerSecond - Sets the image ticks-per-second
  • Imagick::setImageType - Sets the image type
  • Imagick::setImageUnits - Sets the image units of resolution
  • Imagick::setImageVirtualPixelMethod - Sets the image virtual pixel method
  • Imagick::setImageWhitePoint - Sets the image chromaticity white point
  • Imagick::setInterlaceScheme - Sets the image compression
  • Imagick::setIteratorIndex - Set the iterator position
  • Imagick::setLastIterator - Sets the Imagick iterator to the last image
  • Imagick::setOption - Set an option
  • Imagick::setPage - Sets the page geometry of the Imagick object
  • Imagick::setPointSize - Sets point size
  • Imagick::setResolution - Sets the image resolution
  • Imagick::setResourceLimit - Sets the limit for a particular resource in megabytes
  • Imagick::setSamplingFactors - Sets the image sampling factors
  • Imagick::setSize - Sets the size of the Imagick object
  • Imagick::setSizeOffset - Sets the size and offset of the Imagick object
  • Imagick::setType - Sets the image type attribute
  • Imagick::shadeImage - Creates a 3D effect
  • Imagick::shadowImage - Simulates an image shadow
  • Imagick::sharpenImage - Sharpens an image
  • Imagick::shaveImage - Shaves pixels from the image edges
  • Imagick::shearImage - Creating a parallelogram
  • Imagick::sigmoidalContrastImage - Adjusts the contrast of an image
  • Imagick::sketchImage - Simulates a pencil sketch
  • Imagick::solarizeImage - Applies a solarizing effect to the image
  • Imagick::sparseColorImage - Interpolates colors
  • Imagick::spliceImage - Splices a solid color into the image
  • Imagick::spreadImage - Randomly displaces each pixel in a block
  • Imagick::steganoImage - Hides a digital watermark within the image
  • Imagick::stereoImage - Composites two images
  • Imagick::stripImage - Strips an image of all profiles and comments
  • Imagick::swirlImage - Swirls the pixels about the center of the image
  • Imagick::textureImage - Repeatedly tiles the texture image
  • Imagick::thresholdImage - Changes the value of individual pixels based on a threshold
  • Imagick::thumbnailImage - Changes the size of an image
  • Imagick::tintImage - Applies a color vector to each pixel in the image
  • Imagick::transformImage - Convenience method for setting crop size and the image geometry
  • Imagick::transparentPaintImage - Paints pixels transparent
  • Imagick::transposeImage - Creates a vertical mirror image
  • Imagick::transverseImage - Creates a horizontal mirror image
  • Imagick::trimImage - Remove edges from the image
  • Imagick::uniqueImageColors - Discards all but one of any pixel color
  • Imagick::unsharpMaskImage - Sharpens an image
  • Imagick::valid - Checks if the current item is valid
  • Imagick::vignetteImage - Adds vignette filter to the image
  • Imagick::waveImage - Applies wave filter to the image
  • Imagick::whiteThresholdImage - Force all pixels above the threshold into white
  • Imagick::writeImage - Writes an image to the specified filename
  • Imagick::writeImageFile - Writes an image to a filehandle
  • Imagick::writeImages - Writes an image or image sequence
  • Imagick::writeImagesFile - Writes frames to a filehandle
  • Imagick::__construct - The Imagick constructor
  • ImagickDraw::affine - Adjusts the current affine transformation matrix
  • ImagickDraw::annotation - Draws text on the image
  • ImagickDraw::arc - Draws an arc
  • ImagickDraw::bezier - Draws a bezier curve
  • ImagickDraw::circle - Draws a circle
  • ImagickDraw::clear - Clears the ImagickDraw
  • ImagickDraw::clone - Makes an exact copy of the specified ImagickDraw object
  • ImagickDraw::color - Draws color on image
  • ImagickDraw::comment - Adds a comment
  • ImagickDraw::composite - Composites an image onto the current image
  • ImagickDraw::destroy - Frees all associated resources
  • ImagickDraw::ellipse - Draws an ellipse on the image
  • ImagickDraw::getClipPath - Obtains the current clipping path ID
  • ImagickDraw::getClipRule - Returns the current polygon fill rule
  • ImagickDraw::getClipUnits - Returns the interpretation of clip path units
  • ImagickDraw::getFillColor - Returns the fill color
  • ImagickDraw::getFillOpacity - Returns the opacity used when drawing
  • ImagickDraw::getFillRule - Returns the fill rule
  • ImagickDraw::getFont - Returns the font
  • ImagickDraw::getFontFamily - Returns the font family
  • ImagickDraw::getFontSize - Returns the font pointsize
  • ImagickDraw::getFontStyle - Returns the font style
  • ImagickDraw::getFontWeight - Returns the font weight
  • ImagickDraw::getGravity - Returns the text placement gravity
  • ImagickDraw::getStrokeAntialias - Returns the current stroke antialias setting
  • ImagickDraw::getStrokeColor - Returns the color used for stroking object outlines
  • ImagickDraw::getStrokeDashArray - Returns an array representing the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths
  • ImagickDraw::getStrokeDashOffset - Returns the offset into the dash pattern to start the dash
  • ImagickDraw::getStrokeLineCap - Returns the shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked
  • ImagickDraw::getStrokeLineJoin - Returns the shape to be used at the corners of paths when they are stroked
  • ImagickDraw::getStrokeMiterLimit - Returns the stroke miter limit
  • ImagickDraw::getStrokeOpacity - Returns the opacity of stroked object outlines
  • ImagickDraw::getStrokeWidth - Returns the width of the stroke used to draw object outlines
  • ImagickDraw::getTextAlignment - Returns the text alignment
  • ImagickDraw::getTextAntialias - Returns the current text antialias setting
  • ImagickDraw::getTextDecoration - Returns the text decoration
  • ImagickDraw::getTextEncoding - Returns the code set used for text annotations
  • ImagickDraw::getTextUnderColor - Returns the text under color
  • ImagickDraw::getVectorGraphics - Returns a string containing vector graphics
  • ImagickDraw::line - Draws a line
  • ImagickDraw::matte - Paints on the image's opacity channel
  • ImagickDraw::pathClose - Adds a path element to the current path
  • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToAbsolute - Draws a cubic Bezier curve
  • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToQuadraticBezierAbsolute - Draws a quadratic Bezier curve
  • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToQuadraticBezierRelative - Draws a quadratic Bezier curve
  • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToQuadraticBezierSmoothAbsolute - Draws a quadratic Bezier curve
  • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToQuadraticBezierSmoothRelative - Draws a quadratic Bezier curve
  • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToRelative - Draws a cubic Bezier curve
  • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToSmoothAbsolute - Draws a cubic Bezier curve
  • ImagickDraw::pathCurveToSmoothRelative - Draws a cubic Bezier curve
  • ImagickDraw::pathEllipticArcAbsolute - Draws an elliptical arc
  • ImagickDraw::pathEllipticArcRelative - Draws an elliptical arc
  • ImagickDraw::pathFinish - Terminates the current path
  • ImagickDraw::pathLineToAbsolute - Draws a line path
  • ImagickDraw::pathLineToHorizontalAbsolute - Draws a horizontal line path
  • ImagickDraw::pathLineToHorizontalRelative - Draws a horizontal line
  • ImagickDraw::pathLineToRelative - Draws a line path
  • ImagickDraw::pathLineToVerticalAbsolute - Draws a vertical line
  • ImagickDraw::pathLineToVerticalRelative - Draws a vertical line path
  • ImagickDraw::pathMoveToAbsolute - Starts a new sub-path
  • ImagickDraw::pathMoveToRelative - Starts a new sub-path
  • ImagickDraw::pathStart - Declares the start of a path drawing list
  • ImagickDraw::point - Draws a point
  • ImagickDraw::polygon - Draws a polygon
  • ImagickDraw::polyline - Draws a polyline
  • ImagickDraw::pop - Destroys the current ImagickDraw in the stack, and returns to the previously pushed ImagickDraw
  • ImagickDraw::popClipPath - Terminates a clip path definition
  • ImagickDraw::popDefs - Terminates a definition list
  • ImagickDraw::popPattern - Terminates a pattern definition
  • ImagickDraw::push - Clones the current ImagickDraw and pushes it to the stack
  • ImagickDraw::pushClipPath - Starts a clip path definition
  • ImagickDraw::pushDefs - Indicates that following commands create named elements for early processing
  • ImagickDraw::pushPattern - Indicates that subsequent commands up to a ImagickDraw::opPattern() command comprise the definition of a named pattern
  • ImagickDraw::rectangle - Draws a rectangle
  • ImagickDraw::render - Renders all preceding drawing commands onto the image
  • ImagickDraw::rotate - Applies the specified rotation to the current coordinate space
  • ImagickDraw::roundRectangle - Draws a rounded rectangle
  • ImagickDraw::scale - Adjusts the scaling factor
  • ImagickDraw::setClipPath - Associates a named clipping path with the image
  • ImagickDraw::setClipRule - Set the polygon fill rule to be used by the clipping path
  • ImagickDraw::setClipUnits - Sets the interpretation of clip path units
  • ImagickDraw::setFillAlpha - Sets the opacity to use when drawing using the fill color or fill texture
  • ImagickDraw::setFillColor - Sets the fill color to be used for drawing filled objects
  • ImagickDraw::setFillOpacity - Sets the opacity to use when drawing using the fill color or fill texture
  • ImagickDraw::setFillPatternURL - Sets the URL to use as a fill pattern for filling objects
  • ImagickDraw::setFillRule - Sets the fill rule to use while drawing polygons
  • ImagickDraw::setFont - Sets the fully-specified font to use when annotating with text
  • ImagickDraw::setFontFamily - Sets the font family to use when annotating with text
  • ImagickDraw::setFontSize - Sets the font pointsize to use when annotating with text
  • ImagickDraw::setFontStretch - Sets the font stretch to use when annotating with text
  • ImagickDraw::setFontStyle - Sets the font style to use when annotating with text
  • ImagickDraw::setFontWeight - Sets the font weight
  • ImagickDraw::setGravity - Sets the text placement gravity
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeAlpha - Specifies the opacity of stroked object outlines
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeAntialias - Controls whether stroked outlines are antialiased
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeColor - Sets the color used for stroking object outlines
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeDashArray - Specifies the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeDashOffset - Specifies the offset into the dash pattern to start the dash
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeLineCap - Specifies the shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeLineJoin - Specifies the shape to be used at the corners of paths when they are stroked
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeMiterLimit - Specifies the miter limit
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeOpacity - Specifies the opacity of stroked object outlines
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokePatternURL - Sets the pattern used for stroking object outlines
  • ImagickDraw::setStrokeWidth - Sets the width of the stroke used to draw object outlines
  • ImagickDraw::setTextAlignment - Specifies a text alignment
  • ImagickDraw::setTextAntialias - Controls whether text is antialiased
  • ImagickDraw::setTextDecoration - Specifies a decoration
  • ImagickDraw::setTextEncoding - Specifies specifies the text code set
  • ImagickDraw::setTextUnderColor - Specifies the color of a background rectangle
  • ImagickDraw::setVectorGraphics - Sets the vector graphics
  • ImagickDraw::setViewbox - Sets the overall canvas size
  • ImagickDraw::skewX - Skews the current coordinate system in the horizontal direction
  • ImagickDraw::skewY - Skews the current coordinate system in the vertical direction
  • ImagickDraw::translate - Applies a translation to the current coordinate system
  • ImagickDraw::__construct - The ImagickDraw constructor
  • ImagickPixel::clear - Clears resources associated with this object
  • ImagickPixel::destroy - Deallocates resources associated with this object
  • ImagickPixel::getColor - Returns the color
  • ImagickPixel::getColorAsString - Returns the color as a string
  • ImagickPixel::getColorCount - Returns the color count associated with this color
  • ImagickPixel::getColorValue - Gets the normalized value of the provided color channel
  • ImagickPixel::getHSL - Returns the normalized HSL color of the ImagickPixel object
  • ImagickPixel::isSimilar - Check the distance between this color and another
  • ImagickPixel::setColor - Sets the color
  • ImagickPixel::setColorValue - Sets the normalized value of one of the channels
  • ImagickPixel::setHSL - Sets the normalized HSL color
  • ImagickPixel::__construct - The ImagickPixel constructor
  • ImagickPixelIterator::clear - Clear resources associated with a PixelIterator
  • ImagickPixelIterator::destroy - Deallocates resources associated with a PixelIterator
  • ImagickPixelIterator::getCurrentIteratorRow - Returns the current row of ImagickPixel objects
  • ImagickPixelIterator::getIteratorRow - Returns the current pixel iterator row
  • ImagickPixelIterator::getNextIteratorRow - Returns the next row of the pixel iterator
  • ImagickPixelIterator::getPreviousIteratorRow - Returns the previous row
  • ImagickPixelIterator::newPixelIterator - Returns a new pixel iterator
  • ImagickPixelIterator::newPixelRegionIterator - Returns a new pixel iterator
  • ImagickPixelIterator::resetIterator - Resets the pixel iterator
  • ImagickPixelIterator::setIteratorFirstRow - Sets the pixel iterator to the first pixel row
  • ImagickPixelIterator::setIteratorLastRow - Sets the pixel iterator to the last pixel row
  • ImagickPixelIterator::setIteratorRow - Set the pixel iterator row
  • ImagickPixelIterator::syncIterator - Syncs the pixel iterator
  • ImagickPixelIterator::__construct - The ImagickPixelIterator constructor
  • imap_8bit - Convert an 8bit string to a quoted-printable string
  • imap_alerts - Returns all IMAP alert messages that have occurred
  • imap_append - Append a string message to a specified mailbox
  • imap_base64 - Decode BASE64 encoded text
  • imap_binary - Convert an 8bit string to a base64 string
  • imap_body - Read the message body
  • imap_bodystruct - Read the structure of a specified body section of a specific message
  • imap_check - Check current mailbox
  • imap_clearflag_full - Clears flags on messages
  • imap_close - Close an IMAP stream
  • imap_create - 별칭: imap_createmailbox
  • imap_createmailbox - Create a new mailbox
  • imap_delete - Mark a message for deletion from current mailbox
  • imap_deletemailbox - Delete a mailbox
  • imap_errors - Returns all of the IMAP errors that have occured
  • imap_expunge - Delete all messages marked for deletion
  • imap_fetchbody - Fetch a particular section of the body of the message
  • imap_fetchheader - Returns header for a message
  • imap_fetchmime - Fetch MIME headers for a particular section of the message
  • imap_fetchstructure - Read the structure of a particular message
  • imap_fetchtext - 별칭: imap_body
  • imap_fetch_overview - Read an overview of the information in the headers of the given message
  • imap_gc - Clears IMAP cache
  • imap_getacl - Gets the ACL for a given mailbox
  • imap_getmailboxes - Read the list of mailboxes, returning detailed information on each one
  • imap_getsubscribed - List all the subscribed mailboxes
  • imap_get_quota - Retrieve the quota level settings, and usage statics per mailbox
  • imap_get_quotaroot - Retrieve the quota settings per user
  • imap_header - 별칭: imap_headerinfo
  • imap_headerinfo - Read the header of the message
  • imap_headers - Returns headers for all messages in a mailbox
  • imap_last_error - Gets the last IMAP error that occurred during this page request
  • imap_list - Read the list of mailboxes
  • imap_listmailbox - 별칭: imap_list
  • imap_listscan - Returns the list of mailboxes that matches the given text
  • imap_listsubscribed - 별칭: imap_lsub
  • imap_lsub - List all the subscribed mailboxes
  • imap_mail - Send an email message
  • imap_mailboxmsginfo - Get information about the current mailbox
  • imap_mail_compose - Create a MIME message based on given envelope and body sections
  • imap_mail_copy - Copy specified messages to a mailbox
  • imap_mail_move - Move specified messages to a mailbox
  • imap_mime_header_decode - Decode MIME header elements
  • imap_msgno - Gets the message sequence number for the given UID
  • imap_num_msg - Gets the number of messages in the current mailbox
  • imap_num_recent - Gets the number of recent messages in current mailbox
  • imap_open - Open an IMAP stream to a mailbox
  • imap_ping - Check if the IMAP stream is still active
  • imap_qprint - Convert a quoted-printable string to an 8 bit string
  • imap_rename - 별칭: imap_renamemailbox
  • imap_renamemailbox - Rename an old mailbox to new mailbox
  • imap_reopen - Reopen IMAP stream to new mailbox
  • imap_rfc822_parse_adrlist - Parses an address string
  • imap_rfc822_parse_headers - Parse mail headers from a string
  • imap_rfc822_write_address - Returns a properly formatted email address given the mailbox, host, and personal info
  • imap_savebody - Save a specific body section to a file
  • imap_scan - 별칭: imap_listscan
  • imap_scanmailbox - 별칭: imap_listscan
  • imap_search - This function returns an array of messages matching the given search criteria
  • imap_setacl - Sets the ACL for a giving mailbox
  • imap_setflag_full - Sets flags on messages
  • imap_set_quota - Sets a quota for a given mailbox
  • imap_sort - Gets and sort messages
  • imap_status - Returns status information on a mailbox
  • imap_subscribe - Subscribe to a mailbox
  • imap_thread - Returns a tree of threaded message
  • imap_timeout - Set or fetch imap timeout
  • imap_uid - This function returns the UID for the given message sequence number
  • imap_undelete - Unmark the message which is marked deleted
  • imap_unsubscribe - Unsubscribe from a mailbox
  • imap_utf7_decode - Decodes a modified UTF-7 encoded string
  • imap_utf7_encode - Converts ISO-8859-1 string to modified UTF-7 text
  • imap_utf8 - Converts MIME-encoded text to UTF-8
  • implode - 문자열로 배열 원소를 결합
  • import_request_variables - GET/POST/쿠키 변수를 전역으로 가져옵니다
  • inclued_get_data - Get the inclued data
  • inet_ntop - Converts a packed internet address to a human readable representation
  • inet_pton - Converts a human readable IP address to its packed in_addr representation
  • InfiniteIterator::next - Moves the inner Iterator forward or rewinds it
  • InfiniteIterator::__construct - Constructs an InfiniteIterator
  • ingres_autocommit - Switch autocommit on or off
  • ingres_autocommit_state - Test if the connection is using autocommit
  • ingres_charset - Returns the installation character set
  • ingres_close - Close an Ingres database connection
  • ingres_commit - Commit a transaction
  • ingres_connect - Open a connection to an Ingres database
  • ingres_cursor - Get a cursor name for a given result resource
  • ingres_errno - Get the last Ingres error number generated
  • ingres_error - Get a meaningful error message for the last error generated
  • ingres_errsqlstate - Get the last SQLSTATE error code generated
  • ingres_escape_string - Escape special characters for use in a query
  • ingres_execute - Execute a prepared query
  • ingres_fetch_array - Fetch a row of result into an array
  • ingres_fetch_assoc - Fetch a row of result into an associative array
  • ingres_fetch_object - Fetch a row of result into an object
  • ingres_fetch_proc_return - Get the return value from a procedure call
  • ingres_fetch_row - Fetch a row of result into an enumerated array
  • ingres_field_length - Get the length of a field
  • ingres_field_name - Get the name of a field in a query result
  • ingres_field_nullable - Test if a field is nullable
  • ingres_field_precision - Get the precision of a field
  • ingres_field_scale - Get the scale of a field
  • ingres_field_type - Get the type of a field in a query result
  • ingres_free_result - Free the resources associated with a result identifier
  • ingres_next_error - Get the next Ingres error
  • ingres_num_fields - Get the number of fields returned by the last query
  • ingres_num_rows - Get the number of rows affected or returned by a query
  • ingres_pconnect - Open a persistent connection to an Ingres database
  • ingres_prepare - Prepare a query for later execution
  • ingres_query - Send an SQL query to Ingres
  • ingres_result_seek - Set the row position before fetching data
  • ingres_rollback - Roll back a transaction
  • ingres_set_environment - Set environment features controlling output options
  • ingres_unbuffered_query - Send an unbuffered SQL query to Ingres
  • ini_alter - 별칭: ini_set
  • ini_get - Gets the value of a configuration option
  • ini_get_all - 모든 설정 옵션을 얻습니다
  • ini_restore - 설정 옵션 값을 복구
  • ini_set - Sets the value of a configuration option
  • inotify_add_watch - Add a watch to an initialized inotify instance
  • inotify_init - Initialize an inotify instance
  • inotify_queue_len - Return a number upper than zero if there are pending events
  • inotify_read - Read events from an inotify instance
  • inotify_rm_watch - Remove an existing watch from an inotify instance
  • interface_exists - 인터페이스가 정의되었는지 확인
  • IntlDateFormatter::create - Create a date formatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::format - Format the date/time value as a string
  • IntlDateFormatter::getCalendar - Get the calendar used for the IntlDateFormatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::getDateType - Get the datetype used for the IntlDateFormatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::getErrorCode - Get the error code from last operation
  • IntlDateFormatter::getErrorMessage - Get the error text from the last operation.
  • IntlDateFormatter::getLocale - Get the locale used by formatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::getPattern - Get the pattern used for the IntlDateFormatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::getTimeType - Get the timetype used for the IntlDateFormatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::getTimeZoneId - Get the timezone-id used for the IntlDateFormatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::isLenient - Get the lenient used for the IntlDateFormatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::localtime - Parse string to a field-based time value
  • IntlDateFormatter::parse - Parse string to a timestamp value
  • IntlDateFormatter::setCalendar - sets the calendar used to the appropriate calendar, which must be
  • IntlDateFormatter::setLenient - Set the leniency of the parser
  • IntlDateFormatter::setPattern - Set the pattern used for the IntlDateFormatter
  • IntlDateFormatter::setTimeZoneId - Sets the time zone to use
  • intl_error_name - Get symbolic name for a given error code
  • intl_get_error_code - Get the last error code
  • intl_get_error_message - Get description of the last error
  • intl_is_failure - Check whether the given error code indicates failure
  • intval - 변수의 정수값을 얻습니다
  • in_array - 값이 배열 안에 존재하는지 확인
  • ip2long - Converts a string containing an (IPv4) Internet Protocol dotted address into a proper address
  • iptcembed - Embeds binary IPTC data into a JPEG image
  • iptcparse - Parse a binary IPTC block into single tags.
  • isset - 설정된 변수인지 확인
  • is_a - 객체가 이 클래스나 부모 클래스 중 하나인지 확인
  • is_array - 변수가 배열인지 확인
  • is_bool - 변수가 논리형인지 확인
  • is_callable - 변수 내용을 함수처럼 호출할 수 있는지 확인
  • is_dir - Tells whether the filename is a directory
  • is_double - 별칭: is_float
  • is_executable - Tells whether the filename is executable
  • is_file - Tells whether the filename is a regular file
  • is_finite - 값이 허용되는 유한수인지 확인
  • is_float - 변수의 자료형이 소수인지 확인합니다
  • is_infinite - 값이 무한인지 확인
  • is_int - 변수의 자료형이 정수인지 확인합니다
  • is_integer - 별칭: is_int
  • is_link - Tells whether the filename is a symbolic link
  • is_long - 별칭: is_int
  • is_nan - 값이 수가 아닌지 확인합니다
  • is_null - 변수가 NULL인지 확인합니다
  • is_numeric - 변수가 수나 수 문자열인지 확인합니다
  • is_object - 변수가 객체인지 확인합니다
  • is_readable - Tells whether a file exists and is readable
  • is_real - 별칭: is_float
  • is_resource - 변수가 자원인지 확인
  • is_scalar - 변수가 스칼라인지 확인
  • is_soap_fault - Checks if a SOAP call has failed
  • is_string - 변수의 자료형이 문자열인지 확인합니다
  • is_subclass_of - 이 클래스가 부모 클래스의 자식인지 확인
  • is_uploaded_file - Tells whether the file was uploaded via HTTP POST
  • is_writable - Tells whether the filename is writable
  • is_writeable - 별칭: is_writable
  • Iterator::current - Return the current element
  • Iterator::key - Return the key of the current element
  • Iterator::next - Move forward to next element
  • Iterator::rewind - Rewind the Iterator to the first element
  • Iterator::valid - Checks if current position is valid
  • IteratorAggregate::getIterator - Retrieve an external iterator
  • IteratorIterator::current - Get the current value
  • IteratorIterator::getInnerIterator - Get the inner iterator
  • IteratorIterator::key - Get the key of the current element
  • IteratorIterator::next - Forward to the next element
  • IteratorIterator::rewind - Rewind to the first element
  • IteratorIterator::valid - Checks if the iterator is valid
  • IteratorIterator::__construct - Create an iterator from anything that is traversable
  • iterator_apply - Call a function for every element in an iterator
  • iterator_count - Count the elements in an iterator
  • iterator_to_array - Copy the iterator into an array
• j
  • java_last_exception_clear - Clear last Java exception
  • java_last_exception_get - Get last Java exception
  • JDDayOfWeek - Returns the day of the week
  • JDMonthName - Returns a month name
  • JDToFrench - Converts a Julian Day Count to the French Republican Calendar
  • JDToGregorian - Converts Julian Day Count to Gregorian date
  • jdtojewish - Converts a Julian day count to a Jewish calendar date
  • JDToJulian - Converts a Julian Day Count to a Julian Calendar Date
  • jdtounix - Convert Julian Day to Unix timestamp
  • JewishToJD - Converts a date in the Jewish Calendar to Julian Day Count
  • join - 별칭: implode
  • jpeg2wbmp - Convert JPEG image file to WBMP image file
  • json_decode - JSON 문자열 디코드
  • json_encode - 값의 JSON 표현을 반환
  • json_last_error - 발생한 마지막 오류 반환
  • Judy::byCount - Locate the Nth index present in the Judy array
  • Judy::count - Count the number of elements in the Judy array
  • Judy::first - Search for the first index in the Judy array
  • Judy::firstEmpty - Search for the first absent index in the Judy array
  • Judy::free - Free the entire Judy array
  • Judy::getType - Return the type of the current Judy array
  • Judy::last - Search for the last index in the Judy array
  • Judy::lastEmpty - Search for the last absent index in the Judy array
  • Judy::memoryUsage - Return the memory used by the Judy array
  • Judy::next - Search for the next index in the Judy array
  • Judy::nextEmpty - Search for the next absent index in the Judy array
  • Judy::offsetExists - Whether a offset exists
  • Judy::offsetGet - Offset to retrieve
  • Judy::offsetSet - Offset to set
  • Judy::offsetUnset - Offset to unset
  • Judy::prev - Search for the previous index in the Judy array
  • Judy::prevEmpty - Search for the previous absent index in the Judy array
  • Judy::size - Return the size of the current Judy array
  • Judy::__construct - Construct a new Judy object
  • Judy::__destruct - Destruct a Judy object
  • judy_type - Return the type of a Judy array
  • judy_version - Return or print the current PHP Judy version
  • JulianToJD - Converts a Julian Calendar date to Julian Day Count
• k
  • kadm5_chpass_principal - Changes the principal's password
  • kadm5_create_principal - Creates a kerberos principal with the given parameters
  • kadm5_delete_principal - Deletes a kerberos principal
  • kadm5_destroy - Closes the connection to the admin server and releases all related resources
  • kadm5_flush - Flush all changes to the Kerberos database
  • kadm5_get_policies - Gets all policies from the Kerberos database
  • kadm5_get_principal - Gets the principal's entries from the Kerberos database
  • kadm5_get_principals - Gets all principals from the Kerberos database
  • kadm5_init_with_password - Opens a connection to the KADM5 library
  • kadm5_modify_principal - Modifies a kerberos principal with the given parameters
  • key - 배열에서 키를 가져옵니다
  • krsort - 키에 의한 배열 역순 정렬
  • ksort - 키에 의한 배열 정렬
  • KTaglib_ID3v2_AttachedPictureFrame::getDescription - Returns a description for the picture in a picture frame
  • KTaglib_ID3v2_AttachedPictureFrame::getMimeType - Returns the mime type of the picture
  • KTaglib_ID3v2_AttachedPictureFrame::getType - Returns the type of the image
  • KTaglib_ID3v2_AttachedPictureFrame::savePicture - Saves the picture to a file
  • KTaglib_ID3v2_AttachedPictureFrame::setMimeType - Set's the mime type of the picture
  • KTaglib_ID3v2_AttachedPictureFrame::setPicture - Sets the frame picture to the given image
  • KTaglib_ID3v2_AttachedPictureFrame::setType - Set the type of the image
  • KTaglib_ID3v2_Frame::getSize - Returns the size of the frame in bytes
  • KTaglib_ID3v2_Frame::__toString - Returns a string representation of the frame
  • KTaglib_ID3v2_Tag::addFrame - Add a frame to the ID3v2 tag
  • KTaglib_ID3v2_Tag::getFrameList - Returns an array of ID3v2 frames, associated with the ID3v2 tag
  • KTaglib_MPEG_AudioProperties::getBitrate - Returns the bitrate of the MPEG file
  • KTaglib_MPEG_AudioProperties::getChannels - Returns the amount of channels of a MPEG file
  • KTaglib_MPEG_AudioProperties::getLayer - Returns the layer of a MPEG file
  • KTaglib_MPEG_AudioProperties::getLength - Returns the length of a MPEG file
  • KTaglib_MPEG_AudioProperties::getSampleBitrate - Returns the sample bitrate of a MPEG file
  • KTaglib_MPEG_AudioProperties::getVersion - Returns the version of a MPEG file
  • KTaglib_MPEG_AudioProperties::isCopyrighted - Returns the length of a MPEG file
  • KTaglib_MPEG_AudioProperties::isOriginal - Returns the length of a MPEG file
  • KTaglib_MPEG_AudioProperties::isProtectionEnabled - Returns the length of a MPEG file
  • KTaglib_MPEG_File::getAudioProperties - Returns an object that provides access to the audio properties
  • KTaglib_MPEG_File::getID3v1Tag - Returns an object representing an ID3v1 tag
  • KTaglib_MPEG_File::getID3v2Tag - Returns a ID3v2 object
  • KTaglib_MPEG_File::__construct - Opens a new file
  • KTaglib_Tag::getAlbum - Returns the title string from a ID3 tag
  • KTaglib_Tag::getArtist - Returns the artist string from a ID3 tag
  • KTaglib_Tag::getComment - Returns the comment from a ID3 tag
  • KTaglib_Tag::getGenre - Returns the genre from a ID3 tag
  • KTaglib_Tag::getTitle - Returns the title string from a ID3 tag
  • KTaglib_Tag::getTrack - Returns the track number from a ID3 tag
  • KTaglib_Tag::getYear - Returns the year from a ID3 tag
  • KTaglib_Tag::isEmpty - Returns true if the tag is empty
• l
  • lcfirst - Make a string's first character lowercase
  • lcg_value - 결합 선형 합동 생성기
  • lchgrp - Changes group ownership of symlink
  • lchown - Changes user ownership of symlink
  • ldap_8859_to_t61 - Translate 8859 characters to t61 characters
  • ldap_add - Add entries to LDAP directory
  • ldap_bind - Bind to LDAP directory
  • ldap_close - 별칭: ldap_unbind
  • ldap_compare - Compare value of attribute found in entry specified with DN
  • ldap_connect - Connect to an LDAP server
  • ldap_count_entries - Count the number of entries in a search
  • ldap_delete - Delete an entry from a directory
  • ldap_dn2ufn - Convert DN to User Friendly Naming format
  • ldap_err2str - Convert LDAP error number into string error message
  • ldap_errno - Return the LDAP error number of the last LDAP command
  • ldap_error - Return the LDAP error message of the last LDAP command
  • ldap_explode_dn - Splits DN into its component parts
  • ldap_first_attribute - Return first attribute
  • ldap_first_entry - Return first result id
  • ldap_first_reference - Return first reference
  • ldap_free_result - Free result memory
  • ldap_get_attributes - Get attributes from a search result entry
  • ldap_get_dn - Get the DN of a result entry
  • ldap_get_entries - Get all result entries
  • ldap_get_option - Get the current value for given option
  • ldap_get_values - Get all values from a result entry
  • ldap_get_values_len - Get all binary values from a result entry
  • ldap_list - Single-level search
  • ldap_modify - Modify an LDAP entry
  • ldap_mod_add - Add attribute values to current attributes
  • ldap_mod_del - Delete attribute values from current attributes
  • ldap_mod_replace - Replace attribute values with new ones
  • ldap_next_attribute - Get the next attribute in result
  • ldap_next_entry - Get next result entry
  • ldap_next_reference - Get next reference
  • ldap_parse_reference - Extract information from reference entry
  • ldap_parse_result - Extract information from result
  • ldap_read - Read an entry
  • ldap_rename - Modify the name of an entry
  • ldap_sasl_bind - Bind to LDAP directory using SASL
  • ldap_search - Search LDAP tree
  • ldap_set_option - Set the value of the given option
  • ldap_set_rebind_proc - Set a callback function to do re-binds on referral chasing
  • ldap_sort - Sort LDAP result entries
  • ldap_start_tls - Start TLS
  • ldap_t61_to_8859 - Translate t61 characters to 8859 characters
  • ldap_unbind - Unbind from LDAP directory
  • levenshtein - Calculate Levenshtein distance between two strings
  • libxml_clear_errors - Clear libxml error buffer
  • libxml_disable_entity_loader - Disable the ability to load external entities
  • libxml_get_errors - Retrieve array of errors
  • libxml_get_last_error - Retrieve last error from libxml
  • libxml_set_streams_context - Set the streams context for the next libxml document load or write
  • libxml_use_internal_errors - Disable libxml errors and allow user to fetch error information as needed
  • LimitIterator::current - Get current element
  • LimitIterator::getInnerIterator - Get inner iterator
  • LimitIterator::getPosition - Return the current position
  • LimitIterator::key - Get current key
  • LimitIterator::next - Move the iterator forward
  • LimitIterator::rewind - Rewind the iterator to the specified starting offset
  • LimitIterator::seek - Seek to the given position
  • LimitIterator::valid - Check whether the current element is valid
  • LimitIterator::__construct - Construct a LimitIterator
  • link - Create a hard link
  • linkinfo - Gets information about a link
  • list - 배열처럼 변수에 할당
  • Locale::acceptFromHttp - Tries to find out best available locale based on HTTP "Accept-Language" header
  • Locale::composeLocale - Returns a correctly ordered and delimited locale ID
  • Locale::filterMatches - Checks if a language tag filter matches with locale
  • Locale::getAllVariants - Gets the variants for the input locale
  • Locale::getDefault - Gets the default locale value from the INTL global 'default_locale'
  • Locale::getDisplayLanguage - Returns an appropriately localized display name for language of the inputlocale
  • Locale::getDisplayName - Returns an appropriately localized display name for the input locale
  • Locale::getDisplayRegion - Returns an appropriately localized display name for region of the input locale
  • Locale::getDisplayScript - Returns an appropriately localized display name for script of the input locale
  • Locale::getDisplayVariant - Returns an appropriately localized display name for variants of the input locale
  • Locale::getKeywords - Gets the keywords for the input locale
  • Locale::getPrimaryLanguage - Gets the primary language for the input locale
  • Locale::getRegion - Gets the region for the input locale
  • Locale::getScript - Gets the script for the input locale
  • Locale::lookup - Searches the language tag list for the best match to the language
  • Locale::parseLocale - Returns a key-value array of locale ID subtag elements.
  • Locale::setDefault - sets the default runtime locale
  • localeconv - Get numeric formatting information
  • localtime - Get the local time
  • log - 자연로그
  • log1p - Returns log(1 + number), computed in a way that is accurate even when the value of number is close to zero
  • log10 - 상용로그
  • long2ip - Converts an (IPv4) Internet network address into a string in Internet standard dotted format
  • lstat - Gives information about a file or symbolic link
  • ltrim - 문자열 시작에서 공백(이나 다른 문자)를 제거
  • Lua::assign - Assign a PHP variable to Lua
  • Lua::call - Call Lua functions
  • Lua::eval - Evaluate a string as Lua code
  • Lua::getversion - The getversion purpose
  • Lua::include - Parse a Lua script file
  • Lua::registerCallback - Register a PHP function to Lua
  • Lua::__call - Magic method for Lua to call Lua functions
  • Lua::__construct - Lua constructor
  • LuaClosure::__invoke - invoke luaclosure
  • lzf_compress - LZF compression
  • lzf_decompress - LZF decompression
  • lzf_optimized_for - Determines what LZF extension was optimized for
• m
  • magic_quotes_runtime - 별칭: set_magic_quotes_runtime
  • mail - 메일을 보냅니다
  • mailparse_determine_best_xfer_encoding - Gets the best way of encoding
  • mailparse_msg_create - Create a mime mail resource
  • mailparse_msg_extract_part - Extracts/decodes a message section
  • mailparse_msg_extract_part_file - Extracts/decodes a message section
  • mailparse_msg_extract_whole_part_file - Extracts a message section including headers without decoding the transfer encoding
  • mailparse_msg_free - Frees a MIME resource
  • mailparse_msg_get_part - Returns a handle on a given section in a mimemessage
  • mailparse_msg_get_part_data - Returns an associative array of info about the message
  • mailparse_msg_get_structure - Returns an array of mime section names in the supplied message
  • mailparse_msg_parse - Incrementally parse data into buffer
  • mailparse_msg_parse_file - Parses a file
  • mailparse_rfc822_parse_addresses - Parse RFC 822 compliant addresses
  • mailparse_stream_encode - Streams data from source file pointer, apply encoding and write to destfp
  • mailparse_uudecode_all - Scans the data from fp and extract each embedded uuencoded file
  • main - Dummy for main
  • max - 최고값을 찾습니다
  • maxdb_affected_rows - Gets the number of affected rows in a previous MaxDB operation
  • maxdb_autocommit - Turns on or off auto-commiting database modifications
  • maxdb_bind_param - 별칭: maxdb_stmt_bind_param
  • maxdb_bind_result - 별칭: maxdb_stmt_bind_result
  • maxdb_change_user - Changes the user of the specified database connection
  • maxdb_character_set_name - Returns the default character set for the database connection
  • maxdb_client_encoding - 별칭: maxdb_character_set_name
  • maxdb_close - Closes a previously opened database connection
  • maxdb_close_long_data - 별칭: maxdb_stmt_close_long_data
  • maxdb_commit - Commits the current transaction
  • maxdb_connect - Open a new connection to the MaxDB server
  • maxdb_connect_errno - Returns the error code from last connect call
  • maxdb_connect_error - Returns a string description of the last connect error
  • maxdb_data_seek - Adjusts the result pointer to an arbitary row in the result
  • maxdb_debug - Performs debugging operations
  • maxdb_disable_reads_from_master - Disable reads from master
  • maxdb_disable_rpl_parse - Disable RPL parse
  • maxdb_dump_debug_info - Dump debugging information into the log
  • maxdb_embedded_connect - Open a connection to an embedded MaxDB server
  • maxdb_enable_reads_from_master - Enable reads from master
  • maxdb_enable_rpl_parse - Enable RPL parse
  • maxdb_errno - Returns the error code for the most recent function call
  • maxdb_error - Returns a string description of the last error
  • maxdb_escape_string - 별칭: maxdb_real_escape_string
  • maxdb_execute - 별칭: maxdb_stmt_execute
  • maxdb_fetch - 별칭: maxdb_stmt_fetch
  • maxdb_fetch_array - Fetch a result row as an associative, a numeric array, or both
  • maxdb_fetch_assoc - Fetch a result row as an associative array
  • maxdb_fetch_field - Returns the next field in the result set
  • maxdb_fetch_fields - Returns an array of resources representing the fields in a result set
  • maxdb_fetch_field_direct - Fetch meta-data for a single field
  • maxdb_fetch_lengths - Returns the lengths of the columns of the current row in the result set
  • maxdb_fetch_object - Returns the current row of a result set as an object
  • maxdb_fetch_row - Get a result row as an enumerated array
  • maxdb_field_count - Returns the number of columns for the most recent query
  • maxdb_field_seek - Set result pointer to a specified field offset
  • maxdb_field_tell - Get current field offset of a result pointer
  • maxdb_free_result - Frees the memory associated with a result
  • maxdb_get_client_info - Returns the MaxDB client version as a string
  • maxdb_get_client_version - Get MaxDB client info
  • maxdb_get_host_info - Returns a string representing the type of connection used
  • maxdb_get_metadata - 별칭: maxdb_stmt_result_metadata
  • maxdb_get_proto_info - Returns the version of the MaxDB protocol used
  • maxdb_get_server_info - Returns the version of the MaxDB server
  • maxdb_get_server_version - Returns the version of the MaxDB server as an integer
  • maxdb_info - Retrieves information about the most recently executed query
  • maxdb_init - Initializes MaxDB and returns an resource for use with maxdb_real_connect
  • maxdb_insert_id - Returns the auto generated id used in the last query
  • maxdb_kill - Disconnects from a MaxDB server
  • maxdb_master_query - Enforce execution of a query on the master in a master/slave setup
  • maxdb_more_results - Check if there any more query results from a multi query
  • maxdb_multi_query - Performs a query on the database
  • maxdb_next_result - Prepare next result from multi_query
  • maxdb_num_fields - Get the number of fields in a result
  • maxdb_num_rows - Gets the number of rows in a result
  • maxdb_options - Set options
  • maxdb_param_count - 별칭: maxdb_stmt_param_count
  • maxdb_ping - Pings a server connection, or tries to reconnect if the connection has gone down
  • maxdb_prepare - Prepare an SQL statement for execution
  • maxdb_query - Performs a query on the database
  • maxdb_real_connect - Opens a connection to a MaxDB server
  • maxdb_real_escape_string - Escapes special characters in a string for use in an SQL statement, taking into account the current charset of the connection
  • maxdb_real_query - Execute an SQL query
  • maxdb_report - Enables or disables internal report functions
  • maxdb_rollback - Rolls back current transaction
  • maxdb_rpl_parse_enabled - Check if RPL parse is enabled
  • maxdb_rpl_probe - RPL probe
  • maxdb_rpl_query_type - Returns RPL query type
  • maxdb_select_db - Selects the default database for database queries
  • maxdb_send_long_data - 별칭: maxdb_stmt_send_long_data
  • maxdb_send_query - Send the query and return
  • maxdb_server_end - Shut down the embedded server
  • maxdb_server_init - Initialize embedded server
  • maxdb_set_opt - 별칭: maxdb_options
  • maxdb_sqlstate - Returns the SQLSTATE error from previous MaxDB operation
  • maxdb_ssl_set - Used for establishing secure connections using SSL
  • maxdb_stat - Gets the current system status
  • maxdb_stmt_affected_rows - Returns the total number of rows changed, deleted, or inserted by the last executed statement
  • maxdb_stmt_bind_param - Binds variables to a prepared statement as parameters
  • maxdb_stmt_bind_result - Binds variables to a prepared statement for result storage
  • maxdb_stmt_close - Closes a prepared statement
  • maxdb_stmt_close_long_data - Ends a sequence of maxdb_stmt_send_long_data
  • maxdb_stmt_data_seek - Seeks to an arbitray row in statement result set
  • maxdb_stmt_errno - Returns the error code for the most recent statement call
  • maxdb_stmt_error - Returns a string description for last statement error
  • maxdb_stmt_execute - Executes a prepared Query
  • maxdb_stmt_fetch - Fetch results from a prepared statement into the bound variables
  • maxdb_stmt_free_result - Frees stored result memory for the given statement handle
  • maxdb_stmt_init - Initializes a statement and returns an resource for use with maxdb_stmt_prepare
  • maxdb_stmt_num_rows - Return the number of rows in statements result set
  • maxdb_stmt_param_count - Returns the number of parameter for the given statement
  • maxdb_stmt_prepare - Prepare an SQL statement for execution
  • maxdb_stmt_reset - Resets a prepared statement
  • maxdb_stmt_result_metadata - Returns result set metadata from a prepared statement
  • maxdb_stmt_send_long_data - Send data in blocks
  • maxdb_stmt_sqlstate - Returns SQLSTATE error from previous statement operation
  • maxdb_stmt_store_result - Transfers a result set from a prepared statement
  • maxdb_store_result - Transfers a result set from the last query
  • maxdb_thread_id - Returns the thread ID for the current connection
  • maxdb_thread_safe - Returns whether thread safety is given or not
  • maxdb_use_result - Initiate a result set retrieval
  • maxdb_warning_count - Returns the number of warnings from the last query for the given link
  • mb_check_encoding - Check if the string is valid for the specified encoding
  • mb_convert_case - Perform case folding on a string
  • mb_convert_encoding - Convert character encoding
  • mb_convert_kana - Convert "kana" one from another ("zen-kaku", "han-kaku" and more)
  • mb_convert_variables - Convert character code in variable(s)
  • mb_decode_mimeheader - Decode string in MIME header field
  • mb_decode_numericentity - Decode HTML numeric string reference to character
  • mb_detect_encoding - Detect character encoding
  • mb_detect_order - Set/Get character encoding detection order
  • mb_encode_mimeheader - Encode string for MIME header
  • mb_encode_numericentity - Encode character to HTML numeric string reference
  • mb_encoding_aliases - Get aliases of a known encoding type
  • mb_ereg - Regular expression match with multibyte support
  • mb_eregi - Regular expression match ignoring case with multibyte support
  • mb_eregi_replace - Replace regular expression with multibyte support ignoring case
  • mb_ereg_match - Regular expression match for multibyte string
  • mb_ereg_replace - Replace regular expression with multibyte support
  • mb_ereg_search - Multibyte regular expression match for predefined multibyte string
  • mb_ereg_search_getpos - Returns start point for next regular expression match
  • mb_ereg_search_getregs - Retrieve the result from the last multibyte regular expression match
  • mb_ereg_search_init - Setup string and regular expression for a multibyte regular expression match
  • mb_ereg_search_pos - Returns position and length of a matched part of the multibyte regular expression for a predefined multibyte string
  • mb_ereg_search_regs - Returns the matched part of a multibyte regular expression
  • mb_ereg_search_setpos - Set start point of next regular expression match
  • mb_get_info - Get internal settings of mbstring
  • mb_http_input - Detect HTTP input character encoding
  • mb_http_output - Set/Get HTTP output character encoding
  • mb_internal_encoding - Set/Get internal character encoding
  • mb_language - Set/Get current language
  • mb_list_encodings - Returns an array of all supported encodings
  • mb_output_handler - Callback function converts character encoding in output buffer
  • mb_parse_str - Parse GET/POST/COOKIE data and set global variable
  • mb_preferred_mime_name - Get MIME charset string
  • mb_regex_encoding - Returns current encoding for multibyte regex as string
  • mb_regex_set_options - Set/Get the default options for mbregex functions
  • mb_send_mail - Send encoded mail
  • mb_split - Split multibyte string using regular expression
  • mb_strcut - Get part of string
  • mb_strimwidth - Get truncated string with specified width
  • mb_stripos - Finds position of first occurrence of a string within another, case insensitive
  • mb_stristr - Finds first occurrence of a string within another, case insensitive
  • mb_strlen - Get string length
  • mb_strpos - Find position of first occurrence of string in a string
  • mb_strrchr - Finds the last occurrence of a character in a string within another
  • mb_strrichr - Finds the last occurrence of a character in a string within another, case insensitive
  • mb_strripos - Finds position of last occurrence of a string within another, case insensitive
  • mb_strrpos - Find position of last occurrence of a string in a string
  • mb_strstr - Finds first occurrence of a string within another
  • mb_strtolower - Make a string lowercase
  • mb_strtoupper - Make a string uppercase
  • mb_strwidth - Return width of string
  • mb_substitute_character - Set/Get substitution character
  • mb_substr - Get part of string
  • mb_substr_count - Count the number of substring occurrences
  • mcrypt_cbc - Encrypts/decrypts data in CBC mode
  • mcrypt_cfb - Encrypts/decrypts data in CFB mode
  • mcrypt_create_iv - Creates an initialization vector (IV) from a random source
  • mcrypt_decrypt - Decrypts crypttext with given parameters
  • mcrypt_ecb - Deprecated: Encrypts/decrypts data in ECB mode
  • mcrypt_encrypt - Encrypts plaintext with given parameters
  • mcrypt_enc_get_algorithms_name - Returns the name of the opened algorithm
  • mcrypt_enc_get_block_size - Returns the blocksize of the opened algorithm
  • mcrypt_enc_get_iv_size - Returns the size of the IV of the opened algorithm
  • mcrypt_enc_get_key_size - Returns the maximum supported keysize of the opened mode
  • mcrypt_enc_get_modes_name - Returns the name of the opened mode
  • mcrypt_enc_get_supported_key_sizes - Returns an array with the supported keysizes of the opened algorithm
  • mcrypt_enc_is_block_algorithm - Checks whether the algorithm of the opened mode is a block algorithm
  • mcrypt_enc_is_block_algorithm_mode - Checks whether the encryption of the opened mode works on blocks
  • mcrypt_enc_is_block_mode - Checks whether the opened mode outputs blocks
  • mcrypt_enc_self_test - Runs a self test on the opened module
  • mcrypt_generic - This function encrypts data
  • mcrypt_generic_deinit - This function deinitializes an encryption module
  • mcrypt_generic_end - This function terminates encryption
  • mcrypt_generic_init - This function initializes all buffers needed for encryption
  • mcrypt_get_block_size - Gets the block size of the specified cipher
  • mcrypt_get_cipher_name - Gets the name of the specified cipher
  • mcrypt_get_iv_size - Returns the size of the IV belonging to a specific cipher/mode combination
  • mcrypt_get_key_size - Gets the key size of the specified cipher
  • mcrypt_list_algorithms - Gets an array of all supported ciphers
  • mcrypt_list_modes - Gets an array of all supported modes
  • mcrypt_module_close - Closes the mcrypt module
  • mcrypt_module_get_algo_block_size - Returns the blocksize of the specified algorithm
  • mcrypt_module_get_algo_key_size - Returns the maximum supported keysize of the opened mode
  • mcrypt_module_get_supported_key_sizes - Returns an array with the supported keysizes of the opened algorithm
  • mcrypt_module_is_block_algorithm - This function checks whether the specified algorithm is a block algorithm
  • mcrypt_module_is_block_algorithm_mode - Returns if the specified module is a block algorithm or not
  • mcrypt_module_is_block_mode - Returns if the specified mode outputs blocks or not
  • mcrypt_module_open - Opens the module of the algorithm and the mode to be used
  • mcrypt_module_self_test - This function runs a self test on the specified module
  • mcrypt_ofb - Encrypts/decrypts data in OFB mode
  • md5 - 문자열의 md5 해시를 계산
  • md5_file - 주어진 파일의 md5 해시를 계산
  • mdecrypt_generic - Decrypts data
  • Memcache::add - Add an item to the server
  • Memcache::addServer - Add a memcached server to connection pool
  • Memcache::close - Close memcached server connection
  • Memcache::connect - Open memcached server connection
  • Memcache::decrement - Decrement item's value
  • Memcache::delete - Delete item from the server
  • Memcache::flush - Flush all existing items at the server
  • Memcache::get - Retrieve item from the server
  • Memcache::getExtendedStats - Get statistics from all servers in pool
  • Memcache::getServerStatus - Returns server status
  • Memcache::getStats - Get statistics of the server
  • Memcache::getVersion - Return version of the server
  • Memcache::increment - Increment item's value
  • Memcache::pconnect - Open memcached server persistent connection
  • Memcache::replace - Replace value of the existing item
  • Memcache::set - Store data at the server
  • Memcache::setCompressThreshold - Enable automatic compression of large values
  • Memcache::setServerParams - Changes server parameters and status at runtime
  • Memcached::add - Add an item under a new key
  • Memcached::addByKey - Add an item under a new key on a specific server
  • Memcached::addServer - Add a server to the server pool
  • Memcached::addServers - Add multiple servers to the server pool
  • Memcached::append - Append data to an existing item
  • Memcached::appendByKey - Append data to an existing item on a specific server
  • Memcached::cas - Compare and swap an item
  • Memcached::casByKey - Compare and swap an item on a specific server
  • Memcached::decrement - Decrement numeric item's value
  • Memcached::delete - Delete an item
  • Memcached::deleteByKey - Delete an item from a specific server
  • Memcached::fetch - Fetch the next result
  • Memcached::fetchAll - Fetch all the remaining results
  • Memcached::flush - Invalidate all items in the cache
  • Memcached::get - Retrieve an item
  • Memcached::getByKey - Retrieve an item from a specific server
  • Memcached::getDelayed - Request multiple items
  • Memcached::getDelayedByKey - Request multiple items from a specific server
  • Memcached::getMulti - Retrieve multiple items
  • Memcached::getMultiByKey - Retrieve multiple items from a specific server
  • Memcached::getOption - Retrieve a Memcached option value
  • Memcached::getResultCode - Return the result code of the last operation
  • Memcached::getResultMessage - Return the message describing the result of the last operation
  • Memcached::getServerByKey - Map a key to a server
  • Memcached::getServerList - Get the list of the servers in the pool
  • Memcached::getStats - Get server pool statistics
  • Memcached::getVersion - Get server pool version info
  • Memcached::increment - Increment numeric item's value
  • Memcached::prepend - Prepend data to an existing item
  • Memcached::prependByKey - Prepend data to an existing item on a specific server
  • Memcached::replace - Replace the item under an existing key
  • Memcached::replaceByKey - Replace the item under an existing key on a specific server
  • Memcached::set - Store an item
  • Memcached::setByKey - Store an item on a specific server
  • Memcached::setMulti - Store multiple items
  • Memcached::setMultiByKey - Store multiple items on a specific server
  • Memcached::setOption - Set a Memcached option
  • Memcached::__construct - Create a Memcached instance
  • memcache_debug - Turn debug output on/off
  • memory_get_peak_usage - Returns the peak of memory allocated by PHP
  • memory_get_usage - Returns the amount of memory allocated to PHP
  • MessageFormatter::create - Constructs a new Message Formatter
  • MessageFormatter::format - Format the message
  • MessageFormatter::formatMessage - Quick format message
  • MessageFormatter::getErrorCode - Get the error code from last operation
  • MessageFormatter::getErrorMessage - Get the error text from the last operation
  • MessageFormatter::getLocale - Get the locale for which the formatter was created.
  • MessageFormatter::getPattern - Get the pattern used by the formatter
  • MessageFormatter::parse - Parse input string according to pattern
  • MessageFormatter::parseMessage - Quick parse input string
  • MessageFormatter::setPattern - Set the pattern used by the formatter
  • metaphone - 문자열의 메타폰 키를 계산
  • method_exists - 클래스 메쏘드가 존재하는지 확인
  • mhash - Computes hash
  • mhash_count - Gets the highest available hash ID
  • mhash_get_block_size - Gets the block size of the specified hash
  • mhash_get_hash_name - Gets the name of the specified hash
  • mhash_keygen_s2k - Generates a key
  • microtime - Return current Unix timestamp with microseconds
  • mime_content_type - Detect MIME Content-type for a file (deprecated)
  • min - 최소값을 찾습니다
  • ming_keypress - Returns the action flag for keyPress(char)
  • ming_setcubicthreshold - Set cubic threshold
  • ming_setscale - Set the global scaling factor.
  • ming_setswfcompression - Sets the SWF output compression
  • ming_useconstants - Use constant pool
  • ming_useswfversion - Sets the SWF version
  • mkdir - Makes directory
  • mktime - Get Unix timestamp for a date
  • money_format - Formats a number as a currency string
  • Mongo::close - Closes this connection
  • Mongo::connect - Connects to a database server
  • Mongo::connectUtil - Connects with a database server
  • Mongo::dropDB - Drops a database [deprecated]
  • Mongo::getHosts - Updates status for all hosts associated with this
  • Mongo::getPoolSize - Get pool size for connection pools
  • Mongo::getSlave - Returns the address being used by this for slaveOkay reads
  • Mongo::getSlaveOkay - Get slaveOkay setting for this connection
  • Mongo::listDBs - Lists all of the databases available.
  • Mongo::poolDebug - Returns information about all connection pools.
  • Mongo::selectCollection - Gets a database collection
  • Mongo::selectDB - Gets a database
  • Mongo::setPoolSize - Set the size for future connection pools.
  • Mongo::setSlaveOkay - Change slaveOkay setting for this connection
  • Mongo::switchSlave - Choose a new slave for slaveOkay reads
  • Mongo::__construct - Creates a new database connection object
  • Mongo::__get - Gets a database
  • Mongo::__toString - String representation of this connection
  • MongoBinData::__construct - Creates a new binary data object.
  • MongoBinData::__toString - The string representation of this binary data object.
  • MongoCode::__construct - Creates a new code object
  • MongoCode::__toString - Returns this code as a string
  • MongoCollection::batchInsert - Inserts multiple documents into this collection
  • MongoCollection::count - Counts the number of documents in this collection
  • MongoCollection::createDBRef - Creates a database reference
  • MongoCollection::deleteIndex - Deletes an index from this collection
  • MongoCollection::deleteIndexes - Delete all indices for this collection
  • MongoCollection::drop - Drops this collection
  • MongoCollection::ensureIndex - Creates an index on the given field(s), or does nothing if the index already exists
  • MongoCollection::find - Querys this collection, returning a MongoCursor for the result set
  • MongoCollection::findOne - Querys this collection, returning a single element
  • MongoCollection::getDBRef - Fetches the document pointed to by a database reference
  • MongoCollection::getIndexInfo - Returns information about indexes on this collection
  • MongoCollection::getName - Returns this collection's name
  • MongoCollection::getSlaveOkay - Get slaveOkay setting for this collection
  • MongoCollection::group - Performs an operation similar to SQL's GROUP BY command
  • MongoCollection::insert - Inserts an array into the collection
  • MongoCollection::remove - Remove records from this collection
  • MongoCollection::save - Saves an object to this collection
  • MongoCollection::setSlaveOkay - Change slaveOkay setting for this collection
  • MongoCollection::toIndexString - Converts keys specifying an index to its identifying string
  • MongoCollection::update - Update records based on a given criteria
  • MongoCollection::validate - Validates this collection
  • MongoCollection::__construct - Creates a new collection
  • MongoCollection::__get - Gets a collection
  • MongoCollection::__toString - String representation of this collection
  • MongoCursor::addOption - Adds a top-level key/value pair to a query
  • MongoCursor::batchSize - Sets the number of results returned per result set
  • MongoCursor::count - Counts the number of results for this query
  • MongoCursor::current - Returns the current element
  • MongoCursor::dead - Checks if there are documents that have not been sent yet from the database for this cursor
  • MongoCursor::doQuery - Execute the query.
  • MongoCursor::explain - Return an explanation of the query, often useful for optimization and debugging
  • MongoCursor::fields - Sets the fields for a query
  • MongoCursor::getNext - Return the next object to which this cursor points, and advance the cursor
  • MongoCursor::hasNext - Checks if there are any more elements in this cursor
  • MongoCursor::hint - Gives the database a hint about the query
  • MongoCursor::immortal - Sets whether this cursor will timeout
  • MongoCursor::info - Gets the query, fields, limit, and skip for this cursor
  • MongoCursor::key - Returns the current result's _id
  • MongoCursor::limit - Limits the number of results returned
  • MongoCursor::next - Advances the cursor to the next result
  • MongoCursor::partial - If this query should fetch partial results from mongos if a shard is down
  • MongoCursor::reset - Clears the cursor
  • MongoCursor::rewind - Returns the cursor to the beginning of the result set
  • MongoCursor::skip - Skips a number of results
  • MongoCursor::slaveOkay - Sets whether this query can be done on a slave
  • MongoCursor::snapshot - Use snapshot mode for the query
  • MongoCursor::sort - Sorts the results by given fields
  • MongoCursor::tailable - Sets whether this cursor will be left open after fetching the last results
  • MongoCursor::timeout - Sets a client-side timeout for this query
  • MongoCursor::valid - Checks if the cursor is reading a valid result.
  • MongoCursor::__construct - Create a new cursor
  • MongoDate::__construct - Creates a new date.
  • MongoDate::__toString - Returns a string representation of this date
  • MongoDB::authenticate - Log in to this database
  • MongoDB::command - Execute a database command
  • MongoDB::createCollection - Creates a collection
  • MongoDB::createDBRef - Creates a database reference
  • MongoDB::drop - Drops this database
  • MongoDB::dropCollection - Drops a collection [deprecated]
  • MongoDB::execute - Runs JavaScript code on the database server.
  • MongoDB::forceError - Creates a database error
  • MongoDB::getDBRef - Fetches the document pointed to by a database reference
  • MongoDB::getGridFS - Fetches toolkit for dealing with files stored in this database
  • MongoDB::getProfilingLevel - Gets this database's profiling level
  • MongoDB::getSlaveOkay - Get slaveOkay setting for this database
  • MongoDB::lastError - Check if there was an error on the most recent db operation performed
  • MongoDB::listCollections - Get a list of collections in this database
  • MongoDB::prevError - Checks for the last error thrown during a database operation
  • MongoDB::repair - Repairs and compacts this database
  • MongoDB::resetError - Clears any flagged errors on the database
  • MongoDB::selectCollection - Gets a collection
  • MongoDB::setProfilingLevel - Sets this database's profiling level
  • MongoDB::setSlaveOkay - Change slaveOkay setting for this database
  • MongoDB::__construct - Creates a new database
  • MongoDB::__get - Gets a collection
  • MongoDB::__toString - The name of this database
  • MongoDBRef::create - Creates a new database reference
  • MongoDBRef::get - Fetches the object pointed to by a reference
  • MongoDBRef::isRef - Checks if an array is a database reference
  • MongoGridFS::delete - Delete a file from the database
  • MongoGridFS::drop - Drops the files and chunks collections
  • MongoGridFS::find - Queries for files
  • MongoGridFS::findOne - Returns a single file matching the criteria
  • MongoGridFS::get - Retrieve a file from the database
  • MongoGridFS::put - Stores a file in the database
  • MongoGridFS::remove - Removes files from the collections
  • MongoGridFS::storeBytes - Chunkifies and stores bytes in the database
  • MongoGridFS::storeFile - Stores a file in the database
  • MongoGridFS::storeUpload - Saves an uploaded file to the database
  • MongoGridFS::__construct - Creates new file collections
  • MongoGridFSCursor::current - Returns the current file
  • MongoGridFSCursor::getNext - Return the next file to which this cursor points, and advance the cursor
  • MongoGridFSCursor::key - Returns the current result's filename
  • MongoGridFSCursor::__construct - Create a new cursor
  • MongoGridFSFile::getBytes - Returns this file's contents as a string of bytes
  • MongoGridFSFile::getFilename - Returns this file's filename
  • MongoGridFSFile::getResource - Returns a resource that can be used to read the stored file
  • MongoGridFSFile::getSize - Returns this file's size
  • MongoGridFSFile::write - Writes this file to the filesystem
  • MongoGridfsFile::__construct - Create a new GridFS file
  • MongoId::getHostname - Gets the hostname being used for this machine's ids
  • MongoId::getInc - Gets the incremented value to create this id
  • MongoId::getPID - Gets the process id used to create this
  • MongoId::getTimestamp - Gets the number of seconds since the epoch that this id was created
  • MongoId::__construct - Creates a new id
  • MongoId::__set_state - Create a dummy MongoId
  • MongoId::__toString - Returns a hexidecimal representation of this id
  • MongoInt32::__construct - Creates a new 32-bit integer.
  • MongoInt32::__toString - Returns the string representation of this 32-bit integer.
  • MongoInt64::__construct - Creates a new 64-bit integer.
  • MongoInt64::__toString - Returns the string representation of this 64-bit integer.
  • MongoLog::getLevel - Gets the log level
  • MongoLog::getModule - Gets the modules currently being logged
  • MongoLog::setLevel - Sets logging level
  • MongoLog::setModule - Sets driver functionality to log
  • MongoPool::getSize - Get pool size for connection pools
  • MongoPool::info - Returns information about all connection pools.
  • MongoPool::setSize - Set the size for future connection pools.
  • MongoRegex::__construct - Creates a new regular expression
  • MongoRegex::__toString - A string representation of this regular expression
  • MongoTimestamp::__construct - Creates a new timestamp.
  • MongoTimestamp::__toString - Returns a string representation of this timestamp
  • move_uploaded_file - Moves an uploaded file to a new location
  • mqseries_back - MQSeries MQBACK
  • mqseries_begin - MQseries MQBEGIN
  • mqseries_close - MQSeries MQCLOSE
  • mqseries_cmit - MQSeries MQCMIT
  • mqseries_conn - MQSeries MQCONN
  • mqseries_connx - MQSeries MQCONNX
  • mqseries_disc - MQSeries MQDISC
  • mqseries_get - MQSeries MQGET
  • mqseries_inq - MQSeries MQINQ
  • mqseries_open - MQSeries MQOPEN
  • mqseries_put - MQSeries MQPUT
  • mqseries_put1 - MQSeries MQPUT1
  • mqseries_set - MQSeries MQSET
  • mqseries_strerror - Returns the error message corresponding to a result code (MQRC).
  • msession_connect - Connect to msession server
  • msession_count - Get session count
  • msession_create - Create a session
  • msession_destroy - Destroy a session
  • msession_disconnect - Close connection to msession server
  • msession_find - Find all sessions with name and value
  • msession_get - Get value from session
  • msession_get_array - Get array of msession variables
  • msession_get_data - Get data session unstructured data
  • msession_inc - Increment value in session
  • msession_list - List all sessions
  • msession_listvar - List sessions with variable
  • msession_lock - Lock a session
  • msession_plugin - Call an escape function within the msession personality plugin
  • msession_randstr - Get random string
  • msession_set - Set value in session
  • msession_set_array - Set msession variables from an array
  • msession_set_data - Set data session unstructured data
  • msession_timeout - Set/get session timeout
  • msession_uniq - Get unique id
  • msession_unlock - Unlock a session
  • msg_get_queue - Create or attach to a message queue
  • msg_queue_exists - Check whether a message queue exists
  • msg_receive - Receive a message from a message queue
  • msg_remove_queue - Destroy a message queue
  • msg_send - Send a message to a message queue
  • msg_set_queue - Set information in the message queue data structure
  • msg_stat_queue - Returns information from the message queue data structure
  • msql - Alias of msql_db_query
  • msql_affected_rows - Returns number of affected rows
  • msql_close - Close mSQL connection
  • msql_connect - Open mSQL connection
  • msql_createdb - 별칭: msql_create_db
  • msql_create_db - Create mSQL database
  • msql_data_seek - Move internal row pointer
  • msql_dbname - 별칭: msql_result
  • msql_db_query - Send mSQL query
  • msql_drop_db - Drop (delete) mSQL database
  • msql_error - Returns error message of last msql call
  • msql_fetch_array - Fetch row as array
  • msql_fetch_field - Get field information
  • msql_fetch_object - Fetch row as object
  • msql_fetch_row - Get row as enumerated array
  • msql_fieldflags - Alias of msql_field_flags
  • msql_fieldlen - Alias of msql_field_len
  • msql_fieldname - Alias of msql_field_name
  • msql_fieldtable - Alias of msql_field_table
  • msql_fieldtype - Alias of msql_field_type
  • msql_field_flags - Get field flags
  • msql_field_len - Get field length
  • msql_field_name - Get the name of the specified field in a result
  • msql_field_seek - Set field offset
  • msql_field_table - Get table name for field
  • msql_field_type - Get field type
  • msql_free_result - Free result memory
  • msql_list_dbs - List mSQL databases on server
  • msql_list_fields - List result fields
  • msql_list_tables - List tables in an mSQL database
  • msql_numfields - Alias of msql_num_fields
  • msql_numrows - Alias of msql_num_rows
  • msql_num_fields - Get number of fields in result
  • msql_num_rows - Get number of rows in result
  • msql_pconnect - Open persistent mSQL connection
  • msql_query - Send mSQL query
  • msql_regcase - Alias of sql_regcase
  • msql_result - Get result data
  • msql_select_db - Select mSQL database
  • msql_tablename - Alias of msql_result
  • mssql_bind - Adds a parameter to a stored procedure or a remote stored procedure
  • mssql_close - Close MS SQL Server connection
  • mssql_connect - Open MS SQL server connection
  • mssql_data_seek - Moves internal row pointer
  • mssql_execute - Executes a stored procedure on a MS SQL server database
  • mssql_fetch_array - Fetch a result row as an associative array, a numeric array, or both
  • mssql_fetch_assoc - Returns an associative array of the current row in the result
  • mssql_fetch_batch - Returns the next batch of records
  • mssql_fetch_field - Get field information
  • mssql_fetch_object - Fetch row as object
  • mssql_fetch_row - Get row as enumerated array
  • mssql_field_length - Get the length of a field
  • mssql_field_name - Get the name of a field
  • mssql_field_seek - Seeks to the specified field offset
  • mssql_field_type - Gets the type of a field
  • mssql_free_result - Free result memory
  • mssql_free_statement - Free statement memory
  • mssql_get_last_message - Returns the last message from the server
  • mssql_guid_string - Converts a 16 byte binary GUID to a string
  • mssql_init - Initializes a stored procedure or a remote stored procedure
  • mssql_min_error_severity - Sets the minimum error severity
  • mssql_min_message_severity - Sets the minimum message severity
  • mssql_next_result - Move the internal result pointer to the next result
  • mssql_num_fields - Gets the number of fields in result
  • mssql_num_rows - Gets the number of rows in result
  • mssql_pconnect - Open persistent MS SQL connection
  • mssql_query - Send MS SQL query
  • mssql_result - Get result data
  • mssql_rows_affected - Returns the number of records affected by the query
  • mssql_select_db - Select MS SQL database
  • mt_getrandmax - 가능한 최대 난수 값을 표시
  • mt_rand - 향상된 난수를 생성
  • mt_srand - 향상된 난수 생성기를 초기화
  • MultipleIterator::attachIterator - Attaches iterator information
  • MultipleIterator::containsIterator - Checks if an iterator is attached
  • MultipleIterator::countIterators - Gets the number of attached iterator instances
  • MultipleIterator::current - Gets the registered iterator instances
  • MultipleIterator::detachIterator - Detaches an iterator
  • MultipleIterator::getFlags - Gets the flag information
  • MultipleIterator::key - Gets the registered iterator instances
  • MultipleIterator::next - Moves all attached iterator instances forward
  • MultipleIterator::rewind - Rewinds all attached iterator instances
  • MultipleIterator::setFlags - Sets flags
  • MultipleIterator::valid - Checks the validity of sub iterators
  • MultipleIterator::__construct - Constructs a new MultipleIterator
  • mysqli::affected_rows - Gets the number of affected rows in a previous MySQL operation
  • mysqli::autocommit - Turns on or off auto-commiting database modifications
  • mysqli::change_user - Changes the user of the specified database connection
  • mysqli::character_set_name - Returns the default character set for the database connection
  • mysqli::client_info - Returns the MySQL client version as a string
  • mysqli::client_version - Get MySQL client info
  • mysqli::close - Closes a previously opened database connection
  • mysqli::commit - Commits the current transaction
  • mysqli::connect_errno - Returns the error code from last connect call
  • mysqli::connect_error - Returns a string description of the last connect error
  • mysqli::debug - Performs debugging operations
  • mysqli::dump_debug_info - Dump debugging information into the log
  • mysqli::errno - Returns the error code for the most recent function call
  • mysqli::error - Returns a string description of the last error
  • mysqli::field_count - Returns the number of columns for the most recent query
  • mysqli::get_charset - Returns a character set object
  • mysqli::get_client_info - Returns the MySQL client version as a string
  • mysqli::get_connection_stats - Returns statistics about the client connection
  • mysqli::get_warnings - Get result of SHOW WARNINGS
  • mysqli::host_info - Returns a string representing the type of connection used
  • mysqli::info - Retrieves information about the most recently executed query
  • mysqli::init - Initializes MySQLi and returns a resource for use with mysqli_real_connect()
  • mysqli::insert_id - Returns the auto generated id used in the last query
  • mysqli::kill - Asks the server to kill a MySQL thread
  • mysqli::more_results - Check if there are any more query results from a multi query
  • mysqli::multi_query - Performs a query on the database
  • mysqli::next_result - Prepare next result from multi_query
  • mysqli::options - Set options
  • mysqli::ping - Pings a server connection, or tries to reconnect if the connection has gone down
  • mysqli::poll - Poll connections
  • mysqli::prepare - Prepare an SQL statement for execution
  • mysqli::protocol_version - Returns the version of the MySQL protocol used
  • mysqli::query - Performs a query on the database
  • mysqli::real_connect - Opens a connection to a mysql server
  • mysqli::real_escape_string - Escapes special characters in a string for use in an SQL statement, taking into account the current charset of the connection
  • mysqli::real_query - Execute an SQL query
  • mysqli::reap_async_query - Get result from async query
  • mysqli::refresh - Refreshes
  • mysqli::rollback - Rolls back current transaction
  • mysqli::select_db - Selects the default database for database queries
  • mysqli::server_info - Returns the version of the MySQL server
  • mysqli::server_version - Returns the version of the MySQL server as an integer
  • mysqli::set_charset - Sets the default client character set
  • mysqli::set_local_infile_default - Unsets user defined handler for load local infile command
  • mysqli::set_local_infile_handler - Set callback function for LOAD DATA LOCAL INFILE command
  • mysqli::sqlstate - Returns the SQLSTATE error from previous MySQL operation
  • mysqli::ssl_set - Used for establishing secure connections using SSL
  • mysqli::stat - Gets the current system status
  • mysqli::stmt_init - Initializes a statement and returns an object for use with mysqli_stmt_prepare
  • mysqli::store_result - Transfers a result set from the last query
  • mysqli::thread_id - Returns the thread ID for the current connection
  • mysqli::thread_safe - Returns whether thread safety is given or not
  • mysqli::use_result - Initiate a result set retrieval
  • mysqli::warning_count - Returns the number of warnings from the last query for the given link
  • mysqli::__construct - Open a new connection to the MySQL server
  • mysqli_bind_param - Alias for mysqli_stmt_bind_param
  • mysqli_bind_result - Alias for mysqli_stmt_bind_result
  • mysqli_client_encoding - Alias of mysqli_character_set_name
  • mysqli_connect - 별칭: mysqli::__construct
  • mysqli_disable_reads_from_master - Disable reads from master
  • mysqli_disable_rpl_parse - Disable RPL parse
  • mysqli_driver::embedded_server_end - Stop embedded server
  • mysqli_driver::embedded_server_start - Initialize and start embedded server
  • mysqli_enable_reads_from_master - Enable reads from master
  • mysqli_enable_rpl_parse - Enable RPL parse
  • mysqli_escape_string - 별칭: mysqli_real_escape_string
  • mysqli_execute - Alias for mysqli_stmt_execute
  • mysqli_fetch - Alias for mysqli_stmt_fetch
  • mysqli_get_cache_stats - Returns client Zval cache statistics
  • mysqli_get_client_stats - Returns client per-process statistics
  • mysqli_get_metadata - Alias for mysqli_stmt_result_metadata
  • mysqli_master_query - Enforce execution of a query on the master in a master/slave setup
  • mysqli_param_count - Alias for mysqli_stmt_param_count
  • mysqli_report - Enables or disables internal report functions
  • mysqli_result::current_field - Get current field offset of a result pointer
  • mysqli_result::data_seek - Adjusts the result pointer to an arbitary row in the result
  • mysqli_result::fetch_all - Fetches all result rows as an associative array, a numeric array, or both
  • mysqli_result::fetch_array - Fetch a result row as an associative, a numeric array, or both
  • mysqli_result::fetch_assoc - Fetch a result row as an associative array
  • mysqli_result::fetch_field - Returns the next field in the result set
  • mysqli_result::fetch_fields - Returns an array of objects representing the fields in a result set
  • mysqli_result::fetch_field_direct - Fetch meta-data for a single field
  • mysqli_result::fetch_object - Returns the current row of a result set as an object
  • mysqli_result::fetch_row - Get a result row as an enumerated array
  • mysqli_result::field_count - Get the number of fields in a result
  • mysqli_result::field_seek - Set result pointer to a specified field offset
  • mysqli_result::free - Frees the memory associated with a result
  • mysqli_result::lengths - Returns the lengths of the columns of the current row in the result set
  • mysqli_result::num_rows - Gets the number of rows in a result
  • mysqli_rpl_parse_enabled - Check if RPL parse is enabled
  • mysqli_rpl_probe - RPL probe
  • mysqli_rpl_query_type - Returns RPL query type
  • mysqli_send_long_data - Alias for mysqli_stmt_send_long_data
  • mysqli_send_query - Send the query and return
  • mysqli_set_opt - Alias of mysqli_options
  • mysqli_slave_query - Force execution of a query on a slave in a master/slave setup
  • mysqli_stmt::affected_rows - Returns the total number of rows changed, deleted, or inserted by the last executed statement
  • mysqli_stmt::attr_get - Used to get the current value of a statement attribute
  • mysqli_stmt::attr_set - Used to modify the behavior of a prepared statement
  • mysqli_stmt::bind_param - Binds variables to a prepared statement as parameters
  • mysqli_stmt::bind_result - Binds variables to a prepared statement for result storage
  • mysqli_stmt::close - Closes a prepared statement
  • mysqli_stmt::data_seek - Seeks to an arbitrary row in statement result set
  • mysqli_stmt::errno - Returns the error code for the most recent statement call
  • mysqli_stmt::error - Returns a string description for last statement error
  • mysqli_stmt::execute - Executes a prepared Query
  • mysqli_stmt::fetch - Fetch results from a prepared statement into the bound variables
  • mysqli_stmt::field_count - Returns the number of field in the given statement
  • mysqli_stmt::free_result - Frees stored result memory for the given statement handle
  • mysqli_stmt::get_result - Gets a result set from a prepared statement
  • mysqli_stmt::get_warnings - Get result of SHOW WARNINGS
  • mysqli_stmt::insert_id - Get the ID generated from the previous INSERT operation
  • mysqli_stmt::num_rows - Return the number of rows in statements result set
  • mysqli_stmt::param_count - Returns the number of parameter for the given statement
  • mysqli_stmt::prepare - Prepare an SQL statement for execution
  • mysqli_stmt::reset - Resets a prepared statement
  • mysqli_stmt::result_metadata - Returns result set metadata from a prepared statement
  • mysqli_stmt::send_long_data - Send data in blocks
  • mysqli_stmt::sqlstate - Returns SQLSTATE error from previous statement operation
  • mysqli_stmt::store_result - Transfers a result set from a prepared statement
  • mysqli_warning::next - The next purpose
  • mysqli_warning::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • MysqlndUhConnection::changeUser - Changes the user of the specified mysqlnd database connection
  • MysqlndUhConnection::charsetName - Returns the default character set for the database connection
  • MysqlndUhConnection::close - Closes a previously opened database connection
  • MysqlndUhConnection::connect - Open a new connection to the MySQL server
  • MysqlndUhConnection::endPSession - End a persistent connection
  • MysqlndUhConnection::escapeString - Escapes special characters in a string for use in an SQL statement, taking into account the current charset of the connection
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getAffectedRows - Gets the number of affected rows in a previous MySQL operation
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getErrorNumber - Returns the error code for the most recent function call
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getErrorString - Returns a string description of the last error
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getFieldCount - Returns the number of columns for the most recent query
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getHostInformation - Returns a string representing the type of connection used
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getLastInsertId - Returns the auto generated id used in the last query.
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getLastMessage - Retrieves information about the most recently executed query
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getProtocolInformation - Returns the version of the MySQL protocol used
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getServerInformation - Returns the version of the MySQL server
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getServerStatistics - Gets the current system status
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getServerVersion - Returns the version of the MySQL server as an integer
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getSqlstate - Returns the SQLSTATE error from previous MySQL operation
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getStatistics - Returns statistics about the client connection.
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getThreadId - Returns the thread ID for the current connection
  • MysqlndUhConnection::getWarningCount - Returns the number of warnings from the last query for the given link
  • MysqlndUhConnection::init - Initialize mysqlnd connection
  • MysqlndUhConnection::killConnection - Asks the server to kill a MySQL thread
  • MysqlndUhConnection::listFields - List MySQL table fields
  • MysqlndUhConnection::listMethod - Wrapper for assorted list commands
  • MysqlndUhConnection::moreResults - Check if there are any more query results from a multi query
  • MysqlndUhConnection::nextResult - Prepare next result from multi_query
  • MysqlndUhConnection::ping - Pings a server connection, or tries to reconnect if the connection has gone down
  • MysqlndUhConnection::query - Performs a query on the database
  • MysqlndUhConnection::queryReadResultsetHeader - Read a result set header
  • MysqlndUhConnection::reapQuery - Get result from async query
  • MysqlndUhConnection::refreshServer - Flush or reset tables and caches
  • MysqlndUhConnection::restartPSession - Restart a persistent mysqlnd connection
  • MysqlndUhConnection::selectDb - Selects the default database for database queries
  • MysqlndUhConnection::sendClose - Sends a close command to MySQL
  • MysqlndUhConnection::sendQuery - Sends a query to MySQL
  • MysqlndUhConnection::serverDumpDebugInformation - Dump debugging information into the log for the MySQL server
  • MysqlndUhConnection::setAutocommit - Turns on or off auto-commiting database modifications
  • MysqlndUhConnection::setCharset - Sets the default client character set
  • MysqlndUhConnection::setClientOption - Sets a client option
  • MysqlndUhConnection::setServerOption - Sets a server option
  • MysqlndUhConnection::shutdownServer - The shutdownServer purpose
  • MysqlndUhConnection::simpleCommand - Sends a basic COM_* command
  • MysqlndUhConnection::simpleCommandHandleResponse - Process a response for a basic COM_* command send to the client
  • MysqlndUhConnection::sslSet - Used for establishing secure connections using SSL
  • MysqlndUhConnection::stmtInit - Initializes a statement and returns a resource for use with mysqli_statement::prepare
  • MysqlndUhConnection::storeResult - Transfers a result set from the last query
  • MysqlndUhConnection::txCommit - Commits the current transaction
  • MysqlndUhConnection::txRollback - Rolls back current transaction
  • MysqlndUhConnection::useResult - Initiate a result set retrieval
  • MysqlndUhConnection::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • MysqlndUhPreparedStatement::execute - Executes a prepared Query
  • MysqlndUhPreparedStatement::prepare - Prepare an SQL statement for execution
  • MysqlndUhPreparedStatement::__construct - The __construct purpose
  • mysqlnd_ms_get_last_gtid - Returns the latest global transaction ID
  • mysqlnd_ms_get_last_used_connection - Returns an array which describes the last used connection
  • mysqlnd_ms_get_stats - Returns query distribution and connection statistics
  • mysqlnd_ms_match_wild - Finds whether a table name matches a wildcard pattern or not
  • mysqlnd_ms_query_is_select - Find whether to send the query to the master, the slave or the last used MySQL server
  • mysqlnd_ms_set_qos - Sets the quality of service needed from the cluster
  • mysqlnd_ms_set_user_pick_server - Sets a callback for user-defined read/write splitting
  • mysqlnd_qc_change_handler - Change current storage handler
  • mysqlnd_qc_clear_cache - Flush all cache contents
  • mysqlnd_qc_get_cache_info - Returns information on the current handler, the number of cache entries and cache entries, if available
  • mysqlnd_qc_get_core_stats - Statistics collected by the core of the query cache
  • mysqlnd_qc_get_handler - Returns a list of available storage handler
  • mysqlnd_qc_get_query_trace_log - Returns a backtrace for each query inspected by the query cache
  • mysqlnd_qc_set_user_handlers - Sets the callback functions for a user-defined procedural storage handler
  • mysqlnd_uh_convert_to_mysqlnd - Converts a MySQL connection handle into a mysqlnd connection handle
  • mysqlnd_uh_set_connection_proxy - Installs a proxy for mysqlnd connections
  • mysqlnd_uh_set_statement_proxy - Installs a proxy for mysqlnd statements
  • mysql_affected_rows - 최근 MySQL 작업으로 변경된 행 개수를 얻음
  • mysql_client_encoding - 문자셋을 반환
  • mysql_close - MySQL 접속을 닫음
  • mysql_connect - MySQL 서버에 접속
  • mysql_create_db - MySQL 데이터베이스를 생성
  • mysql_data_seek - 내부 결과 포인터를 이동
  • mysql_db_name - 결과 데이터를 반환
  • mysql_db_query - MySQL 질의를 전송
  • mysql_drop_db - MySQL 데이터베이스를 삭제
  • mysql_errno - 최근 MySQL 작업으로 발생한 에러 번호를 반환
  • mysql_error - 최근 실행된 MySQL 작업으로 발생한 에러 메시지를 반환
  • mysql_escape_string - mysql_query에서 문자열을 escape하기위해 사용
  • mysql_fetch_array - 연관 색인 및 숫자 색인으로 된 배열로 결과 행을 반환
  • mysql_fetch_assoc - 연관 배열로 결과 행을 반환
  • mysql_fetch_field - 결과로 부터 컬럼 정보를 얻어서 객체형태로 반환
  • mysql_fetch_lengths - 결과로부터 각 출력의 길이를 반환
  • mysql_fetch_object - 객체형으로 결과 행을 인출
  • mysql_fetch_row - 숫자 색인 배열로 결과를 반환
  • mysql_field_flags - 결과로부터 특정 필드와 관련된 플래그를 반환
  • mysql_field_len - 지정한 필드의 길이를 반환
  • mysql_field_name - 결과로부터 특정 필드의 이름을 반환
  • mysql_field_seek - 특정 필드의 오프셋으로 결과 포인터를 이동
  • mysql_field_table - 특정 필드가 속한 테이블명을 얻음
  • mysql_field_type - 결과로부터 특정 필드의 데이터 형(type) 정보를 반환
  • mysql_free_result - 질의결과를 메모리에서 해제
  • mysql_get_client_info - MySQL 클라이언트 정보를 반환
  • mysql_get_host_info - MySQL 호스트 정보를 반환
  • mysql_get_proto_info - MySQL 프로토콜 정보를 얻는다
  • mysql_get_server_info - MySQL 서버 정보를 반환
  • mysql_info - 가장 최근 질의에 대한 정보를 반환
  • mysql_insert_id - 이전의 INSERT 작업으로부터 생성된 ID를 반환
  • mysql_list_dbs - MySQL 서버에 있는 데이터베이스 목록을 반환
  • mysql_list_fields - MySQL 테이블 필드를 반환
  • mysql_list_processes - MySQL 프로세스 목록을 반환
  • mysql_list_tables - MySQL 데이터베이스에서 테이블 목록을 반환
  • mysql_num_fields - 결과로부터 필드의 개수를 반환
  • mysql_num_rows - 결과로부터 행의 개수를 반환
  • mysql_pconnect - MySQL 서버에 지속 접속 열기
  • mysql_ping - 서버 접속을 검사하고 접속이 없으면 재접속한다
  • mysql_query - MySQL 질의를 전송
  • mysql_real_escape_string - mysql_query에서 특수 문자열을 이스케이프하기위해 사용
  • mysql_result - 결과 데이터를 반환
  • mysql_select_db - MySQL 데이터베이스를 선택
  • mysql_set_charset - Sets the client character set
  • mysql_stat - 현재 시스템 상태를 반환
  • mysql_tablename - 필드가 존재하는 테이블명을 반환
  • mysql_thread_id - 현재 쓰레드 ID를 반환
  • mysql_unbuffered_query - 결과 행을 버퍼링하지도 인출하지도 않으면서 MySQL로 SQL 질의를 전송
  • m_checkstatus - Check to see if a transaction has completed
  • m_completeauthorizations - Number of complete authorizations in queue, returning an array of their identifiers
  • m_connect - Establish the connection to MCVE
  • m_connectionerror - Get a textual representation of why a connection failed
  • m_deletetrans - Delete specified transaction from MCVE_CONN structure
  • m_destroyconn - Destroy the connection and MCVE_CONN structure
  • m_destroyengine - Free memory associated with IP/SSL connectivity
  • m_getcell - Get a specific cell from a comma delimited response by column name
  • m_getcellbynum - Get a specific cell from a comma delimited response by column number
  • m_getcommadelimited - Get the RAW comma delimited data returned from MCVE
  • m_getheader - Get the name of the column in a comma-delimited response
  • m_initconn - Create and initialize an MCVE_CONN structure
  • m_initengine - Ready the client for IP/SSL Communication
  • m_iscommadelimited - Checks to see if response is comma delimited
  • m_maxconntimeout - The maximum amount of time the API will attempt a connection to MCVE
  • m_monitor - Perform communication with MCVE (send/receive data) Non-blocking
  • m_numcolumns - Number of columns returned in a comma delimited response
  • m_numrows - Number of rows returned in a comma delimited response
  • m_parsecommadelimited - Parse the comma delimited response so m_getcell, etc will work
  • m_responsekeys - Returns array of strings which represents the keys that can be used for response parameters on this transaction
  • m_responseparam - Get a custom response parameter
  • m_returnstatus - Check to see if the transaction was successful
  • m_setblocking - Set blocking/non-blocking mode for connection
  • m_setdropfile - Set the connection method to Drop-File
  • m_setip - Set the connection method to IP
  • m_setssl - Set the connection method to SSL
  • m_setssl_cafile - Set SSL CA (Certificate Authority) file for verification of server certificate
  • m_setssl_files - Set certificate key files and certificates if server requires client certificate verification
  • m_settimeout - Set maximum transaction time (per trans)
  • m_sslcert_gen_hash - Generate hash for SSL client certificate verification
  • m_transactionssent - Check to see if outgoing buffer is clear
  • m_transinqueue - Number of transactions in client-queue
  • m_transkeyval - Add key/value pair to a transaction. Replaces deprecated transparam()
  • m_transnew - Start a new transaction
  • m_transsend - Finalize and send the transaction
  • m_uwait - Wait x microsecs
  • m_validateidentifier - Whether or not to validate the passed identifier on any transaction it is passed to
  • m_verifyconnection - Set whether or not to PING upon connect to verify connection
  • m_verifysslcert - Set whether or not to verify the server ssl certificate
• n
  • natcasesort - "자연순" 알고리즘으로 대소문자를 구분하지 않고 배열 정렬
  • natsort - "자연순" 알고리즘으로 배열 정렬
  • ncurses_addch - Add character at current position and advance cursor
  • ncurses_addchnstr - Add attributed string with specified length at current position
  • ncurses_addchstr - Add attributed string at current position
  • ncurses_addnstr - Add string with specified length at current position
  • ncurses_addstr - Output text at current position
  • ncurses_assume_default_colors - Define default colors for color 0
  • ncurses_attroff - Turn off the given attributes
  • ncurses_attron - Turn on the given attributes
  • ncurses_attrset - Set given attributes
  • ncurses_baudrate - Returns baudrate of terminal
  • ncurses_beep - Let the terminal beep
  • ncurses_bkgd - Set background property for terminal screen
  • ncurses_bkgdset - Control screen background
  • ncurses_border - Draw a border around the screen using attributed characters
  • ncurses_bottom_panel - Moves a visible panel to the bottom of the stack
  • ncurses_can_change_color - Checks if terminal color definitions can be changed
  • ncurses_cbreak - Switch of input buffering
  • ncurses_clear - Clear screen
  • ncurses_clrtobot - Clear screen from current position to bottom
  • ncurses_clrtoeol - Clear screen from current position to end of line
  • ncurses_color_content - Retrieves RGB components of a color
  • ncurses_color_set - Set active foreground and background colors
  • ncurses_curs_set - Set cursor state
  • ncurses_define_key - Define a keycode
  • ncurses_def_prog_mode - Saves terminals (program) mode
  • ncurses_def_shell_mode - Saves terminals (shell) mode
  • ncurses_delay_output - Delay output on terminal using padding characters
  • ncurses_delch - Delete character at current position, move rest of line left
  • ncurses_deleteln - Delete line at current position, move rest of screen up
  • ncurses_delwin - Delete a ncurses window
  • ncurses_del_panel - Remove panel from the stack and delete it (but not the associated window)
  • ncurses_doupdate - Write all prepared refreshes to terminal
  • ncurses_echo - Activate keyboard input echo
  • ncurses_echochar - Single character output including refresh
  • ncurses_end - Stop using ncurses, clean up the screen
  • ncurses_erase - Erase terminal screen
  • ncurses_erasechar - Returns current erase character
  • ncurses_filter - Set LINES for iniscr() and newterm() to 1
  • ncurses_flash - Flash terminal screen (visual bell)
  • ncurses_flushinp - Flush keyboard input buffer
  • ncurses_getch - Read a character from keyboard
  • ncurses_getmaxyx - Returns the size of a window
  • ncurses_getmouse - Reads mouse event
  • ncurses_getyx - Returns the current cursor position for a window
  • ncurses_halfdelay - Put terminal into halfdelay mode
  • ncurses_has_colors - Checks if terminal has color capabilities
  • ncurses_has_ic - Check for insert- and delete-capabilities
  • ncurses_has_il - Check for line insert- and delete-capabilities
  • ncurses_has_key - Check for presence of a function key on terminal keyboard
  • ncurses_hide_panel - Remove panel from the stack, making it invisible
  • ncurses_hline - Draw a horizontal line at current position using an attributed character and max. n characters long
  • ncurses_inch - Get character and attribute at current position
  • ncurses_init - Initialize ncurses
  • ncurses_init_color - Define a terminal color
  • ncurses_init_pair - Define a color pair
  • ncurses_insch - Insert character moving rest of line including character at current position
  • ncurses_insdelln - Insert lines before current line scrolling down (negative numbers delete and scroll up)
  • ncurses_insertln - Insert a line, move rest of screen down
  • ncurses_insstr - Insert string at current position, moving rest of line right
  • ncurses_instr - Reads string from terminal screen
  • ncurses_isendwin - Ncurses is in endwin mode, normal screen output may be performed
  • ncurses_keyok - Enable or disable a keycode
  • ncurses_keypad - Turns keypad on or off
  • ncurses_killchar - Returns current line kill character
  • ncurses_longname - Returns terminals description
  • ncurses_meta - Enables/Disable 8-bit meta key information
  • ncurses_mouseinterval - Set timeout for mouse button clicks
  • ncurses_mousemask - Sets mouse options
  • ncurses_mouse_trafo - Transforms coordinates
  • ncurses_move - Move output position
  • ncurses_move_panel - Moves a panel so that its upper-left corner is at [startx, starty]
  • ncurses_mvaddch - Move current position and add character
  • ncurses_mvaddchnstr - Move position and add attributed string with specified length
  • ncurses_mvaddchstr - Move position and add attributed string
  • ncurses_mvaddnstr - Move position and add string with specified length
  • ncurses_mvaddstr - Move position and add string
  • ncurses_mvcur - Move cursor immediately
  • ncurses_mvdelch - Move position and delete character, shift rest of line left
  • ncurses_mvgetch - Move position and get character at new position
  • ncurses_mvhline - Set new position and draw a horizontal line using an attributed character and max. n characters long
  • ncurses_mvinch - Move position and get attributed character at new position
  • ncurses_mvvline - Set new position and draw a vertical line using an attributed character and max. n characters long
  • ncurses_mvwaddstr - Add string at new position in window
  • ncurses_napms - Sleep
  • ncurses_newpad - Creates a new pad (window)
  • ncurses_newwin - Create a new window
  • ncurses_new_panel - Create a new panel and associate it with window
  • ncurses_nl - Translate newline and carriage return / line feed
  • ncurses_nocbreak - Switch terminal to cooked mode
  • ncurses_noecho - Switch off keyboard input echo
  • ncurses_nonl - Do not translate newline and carriage return / line feed
  • ncurses_noqiflush - Do not flush on signal characters
  • ncurses_noraw - Switch terminal out of raw mode
  • ncurses_pair_content - Retrieves foreground and background colors of a color pair
  • ncurses_panel_above - Returns the panel above panel
  • ncurses_panel_below - Returns the panel below panel
  • ncurses_panel_window - Returns the window associated with panel
  • ncurses_pnoutrefresh - Copies a region from a pad into the virtual screen
  • ncurses_prefresh - Copies a region from a pad into the virtual screen
  • ncurses_putp - Apply padding information to the string and output it
  • ncurses_qiflush - Flush on signal characters
  • ncurses_raw - Switch terminal into raw mode
  • ncurses_refresh - Refresh screen
  • ncurses_replace_panel - Replaces the window associated with panel
  • ncurses_resetty - Restores saved terminal state
  • ncurses_reset_prog_mode - Resets the prog mode saved by def_prog_mode
  • ncurses_reset_shell_mode - Resets the shell mode saved by def_shell_mode
  • ncurses_savetty - Saves terminal state
  • ncurses_scrl - Scroll window content up or down without changing current position
  • ncurses_scr_dump - Dump screen content to file
  • ncurses_scr_init - Initialize screen from file dump
  • ncurses_scr_restore - Restore screen from file dump
  • ncurses_scr_set - Inherit screen from file dump
  • ncurses_show_panel - Places an invisible panel on top of the stack, making it visible
  • ncurses_slk_attr - Returns current soft label key attribute
  • ncurses_slk_attroff - Turn off the given attributes for soft function-key labels
  • ncurses_slk_attron - Turn on the given attributes for soft function-key labels
  • ncurses_slk_attrset - Set given attributes for soft function-key labels
  • ncurses_slk_clear - Clears soft labels from screen
  • ncurses_slk_color - Sets color for soft label keys
  • ncurses_slk_init - Initializes soft label key functions
  • ncurses_slk_noutrefresh - Copies soft label keys to virtual screen
  • ncurses_slk_refresh - Copies soft label keys to screen
  • ncurses_slk_restore - Restores soft label keys
  • ncurses_slk_set - Sets function key labels
  • ncurses_slk_touch - Forces output when ncurses_slk_noutrefresh is performed
  • ncurses_standend - Stop using 'standout' attribute
  • ncurses_standout - Start using 'standout' attribute
  • ncurses_start_color - Initializes color functionality
  • ncurses_termattrs - Returns a logical OR of all attribute flags supported by terminal
  • ncurses_termname - Returns terminals (short)-name
  • ncurses_timeout - Set timeout for special key sequences
  • ncurses_top_panel - Moves a visible panel to the top of the stack
  • ncurses_typeahead - Specify different filedescriptor for typeahead checking
  • ncurses_ungetch - Put a character back into the input stream
  • ncurses_ungetmouse - Pushes mouse event to queue
  • ncurses_update_panels - Refreshes the virtual screen to reflect the relations between panels in the stack
  • ncurses_use_default_colors - Assign terminal default colors to color id -1
  • ncurses_use_env - Control use of environment information about terminal size
  • ncurses_use_extended_names - Control use of extended names in terminfo descriptions
  • ncurses_vidattr - Display the string on the terminal in the video attribute mode
  • ncurses_vline - Draw a vertical line at current position using an attributed character and max. n characters long
  • ncurses_waddch - Adds character at current position in a window and advance cursor
  • ncurses_waddstr - Outputs text at current postion in window
  • ncurses_wattroff - Turns off attributes for a window
  • ncurses_wattron - Turns on attributes for a window
  • ncurses_wattrset - Set the attributes for a window
  • ncurses_wborder - Draws a border around the window using attributed characters
  • ncurses_wclear - Clears window
  • ncurses_wcolor_set - Sets windows color pairings
  • ncurses_werase - Erase window contents
  • ncurses_wgetch - Reads a character from keyboard (window)
  • ncurses_whline - Draws a horizontal line in a window at current position using an attributed character and max. n characters long
  • ncurses_wmouse_trafo - Transforms window/stdscr coordinates
  • ncurses_wmove - Moves windows output position
  • ncurses_wnoutrefresh - Copies window to virtual screen
  • ncurses_wrefresh - Refresh window on terminal screen
  • ncurses_wstandend - End standout mode for a window
  • ncurses_wstandout - Enter standout mode for a window
  • ncurses_wvline - Draws a vertical line in a window at current position using an attributed character and max. n characters long
  • newt_bell - Send a beep to the terminal
  • newt_button - Create a new button
  • newt_button_bar - This function returns a grid containing the buttons created.
  • newt_centered_window - Open a centered window of the specified size
  • newt_checkbox - 설명
  • newt_checkbox_get_value - Retreives value of checkox resource
  • newt_checkbox_set_flags - Configures checkbox resource
  • newt_checkbox_set_value - Sets the value of the checkbox
  • newt_checkbox_tree - 설명
  • newt_checkbox_tree_add_item - Adds new item to the checkbox tree
  • newt_checkbox_tree_find_item - Finds an item in the checkbox tree
  • newt_checkbox_tree_get_current - Returns checkbox tree selected item
  • newt_checkbox_tree_get_entry_value - 설명
  • newt_checkbox_tree_get_multi_selection - 설명
  • newt_checkbox_tree_get_selection - 설명
  • newt_checkbox_tree_multi - 설명
  • newt_checkbox_tree_set_current - 설명
  • newt_checkbox_tree_set_entry - 설명
  • newt_checkbox_tree_set_entry_value - 설명
  • newt_checkbox_tree_set_width - 설명
  • newt_clear_key_buffer - Discards the contents of the terminal's input buffer without waiting for additional input
  • newt_cls - 설명
  • newt_compact_button - 설명
  • newt_component_add_callback - 설명
  • newt_component_takes_focus - 설명
  • newt_create_grid - 설명
  • newt_cursor_off - 설명
  • newt_cursor_on - 설명
  • newt_delay - 설명
  • newt_draw_form - 설명
  • newt_draw_root_text - Displays the string text at the position indicated
  • newt_entry - 설명
  • newt_entry_get_value - 설명
  • newt_entry_set - 설명
  • newt_entry_set_filter - 설명
  • newt_entry_set_flags - 설명
  • newt_finished - Uninitializes newt interface
  • newt_form - Create a form
  • newt_form_add_component - Adds a single component to the form
  • newt_form_add_components - Add several components to the form
  • newt_form_add_hot_key - 설명
  • newt_form_destroy - Destroys a form
  • newt_form_get_current - 설명
  • newt_form_run - Runs a form
  • newt_form_set_background - 설명
  • newt_form_set_height - 설명
  • newt_form_set_size - 설명
  • newt_form_set_timer - 설명
  • newt_form_set_width - 설명
  • newt_form_watch_fd - 설명
  • newt_get_screen_size - Fills in the passed references with the current size of the terminal
  • newt_grid_add_components_to_form - 설명
  • newt_grid_basic_window - 설명
  • newt_grid_free - 설명
  • newt_grid_get_size - 설명
  • newt_grid_h_close_stacked - 설명
  • newt_grid_h_stacked - 설명
  • newt_grid_place - 설명
  • newt_grid_set_field - 설명
  • newt_grid_simple_window - 설명
  • newt_grid_v_close_stacked - 설명
  • newt_grid_v_stacked - 설명
  • newt_grid_wrapped_window - 설명
  • newt_grid_wrapped_window_at - 설명
  • newt_init - Initialize newt
  • newt_label - 설명
  • newt_label_set_text - 설명
  • newt_listbox - 설명
  • newt_listbox_append_entry - 설명
  • newt_listbox_clear - 설명
  • newt_listbox_clear_selection - 설명
  • newt_listbox_delete_entry - 설명
  • newt_listbox_get_current - 설명
  • newt_listbox_get_selection - 설명
  • newt_listbox_insert_entry - 설명
  • newt_listbox_item_count - 설명
  • newt_listbox_select_item - 설명
  • newt_listbox_set_current - 설명
  • newt_listbox_set_current_by_key - 설명
  • newt_listbox_set_data - 설명
  • newt_listbox_set_entry - 설명
  • newt_listbox_set_width - 설명
  • newt_listitem - 설명
  • newt_listitem_get_data - 설명
  • newt_listitem_set - 설명
  • newt_open_window - Open a window of the specified size and position
  • newt_pop_help_line - Replaces the current help line with the one from the stack
  • newt_pop_window - Removes the top window from the display
  • newt_push_help_line - Saves the current help line on a stack, and displays the new line
  • newt_radiobutton - 설명
  • newt_radio_get_current - 설명
  • newt_redraw_help_line - 설명
  • newt_reflow_text - 설명
  • newt_refresh - Updates modified portions of the screen
  • newt_resize_screen - 설명
  • newt_resume - Resume using the newt interface after calling newt_suspend
  • newt_run_form - Runs a form
  • newt_scale - 설명
  • newt_scale_set - 설명
  • newt_scrollbar_set - 설명
  • newt_set_help_callback - 설명
  • newt_set_suspend_callback - Set a callback function which gets invoked when user presses the suspend key
  • newt_suspend - Tells newt to return the terminal to its initial state
  • newt_textbox - 설명
  • newt_textbox_get_num_lines - 설명
  • newt_textbox_reflowed - 설명
  • newt_textbox_set_height - 설명
  • newt_textbox_set_text - 설명
  • newt_vertical_scrollbar - 설명
  • newt_wait_for_key - Doesn't return until a key has been pressed
  • newt_win_choice - 설명
  • newt_win_entries - 설명
  • newt_win_menu - 설명
  • newt_win_message - 설명
  • newt_win_messagev - 설명
  • newt_win_ternary - 설명
  • next - 배열의 내부 배열 포인터를 전진
  • ngettext - Plural version of gettext
  • nl2br - 문자열의 모든 줄바꿈 앞에 HTML 줄바꿈 태그를 삽입
  • nl_langinfo - Query language and locale information
  • NoRewindIterator::current - Get the current value
  • NoRewindIterator::getInnerIterator - Get the inner iterator
  • NoRewindIterator::key - Get the current key
  • NoRewindIterator::next - Forward to the next element
  • NoRewindIterator::rewind - Prevents the rewind operation on the inner iterator.
  • NoRewindIterator::valid - Validates the iterator
  • NoRewindIterator::__construct - Construct a NoRewindIterator
  • Normalizer::isNormalized - Checks if the provided string is already in the specified normalization form.
  • Normalizer::normalize - Normalizes the input provided and returns the normalized string
  • notes_body - Open the message msg_number in the specified mailbox on the specified server (leave serv
  • notes_copy_db - Copy a Lotus Notes database
  • notes_create_db - Create a Lotus Notes database
  • notes_create_note - Create a note using form form_name
  • notes_drop_db - Drop a Lotus Notes database
  • notes_find_note - Returns a note id found in database_name
  • notes_header_info - Open the message msg_number in the specified mailbox on the specified server (leave serv
  • notes_list_msgs - Returns the notes from a selected database_name
  • notes_mark_read - Mark a note_id as read for the User user_name
  • notes_mark_unread - Mark a note_id as unread for the User user_name
  • notes_nav_create - Create a navigator name, in database_name
  • notes_search - Find notes that match keywords in database_name
  • notes_unread - Returns the unread note id's for the current User user_name
  • notes_version - Get the version Lotus Notes
  • nsapi_request_headers - Fetch all HTTP request headers
  • nsapi_response_headers - Fetch all HTTP response headers
  • nsapi_virtual - Perform an NSAPI sub-request
  • nthmac - Obtain a nthmac key (needs 2 arguments)
  • NumberFormatter::create - Create a number formatter
  • NumberFormatter::format - Format a number
  • NumberFormatter::formatCurrency - Format a currency value
  • NumberFormatter::getAttribute - Get an attribute
  • NumberFormatter::getErrorCode - Get formatter's last error code.
  • NumberFormatter::getErrorMessage - Get formatter's last error message.
  • NumberFormatter::getLocale - Get formatter locale
  • NumberFormatter::getPattern - Get formatter pattern
  • NumberFormatter::getSymbol - Get a symbol value
  • NumberFormatter::getTextAttribute - Get a text attribute
  • NumberFormatter::parse - Parse a number
  • NumberFormatter::parseCurrency - Parse a currency number
  • NumberFormatter::setAttribute - Set an attribute
  • NumberFormatter::setPattern - Set formatter pattern
  • NumberFormatter::setSymbol - Set a symbol value
  • NumberFormatter::setTextAttribute - Set a text attribute
  • number_format - Format a number with grouped thousands
• o
  • OAuth::disableDebug - Turn off verbose debugging
  • OAuth::disableRedirects - Turn off redirects
  • OAuth::disableSSLChecks - Turn off SSL checks
  • OAuth::enableDebug - Turn on verbose debugging
  • OAuth::enableRedirects - Turn on redirects
  • OAuth::enableSSLChecks - Turn on SSL checks
  • OAuth::fetch - Fetch an OAuth protected resource
  • OAuth::generateSignature - Generate a signature
  • OAuth::getAccessToken - Fetch an access token
  • OAuth::getCAPath - Gets CA information
  • OAuth::getLastResponse - Get the last response
  • OAuth::getLastResponseHeaders - Get headers for last response
  • OAuth::getLastResponseInfo - Get HTTP information about the last response
  • OAuth::getRequestHeader - Generate OAuth header string signature
  • OAuth::getRequestToken - Fetch a request token
  • OAuth::setAuthType - Set authorization type
  • OAuth::setCAPath - Set CA path and info
  • OAuth::setNonce - Set the nonce for subsequent requests
  • OAuth::setRequestEngine - The setRequestEngine purpose
  • OAuth::setRSACertificate - Set the RSA certificate
  • OAuth::setSSLChecks - Tweak specific SSL checks for requests.
  • OAuth::setTimestamp - Set the timestamp
  • OAuth::setToken - Sets the token and secret
  • OAuth::setVersion - Set the OAuth version
  • OAuth::__construct - Create a new OAuth object
  • OAuth::__destruct - The destructor
  • OAuthProvider::addRequiredParameter - Add required parameters
  • OAuthProvider::callconsumerHandler - Calls the consumerNonceHandler callback
  • OAuthProvider::callTimestampNonceHandler - Calls the timestampNonceHandler callback
  • OAuthProvider::calltokenHandler - Calls the tokenNonceHandler callback
  • OAuthProvider::checkOAuthRequest - Check an oauth request
  • OAuthProvider::consumerHandler - Set the consumerHandler handler callback
  • OAuthProvider::generateToken - Generate a random token
  • OAuthProvider::is2LeggedEndpoint - is2LeggedEndpoint
  • OAuthProvider::isRequestTokenEndpoint - Sets isRequestTokenEndpoint
  • OAuthProvider::removeRequiredParameter - Remove a required parameter
  • OAuthProvider::reportProblem - Report a problem
  • OAuthProvider::setParam - Set a parameter
  • OAuthProvider::setRequestTokenPath - Set request token path
  • OAuthProvider::timestampNonceHandler - Set the timestampNonceHandler handler callback
  • OAuthProvider::tokenHandler - Set the tokenHandler handler callback
  • OAuthProvider::__construct - Constructs a new OAuthProvider object
  • oauth_get_sbs - Generate a Signature Base String
  • oauth_urlencode - Encode a URI to RFC 3986
  • ob_clean - 출력 버퍼를 지웁니다
  • ob_deflatehandler - Deflate output handler
  • ob_end_clean - 출력 버퍼를 지우고 출력 버퍼링을 종료
  • ob_end_flush - 출력 버퍼를 전송하고 출력 버퍼링을 종료
  • ob_etaghandler - ETag output handler
  • ob_flush - 출력 버퍼를 전송합니다
  • ob_get_clean - 현재 버퍼 내용을 얻고 현재 출력 버퍼를 삭제
  • ob_get_contents - 출력 버퍼의 내용을 반환
  • ob_get_flush - Flush the output buffer, return it as a string and turn off output buffering
  • ob_get_length - 출력 버퍼의 길이를 반환
  • ob_get_level - 출력 버퍼링 메커니즘의 중첩 단계를 반환
  • ob_get_status - 출력 버퍼의 상태를 얻습니다
  • ob_gzhandler - gzip 출력 버퍼를 위한 ob_start 콜백 함수
  • ob_iconv_handler - Convert character encoding as output buffer handler
  • ob_implicit_flush - 즉시 출력의 여부를 결정
  • ob_inflatehandler - Inflate output handler
  • ob_list_handlers - List all output handlers in use
  • ob_start - 출력 버퍼링을 켭니다
  • ob_tidyhandler - ob_start callback function to repair the buffer
  • OCI-Collection->append - Appends element to the collection
  • OCI-Collection->assign - Assigns a value to the collection from another existing collection
  • OCI-Collection->assignElem - Assigns a value to the element of the collection
  • OCI-Collection->free - Frees the resources associated with the collection object
  • OCI-Collection->getElem - Returns value of the element
  • OCI-Collection->max - Returns the maximum number of elements in the collection
  • OCI-Collection->size - Returns size of the collection
  • OCI-Collection->trim - Trims elements from the end of the collection
  • OCI-Lob->append - Appends data from the large object to another large object
  • OCI-Lob->close - Closes LOB descriptor
  • OCI-Lob->eof - Tests for end-of-file on a large object's descriptor
  • OCI-Lob->erase - Erases a specified portion of the internal LOB data
  • OCI-Lob->export - Exports LOB's contents to a file
  • OCI-Lob->flush - Flushes/writes buffer of the LOB to the server
  • OCI-Lob->free - Frees resources associated with the LOB descriptor
  • OCI-Lob->getBuffering - Returns current state of buffering for the large object
  • OCI-Lob->import - Imports file data to the LOB
  • OCI-Lob->load - Returns large object's contents
  • OCI-Lob->read - Reads part of the large object
  • OCI-Lob->rewind - Moves the internal pointer to the beginning of the large object
  • OCI-Lob->save - Saves data to the large object
  • OCI-Lob->saveFile - 별칭: OCI-Lob->import
  • OCI-Lob->seek - Sets the internal pointer of the large object
  • OCI-Lob->setBuffering - Changes current state of buffering for the large object
  • OCI-Lob->size - Returns size of large object
  • OCI-Lob->tell - Returns the current position of internal pointer of large object
  • OCI-Lob->truncate - Truncates large object
  • OCI-Lob->write - Writes data to the large object
  • OCI-Lob->writeTemporary - Writes a temporary large object
  • OCI-Lob->writeToFile - 별칭: OCI-Lob->export
  • ocibindbyname - 별칭: oci_bind_by_name
  • ocicancel - 별칭: oci_cancel
  • ocicloselob - 별칭: OCI-Lob->close
  • ocicollappend - 별칭: OCI-Collection->append
  • ocicollassign - 별칭: OCI-Collection->assign
  • ocicollassignelem - 별칭: OCI-Collection->assignElem
  • ocicollgetelem - 별칭: OCI-Collection->getElem
  • ocicollmax - 별칭: OCI-Collection->max
  • ocicollsize - 별칭: OCI-Collection->size
  • ocicolltrim - 별칭: OCI-Collection->trim
  • ocicolumnisnull - 별칭: oci_field_is_null
  • ocicolumnname - 별칭: oci_field_name
  • ocicolumnprecision - 별칭: oci_field_precision
  • ocicolumnscale - 별칭: oci_field_scale
  • ocicolumnsize - 별칭: oci_field_size
  • ocicolumntype - 별칭: oci_field_type
  • ocicolumntyperaw - 별칭: oci_field_type_raw
  • ocicommit - 별칭: oci_commit
  • ocidefinebyname - 별칭: oci_define_by_name
  • ocierror - 별칭: oci_error
  • ociexecute - 별칭: oci_execute
  • ocifetch - 별칭: oci_fetch
  • ocifetchinto - Fetches the next row into an array (deprecated)
  • ocifetchstatement - 별칭: oci_fetch_all
  • ocifreecollection - 별칭: OCI-Collection->free
  • ocifreecursor - 별칭: oci_free_statement
  • ocifreedesc - 별칭: OCI-Lob->free
  • ocifreestatement - 별칭: oci_free_statement
  • ociinternaldebug - 별칭: oci_internal_debug
  • ociloadlob - 별칭: OCI-Lob->load
  • ocilogoff - 별칭: oci_close
  • ocilogon - 별칭: oci_connect
  • ocinewcollection - 별칭: oci_new_collection
  • ocinewcursor - 별칭: oci_new_cursor
  • ocinewdescriptor - 별칭: oci_new_descriptor
  • ocinlogon - 별칭: oci_new_connect
  • ocinumcols - 별칭: oci_num_fields
  • ociparse - 별칭: oci_parse
  • ociplogon - 별칭: oci_pconnect
  • ociresult - 별칭: oci_result
  • ocirollback - 별칭: oci_rollback
  • ocirowcount - 별칭: oci_num_rows
  • ocisavelob - 별칭: OCI-Lob->save
  • ocisavelobfile - 별칭: OCI-Lob->import
  • ociserverversion - 별칭: oci_server_version
  • ocisetprefetch - 별칭: oci_set_prefetch
  • ocistatementtype - 별칭: oci_statement_type
  • ociwritelobtofile - 별칭: OCI-Lob->export
  • ociwritetemporarylob - 별칭: OCI-Lob->writeTemporary
  • oci_bind_array_by_name - Binds a PHP array to an Oracle PL/SQL array parameter
  • oci_bind_by_name - Binds a PHP variable to an Oracle placeholder
  • oci_cancel - Cancels reading from cursor
  • oci_client_version - Returns the Oracle client library version
  • oci_close - Closes an Oracle connection
  • oci_commit - Commits the outstanding database transaction
  • oci_connect - Connect to an Oracle database
  • oci_define_by_name - Associates a PHP variable with a column for query fetches
  • oci_error - Returns the last error found
  • oci_execute - Executes a statement
  • oci_fetch - Fetches the next row from a query into internal buffers
  • oci_fetch_all - Fetches multiple rows from a query into a two-dimensional array
  • oci_fetch_array - Returns the next row from a query as an associative or numeric array
  • oci_fetch_assoc - Returns the next row from a query as an associative array
  • oci_fetch_object - Returns the next row from a query as an object
  • oci_fetch_row - Returns the next row from a query as a numeric array
  • oci_field_is_null - Checks if the field is NULL
  • oci_field_name - Returns the name of a field from the statement
  • oci_field_precision - Tell the precision of a field
  • oci_field_scale - Tell the scale of the field
  • oci_field_size - Returns field's size
  • oci_field_type - Returns field's data type
  • oci_field_type_raw - Tell the raw Oracle data type of the field
  • oci_free_statement - Frees all resources associated with statement or cursor
  • oci_internal_debug - Enables or disables internal debug output
  • oci_lob_copy - Copies large object
  • oci_lob_is_equal - Compares two LOB/FILE locators for equality
  • oci_new_collection - Allocates new collection object
  • oci_new_connect - Connect to the Oracle server using a unique connection
  • oci_new_cursor - Allocates and returns a new cursor (statement handle)
  • oci_new_descriptor - Initializes a new empty LOB or FILE descriptor
  • oci_num_fields - Returns the number of result columns in a statement
  • oci_num_rows - Returns number of rows affected during statement execution
  • oci_parse - Prepares an Oracle statement for execution
  • oci_password_change - Changes password of Oracle's user
  • oci_pconnect - Connect to an Oracle database using a persistent connection
  • oci_result - Returns field's value from the fetched row
  • oci_rollback - Rolls back the outstanding database transaction
  • oci_server_version - Returns the Oracle Database version
  • oci_set_action - Sets the action name
  • oci_set_client_identifier - Sets the client identifier
  • oci_set_client_info - Sets the client information
  • oci_set_edition - Sets the database edition
  • oci_set_module_name - Sets the module name
  • oci_set_prefetch - Sets number of rows to be prefetched by queries
  • oci_statement_type - Returns the type of a statement
  • octdec - 8진수를 10진수로
  • odbc_autocommit - Toggle autocommit behaviour
  • odbc_binmode - Handling of binary column data
  • odbc_close - Close an ODBC connection
  • odbc_close_all - Close all ODBC connections
  • odbc_columnprivileges - Lists columns and associated privileges for the given table
  • odbc_columns - Lists the column names in specified tables
  • odbc_commit - Commit an ODBC transaction
  • odbc_connect - Connect to a datasource
  • odbc_cursor - Get cursorname
  • odbc_data_source - Returns information about a current connection
  • odbc_do - 별칭: odbc_exec
  • odbc_error - Get the last error code
  • odbc_errormsg - Get the last error message
  • odbc_exec - Prepare and execute an SQL statement
  • odbc_execute - Execute a prepared statement
  • odbc_fetch_array - Fetch a result row as an associative array
  • odbc_fetch_into - Fetch one result row into array
  • odbc_fetch_object - Fetch a result row as an object
  • odbc_fetch_row - Fetch a row
  • odbc_field_len - Get the length (precision) of a field
  • odbc_field_name - Get the columnname
  • odbc_field_num - Return column number
  • odbc_field_precision - 별칭: odbc_field_len
  • odbc_field_scale - Get the scale of a field
  • odbc_field_type - Datatype of a field
  • odbc_foreignkeys - Retrieves a list of foreign keys
  • odbc_free_result - Free resources associated with a result
  • odbc_gettypeinfo - Retrieves information about data types supported by the data source
  • odbc_longreadlen - Handling of LONG columns
  • odbc_next_result - Checks if multiple results are available
  • odbc_num_fields - Number of columns in a result
  • odbc_num_rows - Number of rows in a result
  • odbc_pconnect - Open a persistent database connection
  • odbc_prepare - Prepares a statement for execution
  • odbc_primarykeys - Gets the primary keys for a table
  • odbc_procedurecolumns - Retrieve information about parameters to procedures
  • odbc_procedures - Get the list of procedures stored in a specific data source
  • odbc_result - Get result data
  • odbc_result_all - Print result as HTML table
  • odbc_rollback - Rollback a transaction
  • odbc_setoption - Adjust ODBC settings
  • odbc_specialcolumns - Retrieves special columns
  • odbc_statistics - Retrieve statistics about a table
  • odbc_tableprivileges - Lists tables and the privileges associated with each table
  • odbc_tables - Get the list of table names stored in a specific data source
  • ogg:// - Audio streams
  • openal_buffer_create - Generate OpenAL buffer
  • openal_buffer_data - Load a buffer with data
  • openal_buffer_destroy - Destroys an OpenAL buffer
  • openal_buffer_get - Retrieve an OpenAL buffer property
  • openal_buffer_loadwav - Load a .wav file into a buffer
  • openal_context_create - Create an audio processing context
  • openal_context_current - Make the specified context current
  • openal_context_destroy - Destroys a context
  • openal_context_process - Process the specified context
  • openal_context_suspend - Suspend the specified context
  • openal_device_close - Close an OpenAL device
  • openal_device_open - Initialize the OpenAL audio layer
  • openal_listener_get - Retrieve a listener property
  • openal_listener_set - Set a listener property
  • openal_source_create - Generate a source resource
  • openal_source_destroy - Destroy a source resource
  • openal_source_get - Retrieve an OpenAL source property
  • openal_source_pause - Pause the source
  • openal_source_play - Start playing the source
  • openal_source_rewind - Rewind the source
  • openal_source_set - Set source property
  • openal_source_stop - Stop playing the source
  • openal_stream - Begin streaming on a source
  • opendir - 디렉토리 핸들을 엽니다
  • openlog - Open connection to system logger
  • openssl_cipher_iv_length - Gets the cipher iv length
  • openssl_csr_export - Exports a CSR as a string
  • openssl_csr_export_to_file - Exports a CSR to a file
  • openssl_csr_get_public_key - Returns the public key of a CERT
  • openssl_csr_get_subject - Returns the subject of a CERT
  • openssl_csr_new - Generates a CSR
  • openssl_csr_sign - Sign a CSR with another certificate (or itself) and generate a certificate
  • openssl_decrypt - Decrypts data
  • openssl_dh_compute_key - Computes shared secret for public value of remote DH key and local DH key
  • openssl_digest - Computes a digest
  • openssl_encrypt - Encrypts data
  • openssl_error_string - Return openSSL error message
  • openssl_free_key - Free key resource
  • openssl_get_cipher_methods - Gets available cipher methods
  • openssl_get_md_methods - Gets available digest methods
  • openssl_get_privatekey - 별칭: openssl_pkey_get_private
  • openssl_get_publickey - 별칭: openssl_pkey_get_public
  • openssl_open - Open sealed data
  • openssl_pkcs7_decrypt - Decrypts an S/MIME encrypted message
  • openssl_pkcs7_encrypt - Encrypt an S/MIME message
  • openssl_pkcs7_sign - Sign an S/MIME message
  • openssl_pkcs7_verify - Verifies the signature of an S/MIME signed message
  • openssl_pkcs12_export - Exports a PKCS#12 Compatible Certificate Store File to variable.
  • openssl_pkcs12_export_to_file - Exports a PKCS#12 Compatible Certificate Store File
  • openssl_pkcs12_read - Parse a PKCS#12 Certificate Store into an array
  • openssl_pkey_export - Gets an exportable representation of a key into a string
  • openssl_pkey_export_to_file - Gets an exportable representation of a key into a file
  • openssl_pkey_free - Frees a private key
  • openssl_pkey_get_details - Returns an array with the key details
  • openssl_pkey_get_private - Get a private key
  • openssl_pkey_get_public - Extract public key from certificate and prepare it for use
  • openssl_pkey_new - Generates a new private key
  • openssl_private_decrypt - Decrypts data with private key
  • openssl_private_encrypt - Encrypts data with private key
  • openssl_public_decrypt - Decrypts data with public key
  • openssl_public_encrypt - Encrypts data with public key
  • openssl_random_pseudo_bytes - Generate a pseudo-random string of bytes
  • openssl_seal - Seal (encrypt) data
  • openssl_sign - Generate signature
  • openssl_verify - Verify signature
  • openssl_x509_checkpurpose - Verifies if a certificate can be used for a particular purpose
  • openssl_x509_check_private_key - Checks if a private key corresponds to a certificate
  • openssl_x509_export - Exports a certificate as a string
  • openssl_x509_export_to_file - Exports a certificate to file
  • openssl_x509_free - Free certificate resource
  • openssl_x509_parse - Parse an X509 certificate and return the information as an array
  • openssl_x509_read - Parse an X.509 certificate and return a resource identifier for it
  • ord - 문자의 아스키 값을 반환
  • OuterIterator::getInnerIterator - Returns the inner iterator for the current entry.
  • output_add_rewrite_var - Add URL rewriter values
  • output_reset_rewrite_vars - Reset URL rewriter values
  • overload - Enable property and method call overloading for a class
  • override_function - Overrides built-in functions
  • ovrimos_close - Closes the connection to ovrimos
  • ovrimos_commit - Commits the transaction
  • ovrimos_connect - Connect to the specified database
  • ovrimos_cursor - Returns the name of the cursor
  • ovrimos_exec - Executes an SQL statement
  • ovrimos_execute - Executes a prepared SQL statement
  • ovrimos_fetch_into - Fetches a row from the result set
  • ovrimos_fetch_row - Fetches a row from the result set
  • ovrimos_field_len - Returns the length of the output column
  • ovrimos_field_name - Returns the output column name
  • ovrimos_field_num - Returns the (1-based) index of the output column
  • ovrimos_field_type - Returns the type of the output column
  • ovrimos_free_result - Frees the specified result_id
  • ovrimos_longreadlen - Specifies how many bytes are to be retrieved from long datatypes
  • ovrimos_num_fields - Returns the number of columns
  • ovrimos_num_rows - Returns the number of rows affected by update operations
  • ovrimos_prepare - Prepares an SQL statement
  • ovrimos_result - Retrieves the output column
  • ovrimos_result_all - Prints the whole result set as an HTML table
  • ovrimos_rollback - Rolls back the transaction
• p
  • pack - Pack data into binary string
  • ParentIterator::accept - Determines acceptability
  • ParentIterator::getChildren - Return the inner iterator's children contained in a ParentIterator
  • ParentIterator::hasChildren - Check whether the inner iterator's current element has children
  • ParentIterator::next - Move the iterator forward
  • ParentIterator::rewind - Rewind the iterator
  • ParentIterator::__construct - Constructs a ParentIterator
  • parsekit_compile_file - Compile a string of PHP code and return the resulting op array
  • parsekit_compile_string - Compile a string of PHP code and return the resulting op array
  • parsekit_func_arginfo - Return information regarding function argument(s)
  • parse_ini_file - Parse a configuration file
  • parse_ini_string - Parse a configuration string
  • parse_str - 문자열을 변수로 해석
  • parse_url - URL을 해석해서 구성요소를 반환
  • passthru - Execute an external program and display raw output
  • pathinfo - Returns information about a file path
  • pclose - Closes process file pointer
  • pcntl_alarm - Set an alarm clock for delivery of a signal
  • pcntl_exec - Executes specified program in current process space
  • pcntl_fork - Forks the currently running process
  • pcntl_getpriority - Get the priority of any process
  • pcntl_setpriority - Change the priority of any process
  • pcntl_signal - Installs a signal handler
  • pcntl_signal_dispatch - Calls signal handlers for pending signals
  • pcntl_sigprocmask - Sets and retrieves blocked signals
  • pcntl_sigtimedwait - Waits for signals, with a timeout
  • pcntl_sigwaitinfo - Waits for signals
  • pcntl_wait - Waits on or returns the status of a forked child
  • pcntl_waitpid - Waits on or returns the status of a forked child
  • pcntl_wexitstatus - Returns the return code of a terminated child
  • pcntl_wifexited - Checks if status code represents a normal exit
  • pcntl_wifsignaled - Checks whether the status code represents a termination due to a signal
  • pcntl_wifstopped - Checks whether the child process is currently stopped
  • pcntl_wstopsig - Returns the signal which caused the child to stop
  • pcntl_wtermsig - Returns the signal which caused the child to terminate
  • PDF_activate_item - Activate structure element or other content item
  • PDF_add_annotation - Add annotation [deprecated]
  • PDF_add_bookmark - Add bookmark for current page [deprecated]
  • PDF_add_launchlink - Add launch annotation for current page [deprecated]
  • PDF_add_locallink - Add link annotation for current page [deprecated]
  • PDF_add_nameddest - Create named destination
  • PDF_add_note - Set annotation for current page [deprecated]
  • PDF_add_outline - Add bookmark for current page [deprecated]
  • PDF_add_pdflink - Add file link annotation for current page [deprecated]
  • PDF_add_table_cell - Add a cell to a new or existing table
  • PDF_add_textflow - Create Textflow or add text to existing Textflow
  • PDF_add_thumbnail - Add thumbnail for current page
  • PDF_add_weblink - Add weblink for current page [deprecated]
  • PDF_arc - Draw a counterclockwise circular arc segment
  • PDF_arcn - Draw a clockwise circular arc segment
  • PDF_attach_file - Add file attachment for current page [deprecated]
  • PDF_begin_document - Create new PDF file
  • PDF_begin_font - Start a Type 3 font definition
  • PDF_begin_glyph - Start glyph definition for Type 3 font
  • PDF_begin_item - Open structure element or other content item
  • PDF_begin_layer - Start layer
  • PDF_begin_page - Start new page [deprecated]
  • PDF_begin_page_ext - Start new page
  • PDF_begin_pattern - Start pattern definition
  • PDF_begin_template - Start template definition [deprecated]
  • PDF_begin_template_ext - Start template definition
  • PDF_circle - Draw a circle
  • PDF_clip - Clip to current path
  • PDF_close - Close pdf resource [deprecated]
  • PDF_closepath - Close current path
  • PDF_closepath_fill_stroke - Close, fill and stroke current path
  • PDF_closepath_stroke - Close and stroke path
  • PDF_close_image - Close image
  • PDF_close_pdi - Close the input PDF document [deprecated]
  • PDF_close_pdi_page - Close the page handle
  • PDF_concat - Concatenate a matrix to the CTM
  • PDF_continue_text - Output text in next line
  • PDF_create_3dview - Create 3D view
  • PDF_create_action - Create action for objects or events
  • PDF_create_annotation - Create rectangular annotation
  • PDF_create_bookmark - Create bookmark
  • PDF_create_field - Create form field
  • PDF_create_fieldgroup - Create form field group
  • PDF_create_gstate - Create graphics state object
  • PDF_create_pvf - Create PDFlib virtual file
  • PDF_create_textflow - Create textflow object
  • PDF_curveto - Draw Bezier curve
  • PDF_define_layer - Create layer definition
  • PDF_delete - Delete PDFlib object
  • PDF_delete_pvf - Delete PDFlib virtual file
  • PDF_delete_table - Delete table object
  • PDF_delete_textflow - Delete textflow object
  • PDF_encoding_set_char - Add glyph name and/or Unicode value
  • PDF_endpath - End current path
  • PDF_end_document - Close PDF file
  • PDF_end_font - Terminate Type 3 font definition
  • PDF_end_glyph - Terminate glyph definition for Type 3 font
  • PDF_end_item - Close structure element or other content item
  • PDF_end_layer - Deactivate all active layers
  • PDF_end_page - Finish page
  • PDF_end_page_ext - Finish page
  • PDF_end_pattern - Finish pattern
  • PDF_end_template - Finish template
  • PDF_fill - Fill current path
  • PDF_fill_imageblock - Fill image block with variable data
  • PDF_fill_pdfblock - Fill PDF block with variable data
  • PDF_fill_stroke - Fill and stroke path
  • PDF_fill_textblock - Fill text block with variable data
  • PDF_findfont - Prepare font for later use [deprecated]
  • PDF_fit_image - Place image or template
  • PDF_fit_pdi_page - Place imported PDF page
  • PDF_fit_table - Place table on page
  • PDF_fit_textflow - Format textflow in rectangular area
  • PDF_fit_textline - Place single line of text
  • PDF_get_apiname - Get name of unsuccessfull API function
  • PDF_get_buffer - Get PDF output buffer
  • PDF_get_errmsg - Get error text
  • PDF_get_errnum - Get error number
  • PDF_get_font - Get font [deprecated]
  • PDF_get_fontname - Get font name [deprecated]
  • PDF_get_fontsize - Font handling [deprecated]
  • PDF_get_image_height - Get image height [deprecated]
  • PDF_get_image_width - Get image width [deprecated]
  • PDF_get_majorversion - Get major version number [deprecated]
  • PDF_get_minorversion - Get minor version number [deprecated]
  • PDF_get_parameter - Get string parameter
  • PDF_get_pdi_parameter - Get PDI string parameter [deprecated]
  • PDF_get_pdi_value - Get PDI numerical parameter [deprecated]
  • PDF_get_value - Get numerical parameter
  • PDF_info_font - Query detailed information about a loaded font
  • PDF_info_matchbox - Query matchbox information
  • PDF_info_table - Retrieve table information
  • PDF_info_textflow - Query textflow state
  • PDF_info_textline - Perform textline formatting and query metrics
  • PDF_initgraphics - Reset graphic state
  • PDF_lineto - Draw a line
  • PDF_load_3ddata - Load 3D model
  • PDF_load_font - Search and prepare font
  • PDF_load_iccprofile - Search and prepare ICC profile
  • PDF_load_image - Open image file
  • PDF_makespotcolor - Make spot color
  • PDF_moveto - Set current point
  • PDF_new - Create PDFlib object
  • PDF_open_ccitt - Open raw CCITT image [deprecated]
  • PDF_open_file - Create PDF file [deprecated]
  • PDF_open_gif - Open GIF image [deprecated]
  • PDF_open_image - Use image data [deprecated]
  • PDF_open_image_file - Read image from file [deprecated]
  • PDF_open_jpeg - Open JPEG image [deprecated]
  • PDF_open_memory_image - Open image created with PHP's image functions [not supported]
  • PDF_open_pdi - Open PDF file [deprecated]
  • PDF_open_pdi_document - Prepare a pdi document
  • PDF_open_pdi_page - Prepare a page
  • PDF_open_tiff - Open TIFF image [deprecated]
  • PDF_pcos_get_number - Get value of pCOS path with type number or boolean
  • PDF_pcos_get_stream - Get contents of pCOS path with type stream, fstream, or string
  • PDF_pcos_get_string - Get value of pCOS path with type name, string, or boolean
  • PDF_place_image - Place image on the page [deprecated]
  • PDF_place_pdi_page - Place PDF page [deprecated]
  • PDF_process_pdi - Process imported PDF document
  • PDF_rect - Draw rectangle
  • PDF_restore - Restore graphics state
  • PDF_resume_page - Resume page
  • PDF_rotate - Rotate coordinate system
  • PDF_save - Save graphics state
  • PDF_scale - Scale coordinate system
  • PDF_setcolor - Set fill and stroke color
  • PDF_setdash - Set simple dash pattern
  • PDF_setdashpattern - Set dash pattern
  • PDF_setflat - Set flatness
  • PDF_setfont - Set font
  • PDF_setgray - Set color to gray [deprecated]
  • PDF_setgray_fill - Set fill color to gray [deprecated]
  • PDF_setgray_stroke - Set stroke color to gray [deprecated]
  • PDF_setlinecap - Set linecap parameter
  • PDF_setlinejoin - Set linejoin parameter
  • PDF_setlinewidth - Set line width
  • PDF_setmatrix - Set current transformation matrix
  • PDF_setmiterlimit - Set miter limit
  • PDF_setpolydash - Set complicated dash pattern [deprecated]
  • PDF_setrgbcolor - Set fill and stroke rgb color values [deprecated]
  • PDF_setrgbcolor_fill - Set fill rgb color values [deprecated]
  • PDF_setrgbcolor_stroke - Set stroke rgb color values [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_border_color - Set border color of annotations [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_border_dash - Set border dash style of annotations [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_border_style - Set border style of annotations [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_char_spacing - Set character spacing [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_duration - Set duration between pages [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_gstate - Activate graphics state object
  • PDF_set_horiz_scaling - Set horizontal text scaling [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_info - Fill document info field
  • PDF_set_info_author - Fill the author document info field [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_info_creator - Fill the creator document info field [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_info_keywords - Fill the keywords document info field [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_info_subject - Fill the subject document info field [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_info_title - Fill the title document info field [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_layer_dependency - Define relationships among layers
  • PDF_set_leading - Set distance between text lines [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_parameter - Set string parameter
  • PDF_set_text_matrix - Set text matrix [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_text_pos - Set text position
  • PDF_set_text_rendering - Determine text rendering [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_text_rise - Set text rise [deprecated]
  • PDF_set_value - Set numerical parameter
  • PDF_set_word_spacing - Set spacing between words [deprecated]
  • PDF_shading - Define blend
  • PDF_shading_pattern - Define shading pattern
  • PDF_shfill - Fill area with shading
  • PDF_show - Output text at current position
  • PDF_show_boxed - Output text in a box [deprecated]
  • PDF_show_xy - Output text at given position
  • PDF_skew - Skew the coordinate system
  • PDF_stringwidth - Return width of text
  • PDF_stroke - Stroke path
  • PDF_suspend_page - Suspend page
  • PDF_translate - Set origin of coordinate system
  • PDF_utf8_to_utf16 - Convert string from UTF-8 to UTF-16
  • PDF_utf16_to_utf8 - Convert string from UTF-16 to UTF-8
  • PDF_utf32_to_utf16 - Convert string from UTF-32 to UTF-16
  • PDO::beginTransaction - Initiates a transaction
  • PDO::commit - Commits a transaction
  • PDO::cubrid_schema - Get the requested schema information
  • PDO::errorCode - Fetch the SQLSTATE associated with the last operation on the database handle
  • PDO::errorInfo - Fetch extended error information associated with the last operation on the database handle
  • PDO::exec - Execute an SQL statement and return the number of affected rows
  • PDO::getAttribute - Retrieve a database connection attribute
  • PDO::getAvailableDrivers - Return an array of available PDO drivers
  • PDO::inTransaction - Checks if inside a transaction
  • PDO::lastInsertId - Returns the ID of the last inserted row or sequence value
  • PDO::pgsqlLOBCreate - 새 라지 오브젝트를 생성합니다
  • PDO::pgsqlLOBOpen - 존재하는 라지 오브젝트 스트림을 엽니다
  • PDO::pgsqlLOBUnlink - 라지 오브젝트를 제거합니다
  • PDO::prepare - Prepares a statement for execution and returns a statement object
  • PDO::query - Executes an SQL statement, returning a result set as a PDOStatement object
  • PDO::quote - Quotes a string for use in a query.
  • PDO::rollBack - Rolls back a transaction
  • PDO::setAttribute - Set an attribute
  • PDO::sqliteCreateAggregate - Registers an aggregating User Defined Function for use in SQL statements
  • PDO::sqliteCreateFunction - Registers a User Defined Function for use in SQL statements
  • PDO::__construct - Creates a PDO instance representing a connection to a database
  • PDOStatement->bindColumn - Bind a column to a PHP variable
  • PDOStatement->bindParam - Binds a parameter to the specified variable name
  • PDOStatement->bindValue - Binds a value to a parameter
  • PDOStatement->closeCursor - Closes the cursor, enabling the statement to be executed again.
  • PDOStatement->columnCount - Returns the number of columns in the result set
  • PDOStatement->debugDumpParams - Dump an SQL prepared command
  • PDOStatement->errorCode - Fetch the SQLSTATE associated with the last operation on the statement handle
  • PDOStatement->errorInfo - Fetch extended error information associated with the last operation on the statement handle
  • PDOStatement->execute - Executes a prepared statement
  • PDOStatement->fetch - Fetches the next row from a result set
  • PDOStatement->fetchAll - Returns an array containing all of the result set rows
  • PDOStatement->fetchColumn - Returns a single column from the next row of a result set
  • PDOStatement->fetchObject - Fetches the next row and returns it as an object.
  • PDOStatement->getAttribute - Retrieve a statement attribute
  • PDOStatement->getColumnMeta - Returns metadata for a column in a result set
  • PDOStatement->nextRowset - Advances to the next rowset in a multi-rowset statement handle
  • PDOStatement->rowCount - Returns the number of rows affected by the last SQL statement
  • PDOStatement->setAttribute - Set a statement attribute
  • PDOStatement->setFetchMode - Set the default fetch mode for this statement
  • PDO_4D DSN - Connecting to 4D SQL server
  • PDO_CUBRID DSN - Connecting to CUBRID databases
  • PDO_DBLIB DSN - Connecting to Microsoft SQL Server and Sybase databases
  • PDO_FIREBIRD DSN - Connecting to Firebird and Interbase databases
  • PDO_IBM DSN - Connecting to IBM databases
  • PDO_INFORMIX DSN - Connecting to Informix databases
  • PDO_MYSQL DSN - Connecting to MySQL databases
  • PDO_OCI DSN - Connecting to Oracle databases
  • PDO_ODBC DSN - Connecting to ODBC or DB2 databases
  • PDO_PGSQL DSN - PostgreSQL 데이터베이스에 접속하기
  • PDO_SQLITE DSN - Connecting to SQLite databases
  • PDO_SQLSRV DSN - Connecting to MS SQL Server and SQL Azure databases
  • pfsockopen - Open persistent Internet or Unix domain socket connection
  • pg_affected_rows - 영향 받은 레코드(튜플) 수를 반환
  • pg_cancel_query - 비동기 질의 취소
  • pg_client_encoding - 클라이언트 인코딩을 얻음
  • pg_close - Closes a PostgreSQL connection
  • pg_connect - Open a PostgreSQL connection
  • pg_connection_busy - Get connection is busy or not
  • pg_connection_reset - Reset connection (reconnect)
  • pg_connection_status - Get connection status
  • pg_convert - Convert associative array values into suitable for SQL statement
  • pg_copy_from - Insert records into a table from an array
  • pg_copy_to - Copy a table to an array
  • pg_dbname - Get the database name
  • pg_delete - Deletes records
  • pg_end_copy - Sync with PostgreSQL backend
  • pg_escape_bytea - Escape a string for insertion into a bytea field
  • pg_escape_identifier - Escape a identifier for insertion into a text field
  • pg_escape_literal - Escape a literal for insertion into a text field
  • pg_escape_string - Escape a string for query
  • pg_execute - Sends a request to execute a prepared statement with given parameters, and waits for the result.
  • pg_fetch_all - Fetches all rows from a result as an array
  • pg_fetch_all_columns - Fetches all rows in a particular result column as an array
  • pg_fetch_array - Fetch a row as an array
  • pg_fetch_assoc - Fetch a row as an associative array
  • pg_fetch_object - Fetch a row as an object
  • pg_fetch_result - Returns values from a result resource
  • pg_fetch_row - Get a row as an enumerated array
  • pg_field_is_null - Test if a field is SQL NULL
  • pg_field_name - Returns the name of a field
  • pg_field_num - Returns the field number of the named field
  • pg_field_prtlen - Returns the printed length
  • pg_field_size - Returns the internal storage size of the named field
  • pg_field_table - Returns the name or oid of the tables field
  • pg_field_type - Returns the type name for the corresponding field number
  • pg_field_type_oid - Returns the type ID (OID) for the corresponding field number
  • pg_free_result - Free result memory
  • pg_get_notify - Gets SQL NOTIFY message
  • pg_get_pid - Gets the backend's process ID
  • pg_get_result - Get asynchronous query result
  • pg_host - Returns the host name associated with the connection
  • pg_insert - Insert array into table
  • pg_last_error - Get the last error message string of a connection
  • pg_last_notice - Returns the last notice message from PostgreSQL server
  • pg_last_oid - Returns the last row's OID
  • pg_lo_close - Close a large object
  • pg_lo_create - Create a large object
  • pg_lo_export - Export a large object to file
  • pg_lo_import - Import a large object from file
  • pg_lo_open - Open a large object
  • pg_lo_read - Read a large object
  • pg_lo_read_all - Reads an entire large object and send straight to browser
  • pg_lo_seek - Seeks position within a large object
  • pg_lo_tell - Returns current seek position a of large object
  • pg_lo_unlink - Delete a large object
  • pg_lo_write - Write to a large object
  • pg_meta_data - Get meta data for table
  • pg_num_fields - Returns the number of fields in a result
  • pg_num_rows - Returns the number of rows in a result
  • pg_options - Get the options associated with the connection
  • pg_parameter_status - Looks up a current parameter setting of the server.
  • pg_pconnect - Open a persistent PostgreSQL connection
  • pg_ping - Ping database connection
  • pg_port - Return the port number associated with the connection
  • pg_prepare - Submits a request to create a prepared statement with the given parameters, and waits for completion.
  • pg_put_line - Send a NULL-terminated string to PostgreSQL backend
  • pg_query - Execute a query
  • pg_query_params - Submits a command to the server and waits for the result, with the ability to pass parameters separately from the SQL command text.
  • pg_result_error - Get error message associated with result
  • pg_result_error_field - Returns an individual field of an error report.
  • pg_result_seek - Set internal row offset in result resource
  • pg_result_status - Get status of query result
  • pg_select - Select records
  • pg_send_execute - Sends a request to execute a prepared statement with given parameters, without waiting for the result(s).
  • pg_send_prepare - Sends a request to create a prepared statement with the given parameters, without waiting for completion.
  • pg_send_query - Sends asynchronous query
  • pg_send_query_params - Submits a command and separate parameters to the server without waiting for the result(s).
  • pg_set_client_encoding - Set the client encoding
  • pg_set_error_verbosity - Determines the verbosity of messages returned by pg_last_error and pg_result_error.
  • pg_trace - Enable tracing a PostgreSQL connection
  • pg_transaction_status - Returns the current in-transaction status of the server.
  • pg_tty - Return the TTY name associated with the connection
  • pg_unescape_bytea - Unescape binary for bytea type
  • pg_untrace - Disable tracing of a PostgreSQL connection
  • pg_update - Update table
  • pg_version - Returns an array with client, protocol and server version (when available)
  • phar:// - PHP Archive
  • Phar::addEmptyDir - Add an empty directory to the phar archive
  • Phar::addFile - Add a file from the filesystem to the phar archive
  • Phar::addFromString - Add a file from the filesystem to the phar archive
  • Phar::apiVersion - Returns the api version
  • Phar::buildFromDirectory - Construct a phar archive from the files within a directory.
  • Phar::buildFromIterator - Construct a phar archive from an iterator.
  • Phar::canCompress - Returns whether phar extension supports compression using either zlib or bzip2
  • Phar::canWrite - Returns whether phar extension supports writing and creating phars
  • Phar::compress - Compresses the entire Phar archive using Gzip or Bzip2 compression
  • Phar::compressAllFilesBZIP2 - Compresses all files in the current Phar archive using Bzip2 compression
  • Phar::compressAllFilesGZ - Compresses all files in the current Phar archive using Gzip compression
  • Phar::compressFiles - Compresses all files in the current Phar archive
  • Phar::convertToData - Convert a phar archive to a non-executable tar or zip file
  • Phar::convertToExecutable - Convert a phar archive to another executable phar archive file format
  • Phar::copy - Copy a file internal to the phar archive to another new file within the phar
  • Phar::count - Returns the number of entries (files) in the Phar archive
  • Phar::createDefaultStub - Create a phar-file format specific stub
  • Phar::decompress - Decompresses the entire Phar archive
  • Phar::decompressFiles - Decompresses all files in the current Phar archive
  • Phar::delete - Delete a file within a phar archive
  • Phar::delMetadata - Deletes the global metadata of the phar
  • Phar::extractTo - Extract the contents of a phar archive to a directory
  • Phar::getMetaData - Returns phar archive meta-data
  • Phar::getModified - Return whether phar was modified
  • Phar::getSignature - Return MD5/SHA1/SHA256/SHA512/OpenSSL signature of a Phar archive
  • Phar::getStub - Return the PHP loader or bootstrap stub of a Phar archive
  • Phar::getSupportedCompression - Return array of supported compression algorithms
  • Phar::getSupportedSignatures - Return array of supported signature types
  • Phar::getVersion - Return version info of Phar archive
  • Phar::hasMetaData - Returns whether phar has global meta-data
  • Phar::interceptFileFuncs - instructs phar to intercept fopen, file_get_contents, opendir, and all of the stat-related functions
  • Phar::isBuffering - Used to determine whether Phar write operations are being buffered, or are flushing directly to disk
  • Phar::isCompressed - Returns Phar::GZ or PHAR::BZ2 if the entire phar archive is compressed (.tar.gz/tar.bz and so on)
  • Phar::isFileFormat - Returns true if the phar archive is based on the tar/phar/zip file format depending on the parameter
  • Phar::isValidPharFilename - Returns whether the given filename is a valid phar filename
  • Phar::isWritable - Returns true if the phar archive can be modified
  • Phar::loadPhar - Loads any phar archive with an alias
  • Phar::mapPhar - Reads the currently executed file (a phar) and registers its manifest
  • Phar::mount - Mount an external path or file to a virtual location within the phar archive
  • Phar::mungServer - Defines a list of up to 4 $_SERVER variables that should be modified for execution
  • Phar::offsetExists - determines whether a file exists in the phar
  • Phar::offsetGet - Gets a PharFileInfo object for a specific file
  • Phar::offsetSet - set the contents of an internal file to those of an external file
  • Phar::offsetUnset - remove a file from a phar
  • Phar::running - Returns the full path on disk or full phar URL to the currently executing Phar archive
  • Phar::setAlias - Set the alias for the Phar archive
  • Phar::setDefaultStub - Used to set the PHP loader or bootstrap stub of a Phar archive to the default loader
  • Phar::setMetadata - Sets phar archive meta-data
  • Phar::setSignatureAlgorithm - set the signature algorithm for a phar and apply it. The
  • Phar::setStub - Used to set the PHP loader or bootstrap stub of a Phar archive
  • Phar::startBuffering - Start buffering Phar write operations, do not modify the Phar object on disk
  • Phar::stopBuffering - Stop buffering write requests to the Phar archive, and save changes to disk
  • Phar::uncompressAllFiles - Uncompresses all files in the current Phar archive
  • Phar::unlinkArchive - Completely remove a phar archive from disk and from memory
  • Phar::webPhar - mapPhar for web-based phars. front controller for web applications
  • Phar::__construct - Construct a Phar archive object
  • Phar context options - Phar context option listing
  • PharData::addEmptyDir - Add an empty directory to the tar/zip archive
  • PharData::addFile - Add a file from the filesystem to the tar/zip archive
  • PharData::addFromString - Add a file from the filesystem to the tar/zip archive
  • PharData::buildFromDirectory - Construct a tar/zip archive from the files within a directory.
  • PharData::buildFromIterator - Construct a tar or zip archive from an iterator.
  • PharData::compress - Compresses the entire tar/zip archive using Gzip or Bzip2 compression
  • PharData::compressFiles - Compresses all files in the current tar/zip archive
  • PharData::convertToData - Convert a phar archive to a non-executable tar or zip file
  • PharData::convertToExecutable - Convert a non-executable tar/zip archive to an executable phar archive
  • PharData::copy - Copy a file internal to the phar archive to another new file within the phar
  • PharData::decompress - Decompresses the entire Phar archive
  • PharData::decompressFiles - Decompresses all files in the current zip archive
  • PharData::delete - Delete a file within a tar/zip archive
  • PharData::delMetadata - Deletes the global metadata of a zip archive
  • PharData::extractTo - Extract the contents of a tar/zip archive to a directory
  • PharData::isWritable - Returns true if the tar/zip archive can be modified
  • PharData::offsetSet - set the contents of a file within the tar/zip to those of an external file or string
  • PharData::offsetUnset - remove a file from a tar/zip archive
  • PharData::setAlias - dummy function (Phar::setAlias is not valid for PharData)
  • PharData::setDefaultStub - dummy function (Phar::setDefaultStub is not valid for PharData)
  • PharData::setStub - dummy function (Phar::setStub is not valid for PharData)
  • PharData::__construct - Construct a non-executable tar or zip archive object
  • PharException - The PharException class provides a phar-specific exception class for try/catch blocks.
  • PharFileInfo::chmod - Sets file-specific permission bits
  • PharFileInfo::compress - Compresses the current Phar entry with either zlib or bzip2 compression
  • PharFileInfo::decompress - Decompresses the current Phar entry within the phar
  • PharFileInfo::delMetadata - Deletes the metadata of the entry
  • PharFileInfo::getCompressedSize - Returns the actual size of the file (with compression) inside the Phar archive
  • PharFileInfo::getCRC32 - Returns CRC32 code or throws an exception if CRC has not been verified
  • PharFileInfo::getMetaData - Returns file-specific meta-data saved with a file
  • PharFileInfo::getPharFlags - Returns the Phar file entry flags
  • PharFileInfo::hasMetadata - Returns the metadata of the entry
  • PharFileInfo::isCompressed - Returns whether the entry is compressed
  • PharFileInfo::isCompressedBZIP2 - Returns whether the entry is compressed using bzip2
  • PharFileInfo::isCompressedGZ - Returns whether the entry is compressed using gz
  • PharFileInfo::isCRCChecked - Returns whether file entry has had its CRC verified
  • PharFileInfo::setCompressedBZIP2 - Compresses the current Phar entry within the phar using Bzip2 compression
  • PharFileInfo::setCompressedGZ - Compresses the current Phar entry within the phar using gz compression
  • PharFileInfo::setMetaData - Sets file-specific meta-data saved with a file
  • PharFileInfo::setUncompressed - Uncompresses the current Phar entry within the phar, if it is compressed
  • PharFileInfo::__construct - Construct a Phar entry object
  • php:// - Accessing various I/O streams
  • phpcredits - Prints out the credits for PHP
  • phpinfo - Outputs information about PHP's configuration
  • phpversion - Gets the current PHP version
  • php_check_syntax - Check the PHP syntax of (and execute) the specified file
  • php_ini_loaded_file - Retrieve a path to the loaded php.ini file
  • php_ini_scanned_files - Return a list of .ini files parsed from the additional ini dir
  • php_logo_guid - Gets the logo guid
  • php_sapi_name - 웹 서버와 PHP 사이의 인터페이스 형식을 반환
  • php_strip_whitespace - Return source with stripped comments and whitespace
  • php_uname - Returns information about the operating system PHP is running on
  • pi - 파이 값을 얻는다
  • png2wbmp - Convert PNG image file to WBMP image file
  • popen - Opens process file pointer
  • pos - 별칭: current
  • posix_access - Determine accessibility of a file
  • posix_ctermid - Get path name of controlling terminal
  • posix_errno - 별칭: posix_get_last_error
  • posix_getcwd - Pathname of current directory
  • posix_getegid - Return the effective group ID of the current process
  • posix_geteuid - Return the effective user ID of the current process
  • posix_getgid - Return the real group ID of the current process
  • posix_getgrgid - Return info about a group by group id
  • posix_getgrnam - Return info about a group by name
  • posix_getgroups - Return the group set of the current process
  • posix_getlogin - Return login name
  • posix_getpgid - Get process group id for job control
  • posix_getpgrp - Return the current process group identifier
  • posix_getpid - Return the current process identifier
  • posix_getppid - Return the parent process identifier
  • posix_getpwnam - Return info about a user by username
  • posix_getpwuid - Return info about a user by user id
  • posix_getrlimit - Return info about system resource limits
  • posix_getsid - Get the current sid of the process
  • posix_getuid - Return the real user ID of the current process
  • posix_get_last_error - Retrieve the error number set by the last posix function that failed
  • posix_initgroups - Calculate the group access list
  • posix_isatty - Determine if a file descriptor is an interactive terminal
  • posix_kill - Send a signal to a process
  • posix_mkfifo - Create a fifo special file (a named pipe)
  • posix_mknod - Create a special or ordinary file (POSIX.1)
  • posix_setegid - Set the effective GID of the current process
  • posix_seteuid - Set the effective UID of the current process
  • posix_setgid - Set the GID of the current process
  • posix_setpgid - Set process group id for job control
  • posix_setsid - Make the current process a session leader
  • posix_setuid - Set the UID of the current process
  • posix_strerror - Retrieve the system error message associated with the given errno
  • posix_times - Get process times
  • posix_ttyname - Determine terminal device name
  • posix_uname - Get system name
  • pow - 거듭제곱 표현
  • preg_filter - Perform a regular expression search and replace
  • preg_grep - 패턴 매치한 부분의 배열을 반환
  • preg_last_error - Returns the error code of the last PCRE regex execution
  • preg_match - 정규표현식 매치를 수행
  • preg_match_all - 전역 정규 표현식 매치를 수행합니다
  • preg_quote - 정규 표현식 문자를 인용
  • preg_replace - 정규 표현식 검색과 치환을 수행
  • preg_replace_callback - 콜백을 이용한 정규 표현식 검색과 치환을 수행
  • preg_split - 정규 표현식에 따라 문자열을 나눔
  • prev - 내부 배열 포인터를 후진
  • print - 문자열을 출력
  • printer_abort - Deletes the printer's spool file
  • printer_close - Close an open printer connection
  • printer_create_brush - Create a new brush
  • printer_create_dc - Create a new device context
  • printer_create_font - Create a new font
  • printer_create_pen - Create a new pen
  • printer_delete_brush - Delete a brush
  • printer_delete_dc - Delete a device context
  • printer_delete_font - Delete a font
  • printer_delete_pen - Delete a pen
  • printer_draw_bmp - Draw a bmp
  • printer_draw_chord - Draw a chord
  • printer_draw_elipse - Draw an ellipse
  • printer_draw_line - Draw a line
  • printer_draw_pie - Draw a pie
  • printer_draw_rectangle - Draw a rectangle
  • printer_draw_roundrect - Draw a rectangle with rounded corners
  • printer_draw_text - Draw text
  • printer_end_doc - Close document
  • printer_end_page - Close active page
  • printer_get_option - Retrieve printer configuration data
  • printer_list - Return an array of printers attached to the server
  • printer_logical_fontheight - Get logical font height
  • printer_open - Opens a connection to a printer
  • printer_select_brush - Select a brush
  • printer_select_font - Select a font
  • printer_select_pen - Select a pen
  • printer_set_option - Configure the printer connection
  • printer_start_doc - Start a new document
  • printer_start_page - Start a new page
  • printer_write - Write data to the printer
  • printf - 형식화한 문자열을 출력
  • print_r - 변수에 관한 정보를 사람이 읽기 편하게 출력
  • proc_close - Close a process opened by proc_open and return the exit code of that process
  • proc_get_status - Get information about a process opened by proc_open
  • proc_nice - Change the priority of the current process
  • proc_open - Execute a command and open file pointers for input/output
  • proc_terminate - Kills a process opened by proc_open
  • property_exists - 객체나 클래스가 프로퍼티를 가졌는지 확인
  • pspell_add_to_personal - Add the word to a personal wordlist
  • pspell_add_to_session - Add the word to the wordlist in the current session
  • pspell_check - Check a word
  • pspell_clear_session - Clear the current session
  • pspell_config_create - Create a config used to open a dictionary
  • pspell_config_data_dir - location of language data files
  • pspell_config_dict_dir - Location of the main word list
  • pspell_config_ignore - Ignore words less than N characters long
  • pspell_config_mode - Change the mode number of suggestions returned
  • pspell_config_personal - Set a file that contains personal wordlist
  • pspell_config_repl - Set a file that contains replacement pairs
  • pspell_config_runtogether - Consider run-together words as valid compounds
  • pspell_config_save_repl - Determine whether to save a replacement pairs list along with the wordlist
  • pspell_new - Load a new dictionary
  • pspell_new_config - Load a new dictionary with settings based on a given config
  • pspell_new_personal - Load a new dictionary with personal wordlist
  • pspell_save_wordlist - Save the personal wordlist to a file
  • pspell_store_replacement - Store a replacement pair for a word
  • pspell_suggest - Suggest spellings of a word
  • ps_add_bookmark - Add bookmark to current page
  • ps_add_launchlink - Adds link which launches file
  • ps_add_locallink - Adds link to a page in the same document
  • ps_add_note - Adds note to current page
  • ps_add_pdflink - Adds link to a page in a second pdf document
  • ps_add_weblink - Adds link to a web location
  • ps_arc - Draws an arc counterclockwise
  • ps_arcn - Draws an arc clockwise
  • ps_begin_page - Start a new page
  • ps_begin_pattern - Start a new pattern
  • ps_begin_template - Start a new template
  • ps_circle - Draws a circle
  • ps_clip - Clips drawing to current path
  • ps_close - Closes a PostScript document
  • ps_closepath - Closes path
  • ps_closepath_stroke - Closes and strokes path
  • ps_close_image - Closes image and frees memory
  • ps_continue_text - Continue text in next line
  • ps_curveto - Draws a curve
  • ps_delete - Deletes all resources of a PostScript document
  • ps_end_page - End a page
  • ps_end_pattern - End a pattern
  • ps_end_template - End a template
  • ps_fill - Fills the current path
  • ps_fill_stroke - Fills and strokes the current path
  • ps_findfont - Loads a font
  • ps_get_buffer - Fetches the full buffer containig the generated PS data
  • ps_get_parameter - Gets certain parameters
  • ps_get_value - Gets certain values
  • ps_hyphenate - Hyphenates a word
  • ps_include_file - Reads an external file with raw PostScript code
  • ps_lineto - Draws a line
  • ps_makespotcolor - Create spot color
  • ps_moveto - Sets current point
  • ps_new - Creates a new PostScript document object
  • ps_open_file - Opens a file for output
  • ps_open_image - Reads an image for later placement
  • ps_open_image_file - Opens image from file
  • ps_open_memory_image - Takes an GD image and returns an image for placement in a PS document
  • ps_place_image - Places image on the page
  • ps_rect - Draws a rectangle
  • ps_restore - Restore previously save context
  • ps_rotate - Sets rotation factor
  • ps_save - Save current context
  • ps_scale - Sets scaling factor
  • ps_setcolor - Sets current color
  • ps_setdash - Sets appearance of a dashed line
  • ps_setflat - Sets flatness
  • ps_setfont - Sets font to use for following output
  • ps_setgray - Sets gray value
  • ps_setlinecap - Sets appearance of line ends
  • ps_setlinejoin - Sets how contected lines are joined
  • ps_setlinewidth - Sets width of a line
  • ps_setmiterlimit - Sets the miter limit
  • ps_setoverprintmode - Sets overprint mode
  • ps_setpolydash - Sets appearance of a dashed line
  • ps_set_border_color - Sets color of border for annotations
  • ps_set_border_dash - Sets length of dashes for border of annotations
  • ps_set_border_style - Sets border style of annotations
  • ps_set_info - Sets information fields of document
  • ps_set_parameter - Sets certain parameters
  • ps_set_text_pos - Sets position for text output
  • ps_set_value - Sets certain values
  • ps_shading - Creates a shading for later use
  • ps_shading_pattern - Creates a pattern based on a shading
  • ps_shfill - Fills an area with a shading
  • ps_show - Output text
  • ps_show2 - Output a text at current position
  • ps_show_boxed - Output text in a box
  • ps_show_xy - Output text at given position
  • ps_show_xy2 - Output text at position
  • ps_stringwidth - Gets width of a string
  • ps_string_geometry - Gets geometry of a string
  • ps_stroke - Draws the current path
  • ps_symbol - Output a glyph
  • ps_symbol_name - Gets name of a glyph
  • ps_symbol_width - Gets width of a glyph
  • ps_translate - Sets translation
  • putenv - Sets the value of an environment variable
  • px_close - Closes a paradox database
  • px_create_fp - Create a new paradox database
  • px_date2string - Converts a date into a string.
  • px_delete - Deletes resource of paradox database
  • px_delete_record - Deletes record from paradox database
  • px_get_field - Returns the specification of a single field
  • px_get_info - Return lots of information about a paradox file
  • px_get_parameter - Gets a parameter
  • px_get_record - Returns record of paradox database
  • px_get_schema - Returns the database schema
  • px_get_value - Gets a value
  • px_insert_record - Inserts record into paradox database
  • px_new - Create a new paradox object
  • px_numfields - Returns number of fields in a database
  • px_numrecords - Returns number of records in a database
  • px_open_fp - Open paradox database
  • px_put_record - Stores record into paradox database
  • px_retrieve_record - Returns record of paradox database
  • px_set_blob_file - Sets the file where blobs are read from
  • px_set_parameter - Sets a parameter
  • px_set_tablename - Sets the name of a table (deprecated)
  • px_set_targetencoding - Sets the encoding for character fields (deprecated)
  • px_set_value - Sets a value
  • px_timestamp2string - Converts the timestamp into a string.
  • px_update_record - Updates record in paradox database
• q
  • qdom_error - Returns the error string from the last QDOM operation or FALSE if no errors occurred
  • qdom_tree - Creates a tree of an XML string
  • QuickHashIntHash::add - This method adds a new entry to the hash
  • QuickHashIntHash::delete - This method deletes am entry from the hash
  • QuickHashIntHash::exists - This method checks whether a key is part of the hash
  • QuickHashIntHash::get - This method retrieves a value from the hash by its key
  • QuickHashIntHash::getSize - Returns the number of elements in the hash
  • QuickHashIntHash::loadFromFile - This factory method creates a hash from a file
  • QuickHashIntHash::loadFromString - This factory method creates a hash from a string
  • QuickHashIntHash::saveToFile - This method stores an in-memory hash to disk
  • QuickHashIntHash::saveToString - This method returns a serialized version of the hash
  • QuickHashIntHash::set - This method updates an entry in the hash with a new value, or adds a new one if the entry doesn't exist
  • QuickHashIntHash::update - This method updates an entry in the hash with a new value
  • QuickHashIntHash::__construct - Creates a new QuickHashIntHash object
  • QuickHashIntSet::add - This method adds a new entry to the set
  • QuickHashIntSet::delete - This method deletes an entry from the set
  • QuickHashIntSet::exists - This method checks whether a key is part of the set
  • QuickHashIntSet::getSize - Returns the number of elements in the set
  • QuickHashIntSet::loadFromFile - This factory method creates a set from a file
  • QuickHashIntSet::loadFromString - This factory method creates a set from a string
  • QuickHashIntSet::saveToFile - This method stores an in-memory set to disk
  • QuickHashIntSet::saveToString - This method returns a serialized version of the set
  • QuickHashIntSet::__construct - Creates a new QuickHashIntSet object
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::add - This method adds a new entry to the hash
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::delete - This method deletes am entry from the hash
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::exists - This method checks whether a key is part of the hash
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::get - This method retrieves a value from the hash by its key
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::getSize - Returns the number of elements in the hash
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::loadFromFile - This factory method creates a hash from a file
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::loadFromString - This factory method creates a hash from a string
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::saveToFile - This method stores an in-memory hash to disk
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::saveToString - This method returns a serialized version of the hash
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::set - This method updates an entry in the hash with a new value, or adds a new one if the entry doesn't exist
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::update - This method updates an entry in the hash with a new value
  • QuickHashIntStringHash::__construct - Creates a new QuickHashIntStringHash object
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::add - This method adds a new entry to the hash
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::delete - This method deletes am entry from the hash
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::exists - This method checks whether a key is part of the hash
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::get - This method retrieves a value from the hash by its key
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::getSize - Returns the number of elements in the hash
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::loadFromFile - This factory method creates a hash from a file
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::loadFromString - This factory method creates a hash from a string
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::saveToFile - This method stores an in-memory hash to disk
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::saveToString - This method returns a serialized version of the hash
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::set - This method updates an entry in the hash with a new value, or adds a new one if the entry doesn't exist
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::update - This method updates an entry in the hash with a new value
  • QuickHashStringIntHash::__construct - Creates a new QuickHashStringIntHash object
  • quoted_printable_decode - 인용된 인쇄용 문자열을 8비트 문자열로 변환
  • quoted_printable_encode - Convert a 8 bit string to a quoted-printable string
  • quotemeta - 메타 문자를 인용
• r
  • rad2deg - 라디안 수를 각도로 변환
  • radius_acct_open - Creates a Radius handle for accounting
  • radius_add_server - Adds a server
  • radius_auth_open - Creates a Radius handle for authentication
  • radius_close - Frees all ressources
  • radius_config - Causes the library to read the given configuration file
  • radius_create_request - Create accounting or authentication request
  • radius_cvt_addr - Converts raw data to IP-Address
  • radius_cvt_int - Converts raw data to integer
  • radius_cvt_string - Converts raw data to string
  • radius_demangle - Demangles data
  • radius_demangle_mppe_key - Derives mppe-keys from mangled data
  • radius_get_attr - Extracts an attribute
  • radius_get_vendor_attr - Extracts a vendor specific attribute
  • radius_put_addr - Attaches an IP-Address attribute
  • radius_put_attr - Attaches a binary attribute
  • radius_put_int - Attaches an integer attribute
  • radius_put_string - Attaches a string attribute
  • radius_put_vendor_addr - Attaches a vendor specific IP-Address attribute
  • radius_put_vendor_attr - Attaches a vendor specific binary attribute
  • radius_put_vendor_int - Attaches a vendor specific integer attribute
  • radius_put_vendor_string - Attaches a vendor specific string attribute
  • radius_request_authenticator - Returns the request authenticator
  • radius_send_request - Sends the request and waites for a reply
  • radius_server_secret - Returns the shared secret
  • radius_strerror - Returns an error message
  • rand - 정수 난수를 생성
  • range - 원소의 범위를 가지는 배열 생성
  • rar:// - RAR
  • RarArchive::close - Close RAR archive and free all resources
  • RarArchive::getComment - Get comment text from the RAR archive
  • RarArchive::getEntries - Get full list of entries from the RAR archive
  • RarArchive::getEntry - Get entry object from the RAR archive
  • RarArchive::isBroken - Test whether an archive is broken (incomplete)
  • RarArchive::isSolid - Check whether the RAR archive is solid
  • RarArchive::open - Open RAR archive
  • RarArchive::setAllowBroken - Whether opening broken archives is allowed
  • RarArchive::__toString - Get text representation
  • RarEntry::extract - Extract entry from the archive
  • RarEntry::getAttr - Get attributes of the entry
  • RarEntry::getCrc - Get CRC of the entry
  • RarEntry::getFileTime - Get entry last modification time
  • RarEntry::getHostOs - Get entry host OS
  • RarEntry::getMethod - Get pack method of the entry
  • RarEntry::getName - Get name of the entry
  • RarEntry::getPackedSize - Get packed size of the entry
  • RarEntry::getStream - Get file handler for entry
  • RarEntry::getUnpackedSize - Get unpacked size of the entry
  • RarEntry::getVersion - Get minimum version of RAR program required to unpack the entry
  • RarEntry::isDirectory - Test whether an entry represents a directory
  • RarEntry::isEncrypted - Test whether an entry is encrypted
  • RarEntry::__toString - Get text representation of entry
  • RarException::isUsingExceptions - Check whether error handling with exceptions is in use
  • RarException::setUsingExceptions - Activate and deactivate error handling with exceptions
  • rar_wrapper_cache_stats - Cache hits and misses for the URL wrapper
  • rawurldecode - URL 인코드된 문자열을 디코드
  • rawurlencode - RFC 1738에 따른 URL 인코드
  • readdir - 디렉토리 핸들에서 엔트리를 읽습니다
  • readfile - Outputs a file
  • readgzfile - Output a gz-file
  • readline - Reads a line
  • readline_add_history - Adds a line to the history
  • readline_callback_handler_install - Initializes the readline callback interface and terminal, prints the prompt and returns immediately
  • readline_callback_handler_remove - Removes a previously installed callback handler and restores terminal settings
  • readline_callback_read_char - Reads a character and informs the readline callback interface when a line is received
  • readline_clear_history - Clears the history
  • readline_completion_function - Registers a completion function
  • readline_info - Gets/sets various internal readline variables
  • readline_list_history - Lists the history
  • readline_on_new_line - Inform readline that the cursor has moved to a new line
  • readline_read_history - Reads the history
  • readline_redisplay - Redraws the display
  • readline_write_history - Writes the history
  • readlink - Returns the target of a symbolic link
  • read_exif_data - 별칭: exif_read_data
  • realpath - Returns canonicalized absolute pathname
  • realpath_cache_get - Get realpath cache entries
  • realpath_cache_size - Get realpath cache size
  • recode - 별칭: recode_string
  • recode_file - Recode from file to file according to recode request
  • recode_string - Recode a string according to a recode request
  • RecursiveArrayIterator::getChildren - Returns an iterator for the current entry if it is an array or an object.
  • RecursiveArrayIterator::hasChildren - Returns whether current entry is an array or an object.
  • RecursiveCachingIterator::getChildren - Return the inner iterator's children as a RecursiveCachingIterator
  • RecursiveCachingIterator::hasChildren - Check whether the current element of the inner iterator has children
  • RecursiveCachingIterator::__construct - Construct
  • RecursiveCallbackFilterIterator::getChildren - Return the inner iterator's children contained in a RecursiveCallbackFilterIterator
  • RecursiveCallbackFilterIterator::hasChildren - Check whether the inner iterator's current element has children
  • RecursiveCallbackFilterIterator::__construct - Create a RecursiveCallbackFilterIterator from a RecursiveIterator
  • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::getChildren - Returns an iterator for the current entry if it is a directory
  • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::getSubPath - Get sub path
  • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::getSubPathname - Get sub path and name
  • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::hasChildren - Returns whether current entry is a directory and not '.' or '..'
  • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::key - Return path and filename of current dir entry
  • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::next - Move to next entry
  • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::rewind - Rewind dir back to the start
  • RecursiveDirectoryIterator::__construct - Constructs a RecursiveDirectoryIterator
  • RecursiveFilterIterator::getChildren - Return the inner iterator's children contained in a RecursiveFilterIterator
  • RecursiveFilterIterator::hasChildren - Check whether the inner iterator's current element has children
  • RecursiveFilterIterator::__construct - Create a RecursiveFilterIterator from a RecursiveIterator
  • RecursiveIterator::getChildren - Returns an iterator for the current entry.
  • RecursiveIterator::hasChildren - Returns if an iterator can be created fot the current entry.
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::beginChildren - Begin children
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::beginIteration - Begin Iteration
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::callGetChildren - Get children
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::callHasChildren - Has children
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::current - Access the current element value
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::endChildren - End children
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::endIteration - End Iteration
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::getDepth - Get the current depth of the recursive iteration
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::getInnerIterator - Get inner iterator
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::getMaxDepth - Get max depth
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::getSubIterator - The current active sub iterator
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::key - Access the current key
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::next - Move forward to the next element
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::nextElement - Next element
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::rewind - Rewind the iterator to the first element of the top level inner iterator
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::setMaxDepth - Set max depth
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::valid - Check whether the current position is valid
  • RecursiveIteratorIterator::__construct - Construct a RecursiveIteratorIterator
  • RecursiveRegexIterator::getChildren - Returns an iterator for the current entry.
  • RecursiveRegexIterator::hasChildren - Returns whether an iterator can be obtained for the current entry.
  • RecursiveRegexIterator::__construct - Creates a new RecursiveRegexIterator.
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::beginChildren - Begin children
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::beginIteration - Begin iteration
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::callGetChildren - Get children
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::callHasChildren - Has children
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::current - Get current element
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::endChildren - End children
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::endIteration - End iteration
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::getEntry - Get current entry
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::getPostfix - Get the postfix
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::getPrefix - Get the prefix
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::key - Get the key of the current element
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::next - Move to next element
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::nextElement - Next element
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::rewind - Rewind iterator
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::setPrefixPart - Set a part of the prefix
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::valid - Check validity
  • RecursiveTreeIterator::__construct - Construct a RecursiveTreeIterator
  • Reflection::export - Exports
  • Reflection::getModifierNames - Gets modifier names
  • ReflectionClass::export - Exports a class
  • ReflectionClass::getConstant - Gets defined constant
  • ReflectionClass::getConstants - Gets constants
  • ReflectionClass::getConstructor - Gets constructor
  • ReflectionClass::getDefaultProperties - Gets default properties
  • ReflectionClass::getDocComment - Gets doc comments
  • ReflectionClass::getEndLine - Gets end line
  • ReflectionClass::getExtension - Gets extension info
  • ReflectionClass::getExtensionName - Gets an extensions name
  • ReflectionClass::getFileName - Gets the filename of the file in which the class has been defined
  • ReflectionClass::getInterfaceNames - Gets the interface names
  • ReflectionClass::getInterfaces - Gets the interfaces
  • ReflectionClass::getMethod - Gets a ReflectionMethod
  • ReflectionClass::getMethods - Gets a list of methods
  • ReflectionClass::getModifiers - Gets modifiers
  • ReflectionClass::getName - Gets class name
  • ReflectionClass::getNamespaceName - Gets namespace name
  • ReflectionClass::getParentClass - Gets parent class
  • ReflectionClass::getProperties - Gets properties
  • ReflectionClass::getProperty - Gets property
  • ReflectionClass::getShortName - Gets short name
  • ReflectionClass::getStartLine - Gets starting line number
  • ReflectionClass::getStaticProperties - Gets static properties
  • ReflectionClass::getStaticPropertyValue - Gets static property value
  • ReflectionClass::getTraitAliases - Returns an array of trait aliases
  • ReflectionClass::getTraitNames - Returns an array of names of traits used by this class
  • ReflectionClass::getTraits - Returns an array of traits used by this class
  • ReflectionClass::hasConstant - Checks if constant is defined
  • ReflectionClass::hasMethod - Checks if method is defined
  • ReflectionClass::hasProperty - Checks if property is defined
  • ReflectionClass::implementsInterface - Implements interface
  • ReflectionClass::inNamespace - Checks if in namespace
  • ReflectionClass::isAbstract - Checks if class is abstract
  • ReflectionClass::isCloneable - Returns whether this class is cloneable
  • ReflectionClass::isFinal - Checks if class is final
  • ReflectionClass::isInstance - Checks class for instance
  • ReflectionClass::isInstantiable - Checks if instantiable
  • ReflectionClass::isInterface - Checks if interface
  • ReflectionClass::isInternal - Checks if internal
  • ReflectionClass::isIterateable - Checks if iterateable
  • ReflectionClass::isSubclassOf - Checks if a subclass
  • ReflectionClass::isTrait - Returns whether this is a trait
  • ReflectionClass::isUserDefined - Checks if user defined
  • ReflectionClass::newInstance - Creates a new class instance from given arguments.
  • ReflectionClass::newInstanceArgs - Creates a new class instance from given arguments.
  • ReflectionClass::newInstanceWithoutConstructor - Creates a new class instance without invoking the constructor.
  • ReflectionClass::setStaticPropertyValue - Sets static property value
  • ReflectionClass::__clone - Clones object
  • ReflectionClass::__construct - Constructs a ReflectionClass
  • ReflectionClass::__toString - Returns the string representation of the ReflectionClass object.
  • ReflectionExtension::export - Export
  • ReflectionExtension::getClasses - Gets classes
  • ReflectionExtension::getClassNames - Gets class names
  • ReflectionExtension::getConstants - Gets constants
  • ReflectionExtension::getDependencies - Gets dependencies
  • ReflectionExtension::getFunctions - Gets extension functions
  • ReflectionExtension::getINIEntries - Gets extension ini entries
  • ReflectionExtension::getName - Gets extension name
  • ReflectionExtension::getVersion - Gets extension version
  • ReflectionExtension::info - Print extension info
  • ReflectionExtension::isPersistent - Returns whether this extension is persistent
  • ReflectionExtension::isTemporary - Returns whether this extension is temporary
  • ReflectionExtension::__clone - Clones
  • ReflectionExtension::__construct - Constructs a ReflectionExtension
  • ReflectionExtension::__toString - To string
  • ReflectionFunction::export - Exports function
  • ReflectionFunction::getClosure - Returns a dynamically created closure for the function
  • ReflectionFunction::invoke - Invokes function
  • ReflectionFunction::invokeArgs - Invokes function args
  • ReflectionFunction::isDisabled - Checks if function is disabled
  • ReflectionFunction::__construct - Constructs a ReflectionFunction object
  • ReflectionFunction::__toString - To string
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getClosureThis - Returns this pointer bound to closure
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getDocComment - Gets doc comment
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getEndLine - Gets end line number
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getExtension - Gets extension info
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getExtensionName - Gets extension name
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getFileName - Gets file name
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getName - Gets function name
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getNamespaceName - Gets namespace name
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getNumberOfParameters - Gets number of parameters
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getNumberOfRequiredParameters - Gets number of required parameters
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getParameters - Gets parameters
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getShortName - Gets function short name
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getStartLine - Gets starting line number
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::getStaticVariables - Gets static variables
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::inNamespace - Checks if function in namespace
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::isClosure - Checks if closure
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::isDeprecated - Checks if deprecated
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::isInternal - Checks if is internal
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::isUserDefined - Checks if user defined
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::returnsReference - Checks if returns reference
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::__clone - Clones function
  • ReflectionFunctionAbstract::__toString - To string
  • ReflectionMethod::export - Export a reflection method.
  • ReflectionMethod::getClosure - Returns a dynamically created closure for the method
  • ReflectionMethod::getDeclaringClass - Gets declaring class for the reflected method.
  • ReflectionMethod::getModifiers - Gets the method modifiers
  • ReflectionMethod::getPrototype - Gets the method prototype (if there is one).
  • ReflectionMethod::invoke - Invoke
  • ReflectionMethod::invokeArgs - Invoke args
  • ReflectionMethod::isAbstract - Checks if method is abstract
  • ReflectionMethod::isConstructor - Checks if method is a constructor
  • ReflectionMethod::isDestructor - Checks if method is a destructor
  • ReflectionMethod::isFinal - Checks if method is final
  • ReflectionMethod::isPrivate - Checks if method is private
  • ReflectionMethod::isProtected - Checks if method is protected
  • ReflectionMethod::isPublic - Checks if method is public
  • ReflectionMethod::isStatic - Checks if method is static
  • ReflectionMethod::setAccessible - Set method accessibility
  • ReflectionMethod::__construct - Constructs a ReflectionMethod
  • ReflectionMethod::__toString - Returns the string representation of the Reflection method object.
  • ReflectionObject::export - Export
  • ReflectionObject::__construct - Constructs a ReflectionObject
  • ReflectionParameter::allowsNull - Checks if null is allowed
  • ReflectionParameter::canBePassedByValue - Returns whether this parameter can be passed by value
  • ReflectionParameter::export - Exports
  • ReflectionParameter::getClass - Get class
  • ReflectionParameter::getDeclaringClass - Gets declaring class
  • ReflectionParameter::getDeclaringFunction - Gets declaring function
  • ReflectionParameter::getDefaultValue - Gets default parameter value
  • ReflectionParameter::getName - Gets parameter name
  • ReflectionParameter::getPosition - Gets parameter position
  • ReflectionParameter::isArray - Checks if parameter expects an array
  • ReflectionParameter::isDefaultValueAvailable - Checks if a default value is available
  • ReflectionParameter::isOptional - Checks if optional
  • ReflectionParameter::isPassedByReference - Checks if passed by reference
  • ReflectionParameter::__clone - Clone
  • ReflectionParameter::__construct - Construct
  • ReflectionParameter::__toString - To string
  • ReflectionProperty::export - Export
  • ReflectionProperty::getDeclaringClass - Gets declaring class
  • ReflectionProperty::getDocComment - Gets doc comment
  • ReflectionProperty::getModifiers - Gets modifiers
  • ReflectionProperty::getName - Gets property name
  • ReflectionProperty::getValue - Gets value
  • ReflectionProperty::isDefault - Checks if default value
  • ReflectionProperty::isPrivate - Checks if property is private
  • ReflectionProperty::isProtected - Checks if property is protected
  • ReflectionProperty::isPublic - Checks if property is public
  • ReflectionProperty::isStatic - Checks if property is static
  • ReflectionProperty::setAccessible - Set property accessibility
  • ReflectionProperty::setValue - Set property value
  • ReflectionProperty::__clone - Clone
  • ReflectionProperty::__construct - Construct a ReflectionProperty object
  • ReflectionProperty::__toString - To string
  • ReflectionZendExtension::export - Export
  • ReflectionZendExtension::getAuthor - Gets author
  • ReflectionZendExtension::getCopyright - Gets copyright
  • ReflectionZendExtension::getName - Gets name
  • ReflectionZendExtension::getURL - Gets URL
  • ReflectionZendExtension::getVersion - Gets version
  • ReflectionZendExtension::__clone - Clone handler
  • ReflectionZendExtension::__construct - Constructor
  • ReflectionZendExtension::__toString - To string handler
  • Reflector::export - Exports
  • Reflector::__toString - To string
  • RegexIterator::accept - Get accept status
  • RegexIterator::getFlags - Get flags
  • RegexIterator::getMode - Returns operation mode.
  • RegexIterator::getPregFlags - Returns the regular expression flags.
  • RegexIterator::getRegex - Returns current regular expression
  • RegexIterator::setFlags - Sets the flags.
  • RegexIterator::setMode - Sets the operation mode.
  • RegexIterator::setPregFlags - Sets the regular expression flags.
  • RegexIterator::__construct - Create a new RegexIterator
  • register_shutdown_function - Register a function for execution on shutdown
  • register_tick_function - Register a function for execution on each tick
  • rename - Renames a file or directory
  • rename_function - Renames orig_name to new_name in the global function table
  • reset - 배열의 내부 포인터를 첫 원소로 설정
  • ResourceBundle::count - Get number of elements in the bundle
  • ResourceBundle::create - Create a resource bundle
  • ResourceBundle::get - Get data from the bundle
  • ResourceBundle::getErrorCode - Get bundle's last error code.
  • ResourceBundle::getErrorMessage - Get bundle's last error message.
  • ResourceBundle::getLocales - Get supported locales
  • restore_error_handler - Restores the previous error handler function
  • restore_exception_handler - Restores the previously defined exception handler function
  • restore_include_path - Restores the value of the include_path configuration option
  • rewind - Rewind the position of a file pointer
  • rewinddir - 디렉토리 핸들을 되감습니다
  • rmdir - Removes directory
  • round - 소수 반올림
  • rpm_close - Closes an RPM file
  • rpm_get_tag - Retrieves a header tag from an RPM file
  • rpm_is_valid - Tests a filename for validity as an RPM file
  • rpm_open - Opens an RPM file
  • rpm_version - Returns a string representing the current version of the rpmreader extension
  • RRDCreator::addArchive - Adds RRA - archive of data values for each data source.
  • RRDCreator::addDataSource - Adds data source definition for RRD database.
  • RRDCreator::save - Saves the RRD database to a file
  • RRDCreator::__construct - Creates new RRDCreator instance
  • RRDGraph::save - Saves the result of query into image
  • RRDGraph::saveVerbose - Saves the RRD database query into image and returns the verbose information about generated graph.
  • RRDGraph::setOptions - Sets the options for rrd graph export
  • RRDGraph::__construct - Creates new RRDGraph instance
  • RRDUpdater::update - Update the RRD database file
  • RRDUpdater::__construct - Creates new RRDUpdater instance
  • rrd_create - Creates rrd database file
  • rrd_error - Gets latest error message.
  • rrd_fetch - Fetch the data for graph as array.
  • rrd_first - Gets the timestamp of the first sample from rrd file.
  • rrd_graph - Creates image from a data.
  • rrd_info - Gets information about rrd file
  • rrd_last - Gets unix timestamp of the last sample.
  • rrd_lastupdate - Gets information about last updated data.
  • rrd_restore - Restores the RRD file from XML dump.
  • rrd_tune - Tunes some RRD database file header options.
  • rrd_update - Updates the RRD database.
  • rrd_version - Gets information about underlying rrdtool library
  • rrd_xport - Exports the information about RRD database.
  • rsort - 역순으로 배열 정렬
  • rtrim - 문자열 마지막의 공백(이나 다른 문자)을 제거
  • runkit_class_adopt - Convert a base class to an inherited class, add ancestral methods when appropriate
  • runkit_class_emancipate - Convert an inherited class to a base class, removes any method whose scope is ancestral
  • runkit_constant_add - Similar to define(), but allows defining in class definitions as well
  • runkit_constant_redefine - Redefine an already defined constant
  • runkit_constant_remove - Remove/Delete an already defined constant
  • runkit_function_add - Add a new function, similar to create_function
  • runkit_function_copy - Copy a function to a new function name
  • runkit_function_redefine - Replace a function definition with a new implementation
  • runkit_function_remove - Remove a function definition
  • runkit_function_rename - Change a function's name
  • runkit_import - Process a PHP file importing function and class definitions, overwriting where appropriate
  • runkit_lint - Check the PHP syntax of the specified php code
  • runkit_lint_file - Check the PHP syntax of the specified file
  • runkit_method_add - Dynamically adds a new method to a given class
  • runkit_method_copy - Copies a method from class to another
  • runkit_method_redefine - Dynamically changes the code of the given method
  • runkit_method_remove - Dynamically removes the given method
  • runkit_method_rename - Dynamically changes the name of the given method
  • runkit_return_value_used - Determines if the current functions return value will be used
  • Runkit_Sandbox - Runkit Sandbox Class -- PHP Virtual Machine
  • runkit_sandbox_output_handler - Specify a function to capture and/or process output from a runkit sandbox
  • Runkit_Sandbox_Parent - Runkit Anti-Sandbox Class
  • runkit_superglobals - Return numerically indexed array of registered superglobals
• s
  • SAMConnection->commit - Commits (completes) the current unit of work.
  • SAMConnection->connect - Establishes a connection to a Messaging Server
  • SAMConnection->disconnect - Disconnects from a Messaging Server
  • SAMConnection->errno - Contains the unique numeric error code of the last executed SAM operation.
  • SAMConnection->error - Contains the text description of the last failed SAM operation.
  • SAMConnection->isConnected - Queries whether a connection is established to a Messaging Server
  • SAMConnection->peek - Read a message from a queue without removing it from the queue.
  • SAMConnection->peekAll - Read one or more messages from a queue without removing it from the queue.
  • SAMConnection->receive - Receive a message from a queue or subscription.
  • SAMConnection->remove - Remove a message from a queue.
  • SAMConnection->rollback - Cancels (rolls back) an in-flight unit of work.
  • SAMConnection->send - Send a message to a queue or publish an item to a topic.
  • SAMConnection->subscribe - Create a subscription to a specified topic.
  • SAMConnection->unsubscribe - Cancel a subscription to a specified topic.
  • SAMConnection->__construct - Creates a new connection to a Messaging Server
  • SAMConnection::setDebug - Turn on or off additional debugging output.
  • SAMMessage->body - The body of the message.
  • SAMMessage->header - The header properties of the message.
  • SAMMessage->__construct - Creates a new Message object
  • SCA::createDataObject - create an SDO
  • SCA::getService - Obtain a proxy for a service
  • scandir - 지정한 경로 안의 파일과 디렉토리 목록
  • SCA_LocalProxy::createDataObject - create an SDO
  • SCA_SoapProxy::createDataObject - create an SDO
  • SDO_DAS_ChangeSummary::beginLogging - Begin change logging
  • SDO_DAS_ChangeSummary::endLogging - End change logging
  • SDO_DAS_ChangeSummary::getChangedDataObjects - Get the changed data objects from a change summary
  • SDO_DAS_ChangeSummary::getChangeType - Get the type of change made to an SDO_DataObject
  • SDO_DAS_ChangeSummary::getOldContainer - Get the old container for a deleted SDO_DataObject
  • SDO_DAS_ChangeSummary::getOldValues - Get the old values for a given changed SDO_DataObject
  • SDO_DAS_ChangeSummary::isLogging - Test to see whether change logging is switched on
  • SDO_DAS_DataFactory::addPropertyToType - Adds a property to a type
  • SDO_DAS_DataFactory::addType - Add a new type to a model
  • SDO_DAS_DataFactory::getDataFactory - Get a data factory instance
  • SDO_DAS_DataObject::getChangeSummary - Get a data object's change summary
  • SDO_DAS_Relational::applyChanges - Applies the changes made to a data graph back to the database.
  • SDO_DAS_Relational::createRootDataObject - Returns the special root object in an otherwise empty data graph. Used when creating a data graph from scratch.
  • SDO_DAS_Relational::executePreparedQuery - Executes an SQL query passed as a prepared statement, with a list of values to substitute for placeholders, and return the results as a normalised data graph.
  • SDO_DAS_Relational::executeQuery - Executes a given SQL query against a relational database and returns the results as a normalised data graph.
  • SDO_DAS_Relational::__construct - Creates an instance of a Relational Data Access Service
  • SDO_DAS_Setting::getListIndex - Get the list index for a changed many-valued property
  • SDO_DAS_Setting::getPropertyIndex - Get the property index for a changed property
  • SDO_DAS_Setting::getPropertyName - Get the property name for a changed property
  • SDO_DAS_Setting::getValue - Get the old value for the changed property
  • SDO_DAS_Setting::isSet - Test whether a property was set prior to being modified
  • SDO_DAS_XML::addTypes - To load a second or subsequent schema file to a SDO_DAS_XML object
  • SDO_DAS_XML::create - To create SDO_DAS_XML object for a given schema file
  • SDO_DAS_XML::createDataObject - Creates SDO_DataObject for a given namespace URI and type name
  • SDO_DAS_XML::createDocument - Creates an XML Document object from scratch, without the need to load a document from a file or string.
  • SDO_DAS_XML::loadFile - Returns SDO_DAS_XML_Document object for a given path to xml instance document
  • SDO_DAS_XML::loadString - Returns SDO_DAS_XML_Document for a given xml instance string
  • SDO_DAS_XML::saveFile - Saves the SDO_DAS_XML_Document object to a file
  • SDO_DAS_XML::saveString - Saves the SDO_DAS_XML_Document object to a string
  • SDO_DAS_XML_Document::getRootDataObject - Returns the root SDO_DataObject
  • SDO_DAS_XML_Document::getRootElementName - Returns root element's name
  • SDO_DAS_XML_Document::getRootElementURI - Returns root element's URI string
  • SDO_DAS_XML_Document::setEncoding - Sets the given string as encoding
  • SDO_DAS_XML_Document::setXMLDeclaration - Sets the xml declaration
  • SDO_DAS_XML_Document::setXMLVersion - Sets the given string as xml version
  • SDO_DataFactory::create - Create an SDO_DataObject
  • SDO_DataObject::clear - Clear an SDO_DataObject's properties
  • SDO_DataObject::createDataObject - Create a child SDO_DataObject
  • SDO_DataObject::getContainer - Get a data object's container
  • SDO_DataObject::getSequence - Get the sequence for a data object
  • SDO_DataObject::getTypeName - Return the name of the type for a data object.
  • SDO_DataObject::getTypeNamespaceURI - Return the namespace URI of the type for a data object.
  • SDO_Exception::getCause - Get the cause of the exception.
  • SDO_List::insert - Insert into a list
  • SDO_Model_Property::getContainingType - Get the SDO_Model_Type which contains this property
  • SDO_Model_Property::getDefault - Get the default value for the property
  • SDO_Model_Property::getName - Get the name of the SDO_Model_Property
  • SDO_Model_Property::getType - Get the SDO_Model_Type of the property
  • SDO_Model_Property::isContainment - Test to see if the property defines a containment relationship
  • SDO_Model_Property::isMany - Test to see if the property is many-valued
  • SDO_Model_ReflectionDataObject::export - Get a string describing the SDO_DataObject.
  • SDO_Model_ReflectionDataObject::getContainmentProperty - Get the property which defines the containment relationship to the data object
  • SDO_Model_ReflectionDataObject::getInstanceProperties - Get the instance properties of the SDO_DataObject
  • SDO_Model_ReflectionDataObject::getType - Get the SDO_Model_Type for the SDO_DataObject
  • SDO_Model_ReflectionDataObject::__construct - Construct an SDO_Model_ReflectionDataObject
  • SDO_Model_Type::getBaseType - Get the base type for this type
  • SDO_Model_Type::getName - Get the name of the type
  • SDO_Model_Type::getNamespaceURI - Get the namespace URI of the type
  • SDO_Model_Type::getProperties - Get the SDO_Model_Property objects defined for the type
  • SDO_Model_Type::getProperty - Get an SDO_Model_Property of the type
  • SDO_Model_Type::isAbstractType - Test to see if this SDO_Model_Type is an abstract data type
  • SDO_Model_Type::isDataType - Test to see if this SDO_Model_Type is a primitive data type
  • SDO_Model_Type::isInstance - Test for an SDO_DataObject being an instance of this SDO_Model_Type
  • SDO_Model_Type::isOpenType - Test to see if this type is an open type
  • SDO_Model_Type::isSequencedType - Test to see if this is a sequenced type
  • SDO_Sequence::getProperty - Return the property for the specified sequence index.
  • SDO_Sequence::insert - Insert into a sequence
  • SDO_Sequence::move - Move an item to another sequence position
  • SeekableIterator::seek - Seeks to a position
  • sem_acquire - Acquire a semaphore
  • sem_get - Get a semaphore id
  • sem_release - Release a semaphore
  • sem_remove - Remove a semaphore
  • Serializable::serialize - String representation of object
  • Serializable::unserialize - Constructs the object
  • serialize - 값의 저장 표현을 생성
  • session_cache_expire - 현재 캐시 만료를 반환
  • session_cache_limiter - 현재 캐시 한정을 얻거나 설정
  • session_commit - 별칭: session_write_close
  • session_decode - 문자열에서 세션 데이터를 해독
  • session_destroy - 세션에 등록된 모든 데이터 파괴
  • session_encode - 현재 세션 데이터를 문자열로 인코드
  • session_get_cookie_params - 세션 쿠키 인수를 얻습니다
  • session_id - 현재 세션 id를 얻거나 설정
  • session_is_registered - 전역 변수가 세션에 등록되었는지 확인
  • session_module_name - 현재 세션 모듈을 얻거나 설정
  • session_name - 현재 세션 이름을 얻거나 설정
  • session_pgsql_add_error - Increments error counts and sets last error message
  • session_pgsql_get_error - Returns number of errors and last error message
  • session_pgsql_get_field - Get custom field value
  • session_pgsql_reset - Reset connection to session database servers
  • session_pgsql_set_field - Set custom field value
  • session_pgsql_status - Get current save handler status
  • session_regenerate_id - 현재 세션 id를 새로 생성해서 갱신
  • session_register - 하나 이상의 전역 변수를 현재 세션에 등록
  • session_register_shutdown - Session shutdown function
  • session_save_path - 현재 세션 저장 경로를 얻거나 설정
  • session_set_cookie_params - 세션 쿠키 인수 설정
  • session_set_save_handler - 사용자 단계 세션 저장 함수 설정
  • session_start - 세션 데이터 초기화
  • session_status - Returns the current session status
  • session_unregister - 현재 세션에셔 전역 변수를 등록 해제
  • session_unset - 모든 세션 변수 해제
  • session_write_close - 세션 데이터를 쓰고 세션 종료
  • setcookie - Send a cookie
  • setlocale - Set locale information
  • setproctitle - Set the process title
  • setrawcookie - Send a cookie without urlencoding the cookie value
  • setthreadtitle - Set the thread title
  • settype - 변수의 자료형을 설정
  • set_error_handler - Sets a user-defined error handler function
  • set_exception_handler - Sets a user-defined exception handler function
  • set_file_buffer - 별칭: stream_set_write_buffer
  • set_include_path - Sets the include_path configuration option
  • set_magic_quotes_runtime - Sets the current active configuration setting of magic_quotes_runtime
  • set_socket_blocking - 별칭: stream_set_blocking
  • set_time_limit - 최대 실행 시간을 제한
  • sha1 - 문자열의 sha1 해시를 계산
  • sha1_file - 파일의 sha1 해시를 계산
  • shell_exec - Execute command via shell and return the complete output as a string
  • shmop_close - Close shared memory block
  • shmop_delete - Delete shared memory block
  • shmop_open - Create or open shared memory block
  • shmop_read - Read data from shared memory block
  • shmop_size - Get size of shared memory block
  • shmop_write - Write data into shared memory block
  • shm_attach - Creates or open a shared memory segment
  • shm_detach - Disconnects from shared memory segment
  • shm_get_var - Returns a variable from shared memory
  • shm_has_var - Check whether a specific entry exists
  • shm_put_var - Inserts or updates a variable in shared memory
  • shm_remove - Removes shared memory from Unix systems
  • shm_remove_var - Removes a variable from shared memory
  • show_source - 별칭: highlight_file
  • shuffle - 배열을 섞습니다
  • signeurlpaiement - Obtain the payment url (needs 2 arguments)
  • similar_text - 두 문자열 사이의 유사성을 계산
  • SimpleXMLElement::addAttribute - Adds an attribute to the SimpleXML element
  • SimpleXMLElement::addChild - Adds a child element to the XML node
  • SimpleXMLElement::asXML - Return a well-formed XML string based on SimpleXML element
  • SimpleXMLElement::attributes - Identifies an element's attributes
  • SimpleXMLElement::children - Finds children of given node
  • SimpleXMLElement::count - Counts the children of an element
  • SimpleXMLElement::getDocNamespaces - Returns namespaces declared in document
  • SimpleXMLElement::getName - Gets the name of the XML element
  • SimpleXMLElement::getNamespaces - Returns namespaces used in document
  • SimpleXMLElement::registerXPathNamespace - Creates a prefix/ns context for the next XPath query
  • SimpleXMLElement::saveXML - 별칭: SimpleXMLElement::asXML
  • SimpleXMLElement::xpath - Runs XPath query on XML data
  • SimpleXMLElement::__construct - Creates a new SimpleXMLElement object
  • SimpleXMLIterator::current - Returns the current element
  • SimpleXMLIterator::getChildren - Returns the sub-elements of the current element
  • SimpleXMLIterator::hasChildren - Checks whether the current element has sub elements.
  • SimpleXMLIterator::key - Return current key
  • SimpleXMLIterator::next - Move to next element
  • SimpleXMLIterator::rewind - Rewind to the first element
  • SimpleXMLIterator::valid - Check whether the current element is valid
  • simplexml_import_dom - Get a SimpleXMLElement object from a DOM node.
  • simplexml_load_file - Interprets an XML file into an object
  • simplexml_load_string - Interprets a string of XML into an object
  • sin - 사인
  • sinh - 쌍곡사인
  • sizeof - 별칭: count
  • sleep - Delay execution
  • snmp2_get - Fetch an SNMP object
  • snmp2_getnext - Fetch the SNMP object which follows the given object id
  • snmp2_real_walk - Return all objects including their respective object ID within the specified one
  • snmp2_set - Set the value of an SNMP object
  • snmp2_walk - Fetch all the SNMP objects from an agent
  • snmp3_get - Fetch an SNMP object
  • snmp3_getnext - Fetch the SNMP object which follows the given object id
  • snmp3_real_walk - Return all objects including their respective object ID within the specified one
  • snmp3_set - Set the value of an SNMP object
  • snmp3_walk - Fetch all the SNMP objects from an agent
  • SNMP::close - Close SNMP session
  • SNMP::get - Fetch an SNMP object
  • SNMP::getErrno - Get last error code
  • SNMP::getError - Get last error message
  • SNMP::getnext - Fetch an SNMP object which follows the given object id
  • SNMP::set - Set the value of an SNMP object
  • SNMP::setSecurity - Configures security-related SNMPv3 session parameters
  • SNMP::walk - Fetch SNMP object subtree
  • SNMP::__construct - Creates SNMP instance representing session to remote SNMP agent
  • snmpget - Fetch an SNMP object
  • snmpgetnext - Fetch the SNMP object which follows the given object id
  • snmprealwalk - Return all objects including their respective object ID within the specified one
  • snmpset - Set the value of an SNMP object
  • snmpwalk - Fetch all the SNMP objects from an agent
  • snmpwalkoid - Query for a tree of information about a network entity
  • snmp_get_quick_print - Fetches the current value of the UCD library's quick_print setting
  • snmp_get_valueretrieval - Return the method how the SNMP values will be returned
  • snmp_read_mib - Reads and parses a MIB file into the active MIB tree
  • snmp_set_enum_print - Return all values that are enums with their enum value instead of the raw integer
  • snmp_set_oid_numeric_print - Return all objects including their respective object id within the specified one
  • snmp_set_oid_output_format - Set the OID output format
  • snmp_set_quick_print - Set the value of quick_print within the UCD SNMP library
  • snmp_set_valueretrieval - Specify the method how the SNMP values will be returned
  • SoapClient::SoapClient - SoapClient constructor
  • SoapClient::__call - Calls a SOAP function (deprecated)
  • SoapClient::__construct - SoapClient constructor
  • SoapClient::__doRequest - Performs a SOAP request
  • SoapClient::__getFunctions - Returns list of available SOAP functions
  • SoapClient::__getLastRequest - Returns last SOAP request
  • SoapClient::__getLastRequestHeaders - Returns the SOAP headers from the last request
  • SoapClient::__getLastResponse - Returns last SOAP response
  • SoapClient::__getLastResponseHeaders - Returns the SOAP headers from the last response
  • SoapClient::__getTypes - Returns a list of SOAP types
  • SoapClient::__setCookie - The __setCookie purpose
  • SoapClient::__setLocation - Sets the location of the Web service to use
  • SoapClient::__setSoapHeaders - Sets SOAP headers for subsequent calls
  • SoapClient::__soapCall - Calls a SOAP function
  • SoapFault::SoapFault - SoapFault constructor
  • SoapFault::__construct - SoapFault constructor
  • SoapFault::__toString - Obtain a string representation of a SoapFault
  • SoapHeader::SoapHeader - SoapHeader constructor
  • SoapHeader::__construct - SoapHeader constructor
  • SoapParam::SoapParam - SoapParam constructor
  • SoapParam::__construct - SoapParam constructor
  • SoapServer::addFunction - Adds one or more functions to handle SOAP requests
  • SoapServer::addSoapHeader - Add a SOAP header to the response
  • SoapServer::fault - Issue SoapServer fault indicating an error
  • SoapServer::getFunctions - Returns list of defined functions
  • SoapServer::handle - Handles a SOAP request
  • SoapServer::setClass - Sets the class which handles SOAP requests
  • SoapServer::setObject - Sets the object which will be used to handle SOAP requests
  • SoapServer::setPersistence - Sets SoapServer persistence mode
  • SoapServer::SoapServer - SoapServer constructor
  • SoapServer::__construct - SoapServer constructor
  • SoapVar::SoapVar - SoapVar constructor
  • SoapVar::__construct - SoapVar constructor
  • Socket context options - Socket context option listing
  • socket_accept - Accepts a connection on a socket
  • socket_bind - Binds a name to a socket
  • socket_clear_error - Clears the error on the socket or the last error code
  • socket_close - Closes a socket resource
  • socket_connect - Initiates a connection on a socket
  • socket_create - Create a socket (endpoint for communication)
  • socket_create_listen - Opens a socket on port to accept connections
  • socket_create_pair - Creates a pair of indistinguishable sockets and stores them in an array
  • socket_getpeername - Queries the remote side of the given socket which may either result in host/port or in a Unix filesystem path, dependent on its type
  • socket_getsockname - Queries the local side of the given socket which may either result in host/port or in a Unix filesystem path, dependent on its type
  • socket_get_option - Gets socket options for the socket
  • socket_get_status - 별칭: stream_get_meta_data
  • socket_last_error - Returns the last error on the socket
  • socket_listen - Listens for a connection on a socket
  • socket_read - Reads a maximum of length bytes from a socket
  • socket_recv - Receives data from a connected socket
  • socket_recvfrom - Receives data from a socket whether or not it is connection-oriented
  • socket_select - Runs the select() system call on the given arrays of sockets with a specified timeout
  • socket_send - Sends data to a connected socket
  • socket_sendto - Sends a message to a socket, whether it is connected or not
  • socket_set_block - Sets blocking mode on a socket resource
  • socket_set_blocking - 별칭: stream_set_blocking
  • socket_set_nonblock - Sets nonblocking mode for file descriptor fd
  • socket_set_option - Sets socket options for the socket
  • socket_set_timeout - 별칭: stream_set_timeout
  • socket_shutdown - Shuts down a socket for receiving, sending, or both
  • socket_strerror - Return a string describing a socket error
  • socket_write - Write to a socket
  • SolrClient::addDocument - Adds a document to the index
  • SolrClient::addDocuments - Adds a collection of SolrInputDocument instances to the index
  • SolrClient::commit - Finalizes all add/deletes made to the index
  • SolrClient::deleteById - Delete by Id
  • SolrClient::deleteByIds - Deletes by Ids
  • SolrClient::deleteByQueries - Removes all documents matching any of the queries
  • SolrClient::deleteByQuery - Deletes all documents matching the given query
  • SolrClient::getDebug - Returns the debug data for the last connection attempt
  • SolrClient::getOptions - Returns the client options set internally
  • SolrClient::optimize - Defragments the index
  • SolrClient::ping - Checks if Solr server is still up
  • SolrClient::query - Sends a query to the server
  • SolrClient::request - Sends a raw update request
  • SolrClient::rollback - Rollbacks all add/deletes made to the index since the last commit
  • SolrClient::setResponseWriter - Sets the response writer used to prepare the response from Solr
  • SolrClient::setServlet - Changes the specified servlet type to a new value
  • SolrClient::threads - Checks the threads status
  • SolrClient::__construct - Constructor for the SolrClient object
  • SolrClient::__destruct - Destructor for SolrClient
  • SolrClientException::getInternalInfo - Returns internal information where the Exception was thrown
  • SolrDocument::addField - Adds a field to the document
  • SolrDocument::clear - Drops all the fields in the document
  • SolrDocument::current - Retrieves the current field
  • SolrDocument::deleteField - Removes a field from the document
  • SolrDocument::fieldExists - Checks if a field exists in the document
  • SolrDocument::getField - Retrieves a field by name
  • SolrDocument::getFieldCount - Returns the number of fields in this document
  • SolrDocument::getFieldNames - Returns an array of fields names in the document
  • SolrDocument::getInputDocument - Returns a SolrInputDocument equivalent of the object
  • SolrDocument::key - Retrieves the current key
  • SolrDocument::merge - Merges source to the current SolrDocument
  • SolrDocument::next - Moves the internal pointer to the next field
  • SolrDocument::offsetExists - Checks if a particular field exists
  • SolrDocument::offsetGet - Retrieves a field
  • SolrDocument::offsetSet - Adds a field to the document
  • SolrDocument::offsetUnset - Removes a field
  • SolrDocument::reset - This is an alias to SolrDocument::clear()
  • SolrDocument::rewind - Resets the internal pointer to the beginning
  • SolrDocument::serialize - Used for custom serialization
  • SolrDocument::sort - Sorts the fields in the document
  • SolrDocument::toArray - Returns an array representation of the document
  • SolrDocument::unserialize - Custom serialization of SolrDocument objects
  • SolrDocument::valid - Checks if the current position internally is still valid
  • SolrDocument::__clone - Creates a copy of a SolrDocument object
  • SolrDocument::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrDocument::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrDocument::__get - Acess the field as a property
  • SolrDocument::__isset - Checks if a field exists
  • SolrDocument::__set - Adds another field to the document
  • SolrDocument::__unset - Removes a field from the document
  • SolrDocumentField::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrDocumentField::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrException::getInternalInfo - Returns internal information where the Exception was thrown
  • SolrGenericResponse::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrGenericResponse::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrIllegalArgumentException::getInternalInfo - Returns internal information where the Exception was thrown
  • SolrIllegalOperationException::getInternalInfo - Returns internal information where the Exception was thrown
  • SolrInputDocument::addField - Adds a field to the document
  • SolrInputDocument::clear - Resets the input document
  • SolrInputDocument::deleteField - Removes a field from the document
  • SolrInputDocument::fieldExists - Checks if a field exists
  • SolrInputDocument::getBoost - Retrieves the current boost value for the document
  • SolrInputDocument::getField - Retrieves a field by name
  • SolrInputDocument::getFieldBoost - Retrieves the boost value for a particular field
  • SolrInputDocument::getFieldCount - Returns the number of fields in the document
  • SolrInputDocument::getFieldNames - Returns an array containing all the fields in the document
  • SolrInputDocument::merge - Merges one input document into another
  • SolrInputDocument::reset - This is an alias of SolrInputDocument::clear
  • SolrInputDocument::setBoost - Sets the boost value for this document
  • SolrInputDocument::setFieldBoost - Sets the index-time boost value for a field
  • SolrInputDocument::sort - Sorts the fields within the document
  • SolrInputDocument::toArray - Returns an array representation of the input document
  • SolrInputDocument::__clone - Creates a copy of a SolrDocument
  • SolrInputDocument::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrInputDocument::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrModifiableParams::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrModifiableParams::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrObject::getPropertyNames - Returns an array of all the names of the properties
  • SolrObject::offsetExists - Checks if the property exists
  • SolrObject::offsetGet - Used to retrieve a property
  • SolrObject::offsetSet - Sets the value for a property
  • SolrObject::offsetUnset - Sets the value for the property
  • SolrObject::__construct - Creates Solr object
  • SolrObject::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrParams::add - This is an alias for SolrParams::addParam
  • SolrParams::addParam - Adds a parameter to the object
  • SolrParams::get - This is an alias for SolrParams::getParam
  • SolrParams::getParam - Returns a parameter value
  • SolrParams::getParams - Returns an array of non URL-encoded parameters
  • SolrParams::getPreparedParams - Returns an array of URL-encoded parameters
  • SolrParams::serialize - Used for custom serialization
  • SolrParams::set - An alias of SolrParams::setParam
  • SolrParams::setParam - Sets the parameter to the specified value
  • SolrParams::toString - Returns all the name-value pair parameters in the object
  • SolrParams::unserialize - Used for custom serialization
  • SolrPingResponse::getResponse - Returns the response from the server
  • SolrPingResponse::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrPingResponse::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrQuery::addFacetDateField - Maps to facet.date
  • SolrQuery::addFacetDateOther - Adds another facet.date.other parameter
  • SolrQuery::addFacetField - Adds another field to the facet
  • SolrQuery::addFacetQuery - Adds a facet query
  • SolrQuery::addField - Specifies which fields to return in the result
  • SolrQuery::addFilterQuery - Specifies a filter query
  • SolrQuery::addHighlightField - Maps to hl.fl
  • SolrQuery::addMltField - Sets a field to use for similarity
  • SolrQuery::addMltQueryField - Maps to mlt.qf
  • SolrQuery::addSortField - Used to control how the results should be sorted
  • SolrQuery::addStatsFacet - Requests a return of sub results for values within the given facet
  • SolrQuery::addStatsField - Maps to stats.field parameter
  • SolrQuery::getFacet - Returns the value of the facet parameter
  • SolrQuery::getFacetDateEnd - Returns the value for the facet.date.end parameter
  • SolrQuery::getFacetDateFields - Returns all the facet.date fields
  • SolrQuery::getFacetDateGap - Returns the value of the facet.date.gap parameter
  • SolrQuery::getFacetDateHardEnd - Returns the value of the facet.date.hardend parameter
  • SolrQuery::getFacetDateOther - Returns the value for the facet.date.other parameter
  • SolrQuery::getFacetDateStart - Returns the lower bound for the first date range for all date faceting on this field
  • SolrQuery::getFacetFields - Returns all the facet fields
  • SolrQuery::getFacetLimit - Returns the maximum number of constraint counts that should be returned for the facet fields
  • SolrQuery::getFacetMethod - Returns the value of the facet.method parameter
  • SolrQuery::getFacetMinCount - Returns the minimum counts for facet fields should be included in the response
  • SolrQuery::getFacetMissing - Returns the current state of the facet.missing parameter
  • SolrQuery::getFacetOffset - Returns an offset into the list of constraints to be used for pagination
  • SolrQuery::getFacetPrefix - Returns the facet prefix
  • SolrQuery::getFacetQueries - Returns all the facet queries
  • SolrQuery::getFacetSort - Returns the facet sort type
  • SolrQuery::getFields - Returns the list of fields that will be returned in the response
  • SolrQuery::getFilterQueries - Returns an array of filter queries
  • SolrQuery::getHighlight - Returns the state of the hl parameter
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightAlternateField - Returns the highlight field to use as backup or default
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightFields - Returns all the fields that Solr should generate highlighted snippets for
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightFormatter - Returns the formatter for the highlighted output
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightFragmenter - Returns the text snippet generator for highlighted text
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightFragsize - Returns the number of characters of fragments to consider for highlighting
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightHighlightMultiTerm - Returns whether or not to enable highlighting for range/wildcard/fuzzy/prefix queries
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightMaxAlternateFieldLength - Returns the maximum number of characters of the field to return
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightMaxAnalyzedChars - Returns the maximum number of characters into a document to look for suitable snippets
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightMergeContiguous - Returns whether or not the collapse contiguous fragments into a single fragment
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightRegexMaxAnalyzedChars - Returns the maximum number of characters from a field when using the regex fragmenter
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightRegexPattern - Returns the regular expression for fragmenting
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightRegexSlop - Returns the deviation factor from the ideal fragment size
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightRequireFieldMatch - Returns if a field will only be highlighted if the query matched in this particular field
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightSimplePost - Returns the text which appears after a highlighted term
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightSimplePre - Returns the text which appears before a highlighted term
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightSnippets - Returns the maximum number of highlighted snippets to generate per field
  • SolrQuery::getHighlightUsePhraseHighlighter - Returns the state of the hl.usePhraseHighlighter parameter
  • SolrQuery::getMlt - Returns whether or not MoreLikeThis results should be enabled
  • SolrQuery::getMltBoost - Returns whether or not the query will be boosted by the interesting term relevance
  • SolrQuery::getMltCount - Returns the number of similar documents to return for each result
  • SolrQuery::getMltFields - Returns all the fields to use for similarity
  • SolrQuery::getMltMaxNumQueryTerms - Returns the maximum number of query terms that will be included in any generated query
  • SolrQuery::getMltMaxNumTokens - Returns the maximum number of tokens to parse in each document field that is not stored with TermVector support
  • SolrQuery::getMltMaxWordLength - Returns the maximum word length above which words will be ignored
  • SolrQuery::getMltMinDocFrequency - Returns the treshold frequency at which words will be ignored which do not occur in at least this many docs
  • SolrQuery::getMltMinTermFrequency - Returns the frequency below which terms will be ignored in the source document
  • SolrQuery::getMltMinWordLength - Returns the minimum word length below which words will be ignored
  • SolrQuery::getMltQueryFields - Returns the query fields and their boosts
  • SolrQuery::getQuery - Returns the main query
  • SolrQuery::getRows - Returns the maximum number of documents
  • SolrQuery::getSortFields - Returns all the sort fields
  • SolrQuery::getStart - Returns the offset in the complete result set
  • SolrQuery::getStats - Returns whether or not stats is enabled
  • SolrQuery::getStatsFacets - Returns all the stats facets that were set
  • SolrQuery::getStatsFields - Returns all the statistics fields
  • SolrQuery::getTerms - Returns whether or not the TermsComponent is enabled
  • SolrQuery::getTermsField - Returns the field from which the terms are retrieved
  • SolrQuery::getTermsIncludeLowerBound - Returns whether or not to include the lower bound in the result set
  • SolrQuery::getTermsIncludeUpperBound - Returns whether or not to include the upper bound term in the result set
  • SolrQuery::getTermsLimit - Returns the maximum number of terms Solr should return
  • SolrQuery::getTermsLowerBound - Returns the term to start at
  • SolrQuery::getTermsMaxCount - Returns the maximum document frequency
  • SolrQuery::getTermsMinCount - Returns the minimum document frequency to return in order to be included
  • SolrQuery::getTermsPrefix - Returns the term prefix
  • SolrQuery::getTermsReturnRaw - Whether or not to return raw characters
  • SolrQuery::getTermsSort - Returns an integer indicating how terms are sorted
  • SolrQuery::getTermsUpperBound - Returns the term to stop at
  • SolrQuery::getTimeAllowed - Returns the time in milliseconds allowed for the query to finish
  • SolrQuery::removeFacetDateField - Removes one of the facet date fields
  • SolrQuery::removeFacetDateOther - Removes one of the facet.date.other parameters
  • SolrQuery::removeFacetField - Removes one of the facet.date parameters
  • SolrQuery::removeFacetQuery - Removes one of the facet.query parameters
  • SolrQuery::removeField - Removes a field from the list of fields
  • SolrQuery::removeFilterQuery - Removes a filter query
  • SolrQuery::removeHighlightField - Removes one of the fields used for highlighting
  • SolrQuery::removeMltField - Removes one of the moreLikeThis fields
  • SolrQuery::removeMltQueryField - Removes one of the moreLikeThis query fields
  • SolrQuery::removeSortField - Removes one of the sort fields
  • SolrQuery::removeStatsFacet - Removes one of the stats.facet parameters
  • SolrQuery::removeStatsField - Removes one of the stats.field parameters
  • SolrQuery::setEchoHandler - Toggles the echoHandler parameter
  • SolrQuery::setEchoParams - Determines what kind of parameters to include in the response
  • SolrQuery::setExplainOther - Sets the explainOther common query parameter
  • SolrQuery::setFacet - Maps to the facet parameter. Enables or disables facetting
  • SolrQuery::setFacetDateEnd - Maps to facet.date.end
  • SolrQuery::setFacetDateGap - Maps to facet.date.gap
  • SolrQuery::setFacetDateHardEnd - Maps to facet.date.hardend
  • SolrQuery::setFacetDateStart - Maps to facet.date.start
  • SolrQuery::setFacetEnumCacheMinDefaultFrequency - Sets the minimum document frequency used for determining term count
  • SolrQuery::setFacetLimit - Maps to facet.limit
  • SolrQuery::setFacetMethod - Specifies the type of algorithm to use when faceting a field
  • SolrQuery::setFacetMinCount - Maps to facet.mincount
  • SolrQuery::setFacetMissing - Maps to facet.missing
  • SolrQuery::setFacetOffset - Sets the offset into the list of constraints to allow for pagination
  • SolrQuery::setFacetPrefix - Specifies a string prefix with which to limits the terms on which to facet
  • SolrQuery::setFacetSort - Determines the ordering of the facet field constraints
  • SolrQuery::setHighlight - Enables or disables highlighting
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightAlternateField - Specifies the backup field to use
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightFormatter - Specify a formatter for the highlight output
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightFragmenter - Sets a text snippet generator for highlighted text
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightFragsize - The size of fragments to consider for highlighting
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightHighlightMultiTerm - Use SpanScorer to highlight phrase terms
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightMaxAlternateFieldLength - Sets the maximum number of characters of the field to return
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightMaxAnalyzedChars - Specifies the number of characters into a document to look for suitable snippets
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightMergeContiguous - Whether or not to collapse contiguous fragments into a single fragment
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightRegexMaxAnalyzedChars - Specify the maximum number of characters to analyze
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightRegexPattern - Specify the regular expression for fragmenting
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightRegexSlop - Sets the factor by which the regex fragmenter can stray from the ideal fragment size
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightRequireFieldMatch - Require field matching during highlighting
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightSimplePost - Sets the text which appears after a highlighted term
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightSimplePre - Sets the text which appears before a highlighted term
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightSnippets - Sets the maximum number of highlighted snippets to generate per field
  • SolrQuery::setHighlightUsePhraseHighlighter - Whether to highlight phrase terms only when they appear within the query phrase
  • SolrQuery::setMlt - Enables or disables moreLikeThis
  • SolrQuery::setMltBoost - Set if the query will be boosted by the interesting term relevance
  • SolrQuery::setMltCount - Set the number of similar documents to return for each result
  • SolrQuery::setMltMaxNumQueryTerms - Sets the maximum number of query terms included
  • SolrQuery::setMltMaxNumTokens - Specifies the maximum number of tokens to parse
  • SolrQuery::setMltMaxWordLength - Sets the maximum word length
  • SolrQuery::setMltMinDocFrequency - Sets the mltMinDoc frequency
  • SolrQuery::setMltMinTermFrequency - Sets the frequency below which terms will be ignored in the source docs
  • SolrQuery::setMltMinWordLength - Sets the minimum word length
  • SolrQuery::setOmitHeader - Exclude the header from the returned results
  • SolrQuery::setQuery - Sets the search query
  • SolrQuery::setRows - Specifies the maximum number of rows to return in the result
  • SolrQuery::setShowDebugInfo - Flag to show debug information
  • SolrQuery::setStart - Specifies the number of rows to skip
  • SolrQuery::setStats - Enables or disables the Stats component
  • SolrQuery::setTerms - Enables or disables the TermsComponent
  • SolrQuery::setTermsField - Sets the name of the field to get the Terms from
  • SolrQuery::setTermsIncludeLowerBound - Include the lower bound term in the result set
  • SolrQuery::setTermsIncludeUpperBound - Include the upper bound term in the result set
  • SolrQuery::setTermsLimit - Sets the maximum number of terms to return
  • SolrQuery::setTermsLowerBound - Specifies the Term to start from
  • SolrQuery::setTermsMaxCount - Sets the maximum document frequency
  • SolrQuery::setTermsMinCount - Sets the minimum document frequency
  • SolrQuery::setTermsPrefix - Restrict matches to terms that start with the prefix
  • SolrQuery::setTermsReturnRaw - Return the raw characters of the indexed term
  • SolrQuery::setTermsSort - Specifies how to sort the returned terms
  • SolrQuery::setTermsUpperBound - Sets the term to stop at
  • SolrQuery::setTimeAllowed - The time allowed for search to finish
  • SolrQuery::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrQuery::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrQueryResponse::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrQueryResponse::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrResponse::getDigestedResponse - Returns the XML response as serialized PHP data
  • SolrResponse::getHttpStatus - Returns the HTTP status of the response
  • SolrResponse::getHttpStatusMessage - Returns more details on the HTTP status
  • SolrResponse::getRawRequest - Returns the raw request sent to the Solr server
  • SolrResponse::getRawRequestHeaders - Returns the raw request headers sent to the Solr server
  • SolrResponse::getRawResponse - Returns the raw response from the server
  • SolrResponse::getRawResponseHeaders - Returns the raw response headers from the server
  • SolrResponse::getRequestUrl - Returns the full URL the request was sent to
  • SolrResponse::getResponse - Returns a SolrObject representing the XML response from the server
  • SolrResponse::setParseMode - Sets the parse mode
  • SolrResponse::success - Was the request a success
  • SolrUpdateResponse::__construct - Constructor
  • SolrUpdateResponse::__destruct - Destructor
  • SolrUtils::digestXmlResponse - Parses an response XML string into a SolrObject
  • SolrUtils::escapeQueryChars - Escapes a lucene query string
  • SolrUtils::getSolrVersion - Returns the current version of the Solr extension
  • SolrUtils::queryPhrase - Prepares a phrase from an unescaped lucene string
  • solr_get_version - Returns the current version of the Apache Solr extension
  • sort - 배열 정렬
  • soundex - 문자열의 soundex 키를 계산
  • SphinxClient::addQuery - Add query to multi-query batch
  • SphinxClient::buildExcerpts - Build text snippets
  • SphinxClient::buildKeywords - Extract keywords from query
  • SphinxClient::close - Closes previously opened persistent connection
  • SphinxClient::escapeString - Escape special characters
  • SphinxClient::getLastError - Get the last error message
  • SphinxClient::getLastWarning - Get the last warning
  • SphinxClient::open - Opens persistent connection to the server
  • SphinxClient::query - Execute search query
  • SphinxClient::resetFilters - Clear all filters
  • SphinxClient::resetGroupBy - Clear all group-by settings
  • SphinxClient::runQueries - Run a batch of search queries
  • SphinxClient::setArrayResult - Change the format of result set array
  • SphinxClient::setConnectTimeout - Set connection timeout
  • SphinxClient::setFieldWeights - Set field weights
  • SphinxClient::setFilter - Add new integer values set filter
  • SphinxClient::setFilterFloatRange - Add new float range filter
  • SphinxClient::setFilterRange - Add new integer range filter
  • SphinxClient::setGeoAnchor - Set anchor point for a geosphere distance calculations
  • SphinxClient::setGroupBy - Set grouping attribute
  • SphinxClient::setGroupDistinct - Set attribute name for per-group distinct values count calculations
  • SphinxClient::setIDRange - Set a range of accepted document IDs
  • SphinxClient::setIndexWeights - Set per-index weights
  • SphinxClient::setLimits - Set offset and limit of the result set
  • SphinxClient::setMatchMode - Set full-text query matching mode
  • SphinxClient::setMaxQueryTime - Set maximum query time
  • SphinxClient::setOverride - Sets temporary per-document attribute value overrides
  • SphinxClient::setRankingMode - Set ranking mode
  • SphinxClient::setRetries - Set retry count and delay
  • SphinxClient::setSelect - Set select clause
  • SphinxClient::setServer - Set searchd host and port
  • SphinxClient::setSortMode - Set matches sorting mode
  • SphinxClient::status - Queries searchd status
  • SphinxClient::updateAttributes - Update document attributes
  • SphinxClient::__construct - Create a new SphinxClient object
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::bottom - Peeks at the node from the beginning of the doubly linked list
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::count - Counts the number of elements in the doubly linked list.
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::current - Return current array entry
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::getIteratorMode - Returns the mode of iteration
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::isEmpty - Checks whether the doubly linked list is empty.
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::key - Return current node index
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::next - Move to next entry
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::offsetExists - Returns whether the requested $index exists
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::offsetGet - Returns the value at the specified $index
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::offsetSet - Sets the value at the specified $index to $newval
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::offsetUnset - Unsets the value at the specified $index
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::pop - Pops a node from the end of the doubly linked list
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::prev - Move to previous entry
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::push - Pushes an element at the end of the doubly linked list
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::rewind - Rewind iterator back to the start
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::setIteratorMode - Sets the mode of iteration
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::shift - Shifts a node from the beginning of the doubly linked list
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::top - Peeks at the node from the end of the doubly linked list
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::unshift - Prepends the doubly linked list with an element
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::valid - Check whether the doubly linked list contains more nodes
  • SplDoublyLinkedList::__construct - Constructs a new doubly linked list
  • SplEnum::getConstList - Returns all consts (possible values) as an array.
  • SplFileInfo::getATime - Gets last access time of the file
  • SplFileInfo::getBasename - Gets the base name of the file
  • SplFileInfo::getCTime - Gets the inode change time
  • SplFileInfo::getExtension - Gets the file extension
  • SplFileInfo::getFileInfo - Gets an SplFileInfo object for the file
  • SplFileInfo::getFilename - Gets the filename
  • SplFileInfo::getGroup - Gets the file group
  • SplFileInfo::getInode - Gets the inode for the file
  • SplFileInfo::getLinkTarget - Gets the target of a link
  • SplFileInfo::getMTime - Gets the last modified time
  • SplFileInfo::getOwner - Gets the owner of the file
  • SplFileInfo::getPath - Gets the path without filename
  • SplFileInfo::getPathInfo - Gets an SplFileInfo object for the path
  • SplFileInfo::getPathname - Gets the path to the file
  • SplFileInfo::getPerms - Gets file permissions
  • SplFileInfo::getRealPath - Gets absolute path to file
  • SplFileInfo::getSize - Gets file size
  • SplFileInfo::getType - Gets file type
  • SplFileInfo::isDir - Tells if the file is a directory
  • SplFileInfo::isExecutable - Tells if the file is executable
  • SplFileInfo::isFile - Tells if the object references a regular file
  • SplFileInfo::isLink - Tells if the file is a link
  • SplFileInfo::isReadable - Tells if file is readable
  • SplFileInfo::isWritable - Tells if the entry is writable
  • SplFileInfo::openFile - Gets an SplFileObject object for the file
  • SplFileInfo::setFileClass - Sets the class name used with SplFileInfo::openFile
  • SplFileInfo::setInfoClass - Sets the class used with getFileInfo and getPathInfo
  • SplFileInfo::__construct - Construct a new SplFileInfo object
  • SplFileInfo::__toString - Returns the path to the file as a string
  • SplFileObject::current - Retrieve current line of file
  • SplFileObject::eof - Reached end of file
  • SplFileObject::fflush - Flushes the output to the file
  • SplFileObject::fgetc - Gets character from file
  • SplFileObject::fgetcsv - Gets line from file and parse as CSV fields
  • SplFileObject::fgets - Gets line from file
  • SplFileObject::fgetss - Gets line from file and strip HTML tags
  • SplFileObject::flock - Portable file locking
  • SplFileObject::fpassthru - Output all remaining data on a file pointer
  • SplFileObject::fputcsv - Output a field array as a CSV line
  • SplFileObject::fscanf - Parses input from file according to a format
  • SplFileObject::fseek - Seek to a position
  • SplFileObject::fstat - Gets information about the file
  • SplFileObject::ftell - Return current file position
  • SplFileObject::ftruncate - Truncates the file to a given length
  • SplFileObject::fwrite - Write to file
  • SplFileObject::getChildren - No purpose
  • SplFileObject::getCsvControl - Get the delimiter and enclosure character for CSV
  • SplFileObject::getCurrentLine - Alias of SplFileObject::fgets
  • SplFileObject::getFlags - Gets flags for the SplFileObject
  • SplFileObject::getMaxLineLen - Get maximum line length
  • SplFileObject::hasChildren - SplFileObject does not have children
  • SplFileObject::key - Get line number
  • SplFileObject::next - Read next line
  • SplFileObject::rewind - Rewind the file to the first line
  • SplFileObject::seek - Seek to specified line
  • SplFileObject::setCsvControl - Set the delimiter and enclosure character for CSV
  • SplFileObject::setFlags - Sets flags for the SplFileObject
  • SplFileObject::setMaxLineLen - Set maximum line length
  • SplFileObject::valid - Not at EOF
  • SplFileObject::__construct - Construct a new file object.
  • SplFileObject::__toString - Alias of SplFileObject::current
  • SplFixedArray::count - Returns the size of the array
  • SplFixedArray::current - Return current array entry
  • SplFixedArray::fromArray - Import a PHP array in a SplFixedArray instance
  • SplFixedArray::getSize - Gets the size of the array
  • SplFixedArray::key - Return current array index
  • SplFixedArray::next - Move to next entry
  • SplFixedArray::offsetExists - Returns whether the requested index exists
  • SplFixedArray::offsetGet - Returns the value at the specified index
  • SplFixedArray::offsetSet - Sets a new value at a specified index
  • SplFixedArray::offsetUnset - Unsets the value at the specified $index
  • SplFixedArray::rewind - Rewind iterator back to the start
  • SplFixedArray::setSize - Change the size of an array
  • SplFixedArray::toArray - Returns a PHP array from the fixed array
  • SplFixedArray::valid - Check whether the array contains more elements
  • SplFixedArray::__construct - Constructs a new fixed array
  • SplHeap::compare - Compare elements in order to place them correctly in the heap while sifting up.
  • SplHeap::count - Counts the number of elements in the heap.
  • SplHeap::current - Return current node pointed by the iterator
  • SplHeap::extract - Extracts a node from top of the heap and sift up.
  • SplHeap::insert - Inserts an element in the heap by sifting it up.
  • SplHeap::isEmpty - Checks whether the heap is empty.
  • SplHeap::key - Return current node index
  • SplHeap::next - Move to the next node
  • SplHeap::recoverFromCorruption - Recover from the corrupted state and allow further actions on the heap.
  • SplHeap::rewind - Rewind iterator back to the start (no-op)
  • SplHeap::top - Peeks at the node from the top of the heap
  • SplHeap::valid - Check whether the heap contains more nodes
  • SplHeap::__construct - Constructs a new empty heap
  • split - Split string into array by regular expression
  • spliti - Split string into array by regular expression case insensitive
  • SplMaxHeap::compare - Compare elements in order to place them correctly in the heap while sifting up.
  • SplMinHeap::compare - Compare elements in order to place them correctly in the heap while sifting up.
  • SplObjectStorage::addAll - Adds all objects from another storage
  • SplObjectStorage::attach - Adds an object in the storage
  • SplObjectStorage::contains - Checks if the storage contains a specific object
  • SplObjectStorage::count - Returns the number of objects in the storage
  • SplObjectStorage::current - Returns the current storage entry
  • SplObjectStorage::detach - Removes an object from the storage
  • SplObjectStorage::getHash - Calculate a unique identifier for the contained objects
  • SplObjectStorage::getInfo - Returns the data associated with the current iterator entry
  • SplObjectStorage::key - Returns the index at which the iterator currently is
  • SplObjectStorage::next - Move to the next entry
  • SplObjectStorage::offsetExists - Checks whether an object exists in the storage
  • SplObjectStorage::offsetGet - Returns the data associated with an object
  • SplObjectStorage::offsetSet - Associates data to an object in the storage
  • SplObjectStorage::offsetUnset - Removes an object from the storage
  • SplObjectStorage::removeAll - Removes objects contained in another storage from the current storage
  • SplObjectStorage::removeAllExcept - Removes all objects except for those contained in another storage from the current storage
  • SplObjectStorage::rewind - Rewind the iterator to the first storage element
  • SplObjectStorage::serialize - Serializes the storage
  • SplObjectStorage::setInfo - Sets the data associated with the current iterator entry
  • SplObjectStorage::unserialize - Unserializes a storage from its string representation
  • SplObjectStorage::valid - Returns if the current iterator entry is valid
  • SplObserver::update - Receive update from subject
  • SplPriorityQueue::compare - Compare priorities in order to place elements correctly in the heap while sifting up.
  • SplPriorityQueue::count - Counts the number of elements in the queue.
  • SplPriorityQueue::current - Return current node pointed by the iterator
  • SplPriorityQueue::extract - Extracts a node from top of the heap and sift up.
  • SplPriorityQueue::insert - Inserts an element in the queue by sifting it up.
  • SplPriorityQueue::isEmpty - Checks whether the queue is empty.
  • SplPriorityQueue::key - Return current node index
  • SplPriorityQueue::next - Move to the next node
  • SplPriorityQueue::recoverFromCorruption - Recover from the corrupted state and allow further actions on the queue.
  • SplPriorityQueue::rewind - Rewind iterator back to the start (no-op)
  • SplPriorityQueue::setExtractFlags - Sets the mode of extraction
  • SplPriorityQueue::top - Peeks at the node from the top of the queue
  • SplPriorityQueue::valid - Check whether the queue contains more nodes
  • SplPriorityQueue::__construct - Constructs a new empty queue
  • SplQueue::dequeue - Dequeues a node from the queue
  • SplQueue::enqueue - Adds an element to the queue.
  • SplQueue::setIteratorMode - Sets the mode of iteration
  • SplQueue::__construct - Constructs a new queue implemented using a doubly linked list
  • SplStack::setIteratorMode - Sets the mode of iteration
  • SplStack::__construct - Constructs a new stack implemented using a doubly linked list
  • SplSubject::attach - Attach an SplObserver
  • SplSubject::detach - Detach an observer
  • SplSubject::notify - Notify an observer
  • SplTempFileObject::__construct - Construct a new temporary file object
  • SplType::__construct - Creates a new value of some type
  • spl_autoload - Default implementation for __autoload()
  • spl_autoload_call - Try all registered __autoload() function to load the requested class
  • spl_autoload_extensions - Register and return default file extensions for spl_autoload
  • spl_autoload_functions - Return all registered __autoload() functions
  • spl_autoload_register - Register given function as __autoload() implementation
  • spl_autoload_unregister - Unregister given function as __autoload() implementation
  • spl_classes - Return available SPL classes
  • spl_object_hash - Return hash id for given object
  • Spoofchecker::areConfusable - Checks if a given text contains any confusable characters
  • Spoofchecker::isSuspicious - Checks if a given text contains any suspicious characters
  • Spoofchecker::setAllowedLocales - Locales to use when running checks
  • Spoofchecker::setChecks - Set the checks to run
  • Spoofchecker::__construct - Constructor
  • sprintf - 형식화한 문자열을 반환
  • SQL acceptable by 4D - PDO and SQL 4D
  • SQLite3::busyTimeout - Sets the busy connection handler
  • SQLite3::changes - Returns the number of database rows that were changed (or inserted or deleted) by the most recent SQL statement
  • SQLite3::close - Closes the database connection
  • SQLite3::createAggregate - Registers a PHP function for use as an SQL aggregate function
  • SQLite3::createFunction - Registers a PHP function for use as an SQL scalar function
  • SQLite3::escapeString - Returns a string that has been properly escaped
  • SQLite3::exec - Executes a result-less query against a given database
  • SQLite3::lastErrorCode - Returns the numeric result code of the most recent failed SQLite request
  • SQLite3::lastErrorMsg - Returns English text describing the most recent failed SQLite request
  • SQLite3::lastInsertRowID - Returns the row ID of the most recent INSERT into the database
  • SQLite3::loadExtension - Attempts to load an SQLite extension library
  • SQLite3::open - Opens an SQLite database
  • SQLite3::prepare - Prepares an SQL statement for execution
  • SQLite3::query - Executes an SQL query
  • SQLite3::querySingle - Executes a query and returns a single result
  • SQLite3::version - Returns the SQLite3 library version as a string constant and as a number
  • SQLite3::__construct - Instantiates an SQLite3 object and opens an SQLite 3 database
  • SQLite3Result::columnName - Returns the name of the nth column
  • SQLite3Result::columnType - Returns the type of the nth column
  • SQLite3Result::fetchArray - Fetches a result row as an associative or numerically indexed array or both
  • SQLite3Result::finalize - Closes the result set
  • SQLite3Result::numColumns - Returns the number of columns in the result set
  • SQLite3Result::reset - Resets the result set back to the first row
  • SQLite3Stmt::bindParam - Binds a parameter to a statement variable
  • SQLite3Stmt::bindValue - Binds the value of a parameter to a statement variable
  • SQLite3Stmt::clear - Clears all current bound parameters
  • SQLite3Stmt::close - Closes the prepared statement
  • SQLite3Stmt::execute - Executes a prepared statement and returns a result set object
  • SQLite3Stmt::paramCount - Returns the number of parameters within the prepared statement
  • SQLite3Stmt::reset - Resets the prepared statement
  • sqlite_array_query - Execute a query against a given database and returns an array
  • sqlite_busy_timeout - Set busy timeout duration, or disable busy handlers
  • sqlite_changes - Returns the number of rows that were changed by the most recent SQL statement
  • sqlite_close - Closes an open SQLite database
  • sqlite_column - Fetches a column from the current row of a result set
  • sqlite_create_aggregate - Register an aggregating UDF for use in SQL statements
  • sqlite_create_function - Registers a "regular" User Defined Function for use in SQL statements
  • sqlite_current - Fetches the current row from a result set as an array
  • sqlite_error_string - Returns the textual description of an error code
  • sqlite_escape_string - Escapes a string for use as a query parameter
  • sqlite_exec - Executes a result-less query against a given database
  • sqlite_factory - Opens an SQLite database and returns an SQLiteDatabase object
  • sqlite_fetch_all - Fetches all rows from a result set as an array of arrays
  • sqlite_fetch_array - Fetches the next row from a result set as an array
  • sqlite_fetch_column_types - Return an array of column types from a particular table
  • sqlite_fetch_object - Fetches the next row from a result set as an object
  • sqlite_fetch_single - Fetches the first column of a result set as a string
  • sqlite_fetch_string - 별칭: sqlite_fetch_single
  • sqlite_field_name - Returns the name of a particular field
  • sqlite_has_more - Finds whether or not more rows are available
  • sqlite_has_prev - Returns whether or not a previous row is available
  • sqlite_key - Returns the current row index
  • sqlite_last_error - Returns the error code of the last error for a database
  • sqlite_last_insert_rowid - Returns the rowid of the most recently inserted row
  • sqlite_libencoding - Returns the encoding of the linked SQLite library
  • sqlite_libversion - Returns the version of the linked SQLite library
  • sqlite_next - Seek to the next row number
  • sqlite_num_fields - Returns the number of fields in a result set
  • sqlite_num_rows - Returns the number of rows in a buffered result set
  • sqlite_open - Opens an SQLite database and create the database if it does not exist
  • sqlite_popen - Opens a persistent handle to an SQLite database and create the database if it does not exist
  • sqlite_prev - Seek to the previous row number of a result set
  • sqlite_query - Executes a query against a given database and returns a result handle
  • sqlite_rewind - Seek to the first row number
  • sqlite_seek - Seek to a particular row number of a buffered result set
  • sqlite_single_query - Executes a query and returns either an array for one single column or the value of the first row
  • sqlite_udf_decode_binary - Decode binary data passed as parameters to an UDF
  • sqlite_udf_encode_binary - Encode binary data before returning it from an UDF
  • sqlite_unbuffered_query - Execute a query that does not prefetch and buffer all data
  • sqlite_valid - Returns whether more rows are available
  • sqlsrv_begin_transaction - Begins a database transaction
  • sqlsrv_cancel - Cancels a statement
  • sqlsrv_client_info - Returns information about the client and specified connection
  • sqlsrv_close - Closes an open connection and releases resourses associated with the connection
  • sqlsrv_commit - Commits a transaction that was begun with sqlsrv_begin_transaction
  • sqlsrv_configure - Changes the driver error handling and logging configurations
  • sqlsrv_connect - Opens a connection to a Microsoft SQL Server database
  • sqlsrv_errors - Returns error and warning information about the last SQLSRV operation performed
  • sqlsrv_execute - Executes a statement prepared with sqlsrv_prepare
  • sqlsrv_fetch - Makes the next row in a result set available for reading
  • sqlsrv_fetch_array - Returns a row as an array
  • sqlsrv_fetch_object - Retrieves the next row of data in a result set as an object
  • sqlsrv_field_metadata - Retrieves metadata for the fields of a statement prepared by sqlsrv_prepare or sqlsrv_query
  • sqlsrv_free_stmt - Frees all resources for the specified statement
  • sqlsrv_get_config - Returns the value of the specified configuration setting
  • sqlsrv_get_field - Gets field data from the currently selected row
  • sqlsrv_has_rows - Indicates whether the specified statement has rows
  • sqlsrv_next_result - Makes the next result of the specified statement active
  • sqlsrv_num_fields - Retrieves the number of fields (columns) on a statement
  • sqlsrv_num_rows - Retrieves the number of rows in a result set
  • sqlsrv_prepare - Prepares a query for execution
  • sqlsrv_query - Prepares and executes a query.
  • sqlsrv_rollback - Rolls back a transaction that was begun with sqlsrv_begin_transaction
  • sqlsrv_rows_affected - Returns the number of rows modified by the last INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE query executed
  • sqlsrv_send_stream_data - Sends data from parameter streams to the server
  • sqlsrv_server_info - Returns information about the server
  • SQL types with PDO_4D and PHP - SQL types with PDO_4D and PHP
  • sql_regcase - Make regular expression for case insensitive match
  • sqrt - 평방 제곱근
  • srand - 난수 생성기를 초기화
  • sscanf - 문자열을 형식에 따라 해석
  • ssdeep_fuzzy_compare - Calculates the match score between two fuzzy hash signatures
  • ssdeep_fuzzy_hash - Create a fuzzy hash from a string
  • ssdeep_fuzzy_hash_filename - Create a fuzzy hash from a file
  • ssh2:// - Secure Shell 2
  • ssh2_auth_hostbased_file - Authenticate using a public hostkey
  • ssh2_auth_none - Authenticate as "none"
  • ssh2_auth_password - Authenticate over SSH using a plain password
  • ssh2_auth_pubkey_file - Authenticate using a public key
  • ssh2_connect - Connect to an SSH server
  • ssh2_exec - Execute a command on a remote server
  • ssh2_fetch_stream - Fetch an extended data stream
  • ssh2_fingerprint - Retrieve fingerprint of remote server
  • ssh2_methods_negotiated - Return list of negotiated methods
  • ssh2_publickey_add - Add an authorized publickey
  • ssh2_publickey_init - Initialize Publickey subsystem
  • ssh2_publickey_list - List currently authorized publickeys
  • ssh2_publickey_remove - Remove an authorized publickey
  • ssh2_scp_recv - Request a file via SCP
  • ssh2_scp_send - Send a file via SCP
  • ssh2_sftp - Initialize SFTP subsystem
  • ssh2_sftp_lstat - Stat a symbolic link
  • ssh2_sftp_mkdir - Create a directory
  • ssh2_sftp_readlink - Return the target of a symbolic link
  • ssh2_sftp_realpath - Resolve the realpath of a provided path string
  • ssh2_sftp_rename - Rename a remote file
  • ssh2_sftp_rmdir - Remove a directory
  • ssh2_sftp_stat - Stat a file on a remote filesystem
  • ssh2_sftp_symlink - Create a symlink
  • ssh2_sftp_unlink - Delete a file
  • ssh2_shell - Request an interactive shell
  • ssh2_tunnel - Open a tunnel through a remote server
  • SSL context options - SSL context option listing
  • stat - Gives information about a file
  • stats_absolute_deviation - Returns the absolute deviation of an array of values
  • stats_cdf_beta - CDF function for BETA Distribution. Calculates any one parameter of the beta distribution given values for the others.
  • stats_cdf_binomial - Calculates any one parameter of the binomial distribution given values for the others.
  • stats_cdf_cauchy - Not documented
  • stats_cdf_chisquare - Calculates any one parameter of the chi-square distribution given values for the others.
  • stats_cdf_exponential - Not documented
  • stats_cdf_f - Calculates any one parameter of the F distribution given values for the others.
  • stats_cdf_gamma - Calculates any one parameter of the gamma distribution given values for the others.
  • stats_cdf_laplace - Not documented
  • stats_cdf_logistic - Not documented
  • stats_cdf_negative_binomial - Calculates any one parameter of the negative binomial distribution given values for the others.
  • stats_cdf_noncentral_chisquare - Calculates any one parameter of the non-central chi-square distribution given values for the others.
  • stats_cdf_noncentral_f - Calculates any one parameter of the Non-central F distribution given values for the others.
  • stats_cdf_poisson - Calculates any one parameter of the Poisson distribution given values for the others.
  • stats_cdf_t - Calculates any one parameter of the T distribution given values for the others.
  • stats_cdf_uniform - Not documented
  • stats_cdf_weibull - Not documented
  • stats_covariance - Computes the covariance of two data sets
  • stats_dens_beta - Not documented
  • stats_dens_cauchy - Not documented
  • stats_dens_chisquare - Not documented
  • stats_dens_exponential - Not documented
  • stats_dens_f - 설명
  • stats_dens_gamma - Not documented
  • stats_dens_laplace - Not documented
  • stats_dens_logistic - Not documented
  • stats_dens_negative_binomial - Not documented
  • stats_dens_normal - Not documented
  • stats_dens_pmf_binomial - Not documented
  • stats_dens_pmf_hypergeometric - 설명
  • stats_dens_pmf_poisson - Not documented
  • stats_dens_t - Not documented
  • stats_dens_weibull - Not documented
  • stats_den_uniform - Not documented
  • stats_harmonic_mean - Returns the harmonic mean of an array of values
  • stats_kurtosis - Computes the kurtosis of the data in the array
  • stats_rand_gen_beta - Generates beta random deviate
  • stats_rand_gen_chisquare - Generates random deviate from the distribution of a chisquare with "df" degrees of freedom random variable.
  • stats_rand_gen_exponential - Generates a single random deviate from an exponential distribution with mean "av"
  • stats_rand_gen_f - Generates a random deviate
  • stats_rand_gen_funiform - Generates uniform float between low (exclusive) and high (exclusive)
  • stats_rand_gen_gamma - Generates random deviates from a gamma distribution
  • stats_rand_gen_ibinomial - Generates a single random deviate from a binomial distribution whose number of trials is "n" (n >= 0) and whose probability of an event in each trial is "pp" ([0;1]). Method : algorithm BTPE
  • stats_rand_gen_ibinomial_negative - Generates a single random deviate from a negative binomial distribution. Arguments : n - the number of trials in the negative binomial distribution from which a random deviate is to be generated (n > 0), p - the probability of an event (0 < p < 1)).
  • stats_rand_gen_int - Generates random integer between 1 and 2147483562
  • stats_rand_gen_ipoisson - Generates a single random deviate from a Poisson distribution with mean "mu" (mu >= 0.0).
  • stats_rand_gen_iuniform - Generates integer uniformly distributed between LOW (inclusive) and HIGH (inclusive)
  • stats_rand_gen_noncenral_chisquare - Generates random deviate from the distribution of a noncentral chisquare with "df" degrees of freedom and noncentrality parameter "xnonc". d must be >= 1.0, xnonc must >= 0.0
  • stats_rand_gen_noncentral_f - Generates a random deviate from the noncentral F (variance ratio) distribution with "dfn" degrees of freedom in the numerator, and "dfd" degrees of freedom in the denominator, and noncentrality parameter "xnonc". Method : directly generates ratio of noncentral numerator chisquare variate to central denominator chisquare variate.
  • stats_rand_gen_noncentral_t - Generates a single random deviate from a noncentral T distribution
  • stats_rand_gen_normal - Generates a single random deviate from a normal distribution with mean, av, and standard deviation, sd (sd >= 0). Method : Renames SNORM from TOMS as slightly modified by BWB to use RANF instead of SUNIF.
  • stats_rand_gen_t - Generates a single random deviate from a T distribution
  • stats_rand_get_seeds - Not documented
  • stats_rand_phrase_to_seeds - generate two seeds for the RGN random number generator
  • stats_rand_ranf - Returns a random floating point number from a uniform distribution over 0 - 1 (endpoints of this interval are not returned) using the current generator
  • stats_rand_setall - Not documented
  • stats_skew - Computes the skewness of the data in the array
  • stats_standard_deviation - Returns the standard deviation
  • stats_stat_binomial_coef - Not documented
  • stats_stat_correlation - Not documented
  • stats_stat_gennch - Not documented
  • stats_stat_independent_t - Not documented
  • stats_stat_innerproduct - 설명
  • stats_stat_noncentral_t - Calculates any one parameter of the noncentral t distribution give values for the others.
  • stats_stat_paired_t - Not documented
  • stats_stat_percentile - Not documented
  • stats_stat_powersum - Not documented
  • stats_variance - Returns the population variance
  • Stomp::abort - Rolls back a transaction in progress
  • Stomp::ack - Acknowledges consumption of a message
  • Stomp::begin - Starts a transaction
  • Stomp::commit - Commits a transaction in progress
  • Stomp::error - Gets the last stomp error
  • Stomp::getReadTimeout - Gets read timeout
  • Stomp::getSessionId - Gets the current stomp session ID
  • Stomp::hasFrame - Indicates whether or not there is a frame ready to read
  • Stomp::readFrame - Reads the next frame
  • Stomp::send - Sends a message
  • Stomp::setReadTimeout - Sets read timeout
  • Stomp::subscribe - Registers to listen to a given destination
  • Stomp::unsubscribe - Removes an existing subscription
  • Stomp::__construct - Opens a connection
  • Stomp::__destruct - Closes stomp connection
  • StompException::getDetails - Get exception details
  • StompFrame::__construct - Constructor
  • stomp_connect_error - Returns a string description of the last connect error
  • stomp_version - Gets the current stomp extension version
  • strcasecmp - 대소문자 구분 없는 바이너리 안전 문자열 비교
  • strchr - 별칭: strstr
  • strcmp - 바이너리 안전 문자열 비교
  • strcoll - 로케일 기반 문자열 비교
  • strcspn - 마스크에 매칭하지 않는 처음 세그먼트의 길이를 찾습니다
  • streamWrapper::dir_closedir - Close directory handle
  • streamWrapper::dir_opendir - Open directory handle
  • streamWrapper::dir_readdir - Read entry from directory handle
  • streamWrapper::dir_rewinddir - Rewind directory handle
  • streamWrapper::mkdir - Create a directory
  • streamWrapper::rename - Renames a file or directory
  • streamWrapper::rmdir - Removes a directory
  • streamWrapper::stream_cast - Retrieve the underlaying resource
  • streamWrapper::stream_close - Close an resource
  • streamWrapper::stream_eof - Tests for end-of-file on a file pointer
  • streamWrapper::stream_flush - Flushes the output
  • streamWrapper::stream_lock - Advisory file locking
  • streamWrapper::stream_metadata - Change stream options
  • streamWrapper::stream_open - Opens file or URL
  • streamWrapper::stream_read - Read from stream
  • streamWrapper::stream_seek - Seeks to specific location in a stream
  • streamWrapper::stream_set_option - Change stream options
  • streamWrapper::stream_stat - Retrieve information about a file resource
  • streamWrapper::stream_tell - Retrieve the current position of a stream
  • streamWrapper::stream_write - Write to stream
  • streamWrapper::unlink - Delete a file
  • streamWrapper::url_stat - Retrieve information about a file
  • streamWrapper::__construct - Constructs a new stream wrapper
  • streamWrapper::__destruct - Destructs an existing stream wrapper
  • stream_bucket_append - Append bucket to brigade
  • stream_bucket_make_writeable - Return a bucket object from the brigade for operating on
  • stream_bucket_new - Create a new bucket for use on the current stream
  • stream_bucket_prepend - Prepend bucket to brigade
  • stream_context_create - Create a streams context
  • stream_context_get_default - Retrieve the default streams context
  • stream_context_get_options - Retrieve options for a stream/wrapper/context
  • stream_context_get_params - Retrieves parameters from a context
  • stream_context_set_default - Set the default streams context
  • stream_context_set_option - Sets an option for a stream/wrapper/context
  • stream_context_set_params - Set parameters for a stream/wrapper/context
  • stream_copy_to_stream - Copies data from one stream to another
  • stream_encoding - Set character set for stream encoding
  • stream_filter_append - Attach a filter to a stream
  • stream_filter_prepend - Attach a filter to a stream
  • stream_filter_register - Register a user defined stream filter
  • stream_filter_remove - Remove a filter from a stream
  • stream_get_contents - Reads remainder of a stream into a string
  • stream_get_filters - Retrieve list of registered filters
  • stream_get_line - Gets line from stream resource up to a given delimiter
  • stream_get_meta_data - Retrieves header/meta data from streams/file pointers
  • stream_get_transports - Retrieve list of registered socket transports
  • stream_get_wrappers - Retrieve list of registered streams
  • stream_is_local - Checks if a stream is a local stream
  • stream_notification_callback - A callback function for the notification context paramater
  • stream_register_wrapper - 별칭: stream_wrapper_register
  • stream_resolve_include_path - Resolve filename against the include path
  • stream_select - Runs the equivalent of the select() system call on the given arrays of streams with a timeout specified by tv_sec and tv_usec
  • stream_set_blocking - Set blocking/non-blocking mode on a stream
  • stream_set_read_buffer - Set read file buffering on the given stream
  • stream_set_timeout - Set timeout period on a stream
  • stream_set_write_buffer - Sets write file buffering on the given stream
  • stream_socket_accept - Accept a connection on a socket created by stream_socket_server
  • stream_socket_client - Open Internet or Unix domain socket connection
  • stream_socket_enable_crypto - Turns encryption on/off on an already connected socket
  • stream_socket_get_name - Retrieve the name of the local or remote sockets
  • stream_socket_pair - Creates a pair of connected, indistinguishable socket streams
  • stream_socket_recvfrom - Receives data from a socket, connected or not
  • stream_socket_sendto - Sends a message to a socket, whether it is connected or not
  • stream_socket_server - Create an Internet or Unix domain server socket
  • stream_socket_shutdown - Shutdown a full-duplex connection
  • stream_supports_lock - Tells whether the stream supports locking.
  • stream_wrapper_register - Register a URL wrapper implemented as a PHP class
  • stream_wrapper_restore - Restores a previously unregistered built-in wrapper
  • stream_wrapper_unregister - Unregister a URL wrapper
  • strftime - Format a local time/date according to locale settings
  • stripcslashes - addcslashes로 인용한 문자열을 되돌립니다
  • stripos - 대소문자를 구분 없이 문자열이 처음 나타나는 위치를 탐색
  • stripslashes - 따옴표 처리한 문자열을 풉니다
  • strip_tags - 문자열에서 HTML과 PHP 태그를 제거
  • stristr - 대소문자를 구분하지 않는 strstr
  • strlen - 문자열 길이를 얻습니다
  • strnatcasecmp - "자연순" 알고리즘을 이용한 대소문자 구분 없는 문자열 비교
  • strnatcmp - "자연순" 알고리즘을 이용한 문자열 비교
  • strncasecmp - 대소문자 구분 없는 처음 n 문자의 바이너리 안전 문자열 비교
  • strncmp - 처음 n 문자의 바이너리 안전 문자열 비교
  • strpbrk - Search a string for any of a set of characters
  • strpos - 문자열이 처음 나타나는 위치를 찾습니다
  • strptime - Parse a time/date generated with strftime
  • strrchr - 문자열에서 문자가 마지막으로 나오는 부분을 찾습니다
  • strrev - 문자열 뒤집기
  • strripos - 문자열에서 대소문자 구분 없이 문자열의 마지막 위치를 찾습니다
  • strrpos - 문자열에서 마지막 문자의 위치를 찾습니다
  • strspn - 마스크에 매치하는 초기 세그먼트의 길이를 찾는다
  • strstr - 문자열이 처음으로 나오는 부분을 찾습니다
  • strtok - 문자열을 토큰화
  • strtolower - 문자열을 소문자로 만듭니다
  • strtotime - Parse about any English textual datetime description into a Unix timestamp
  • strtoupper - 문자열을 대문자로 만듭니다
  • strtr - Translate characters or replace substrings
  • strval - 변수의 문자열 값을 얻습니다
  • str_getcsv - Parse a CSV string into an array
  • str_ireplace - 대소문자 구분 없는 str_replace
  • str_pad - 문자열을 지정한 길이가 되도록 다른 문자열로 채웁니다
  • str_repeat - 문자열을 반복
  • str_replace - 발견한 모든 검색 문자열을 치환 문자열로 교체
  • str_rot13 - 문자열에 rot13 변환을 수행
  • str_shuffle - 문자열을 무작위로 섞습니다
  • str_split - 문자열을 배열로 변환
  • str_word_count - 문자열에서 사용한 단어에 대한 정보를 반환
  • substr - Return part of a string
  • substr_compare - Binary safe comparison of two strings from an offset, up to length characters
  • substr_count - Count the number of substring occurrences
  • substr_replace - Replace text within a portion of a string
  • SVM::crossvalidate - Test training params on subsets of the training data.
  • SVM::getOptions - Return the current training parameters
  • SVM::setOptions - Set training parameters
  • SVM::train - Create a SVMModel based on training data
  • SVM::__construct - Construct a new SVM object
  • SVMModel::load - Load a saved SVM Model
  • SVMModel::predict - Predict a value for previously unseen data
  • SVMModel::predict_probability - Return class probabilities for previous unseen data
  • SVMModel::save - Save a model to a file
  • SVMModel::__construct - Construct a new SVMModel
  • svn_add - Schedules the addition of an item in a working directory
  • svn_auth_get_parameter - Retrieves authentication parameter
  • svn_auth_set_parameter - Sets an authentication parameter
  • svn_blame - Get the SVN blame for a file
  • svn_cat - Returns the contents of a file in a repository
  • svn_checkout - Checks out a working copy from the repository
  • svn_cleanup - Recursively cleanup a working copy directory, finishing incomplete operations and removing locks
  • svn_client_version - Returns the version of the SVN client libraries
  • svn_commit - Sends changes from the local working copy to the repository
  • svn_delete - Delete items from a working copy or repository.
  • svn_diff - Recursively diffs two paths
  • svn_export - Export the contents of a SVN directory
  • svn_fs_abort_txn - Abort a transaction, returns true if everything is okay, false otherwise
  • svn_fs_apply_text - Creates and returns a stream that will be used to replace
  • svn_fs_begin_txn2 - Create a new transaction
  • svn_fs_change_node_prop - Return true if everything is ok, false otherwise
  • svn_fs_check_path - Determines what kind of item lives at path in a given repository fsroot
  • svn_fs_contents_changed - Return true if content is different, false otherwise
  • svn_fs_copy - Copies a file or a directory, returns true if all is ok, false otherwise
  • svn_fs_delete - Deletes a file or a directory, return true if all is ok, false otherwise
  • svn_fs_dir_entries - Enumerates the directory entries under path; returns a hash of dir names to file type
  • svn_fs_file_contents - Returns a stream to access the contents of a file from a given version of the fs
  • svn_fs_file_length - Returns the length of a file from a given version of the fs
  • svn_fs_is_dir - Return true if the path points to a directory, false otherwise
  • svn_fs_is_file - Return true if the path points to a file, false otherwise
  • svn_fs_make_dir - Creates a new empty directory, returns true if all is ok, false otherwise
  • svn_fs_make_file - Creates a new empty file, returns true if all is ok, false otherwise
  • svn_fs_node_created_rev - Returns the revision in which path under fsroot was created
  • svn_fs_node_prop - Returns the value of a property for a node
  • svn_fs_props_changed - Return true if props are different, false otherwise
  • svn_fs_revision_prop - Fetches the value of a named property
  • svn_fs_revision_root - Get a handle on a specific version of the repository root
  • svn_fs_txn_root - Creates and returns a transaction root
  • svn_fs_youngest_rev - Returns the number of the youngest revision in the filesystem
  • svn_import - Imports an unversioned path into a repository
  • svn_log - Returns the commit log messages of a repository URL
  • svn_ls - Returns list of directory contents in repository URL, optionally at revision number
  • svn_mkdir - Creates a directory in a working copy or repository
  • svn_repos_create - Create a new subversion repository at path
  • svn_repos_fs - Gets a handle on the filesystem for a repository
  • svn_repos_fs_begin_txn_for_commit - Create a new transaction
  • svn_repos_fs_commit_txn - Commits a transaction and returns the new revision
  • svn_repos_hotcopy - Make a hot-copy of the repos at repospath; copy it to destpath
  • svn_repos_open - Open a shared lock on a repository.
  • svn_repos_recover - Run recovery procedures on the repository located at path.
  • svn_revert - Revert changes to the working copy
  • svn_status - Returns the status of working copy files and directories
  • svn_update - Update working copy
  • SWFAction->__construct - Creates a new SWFAction
  • SWFBitmap->getHeight - Returns the bitmap's height
  • SWFBitmap->getWidth - Returns the bitmap's width
  • SWFBitmap->__construct - Loads Bitmap object
  • SWFButton->addAction - Adds an action
  • SWFButton->addASound - Associates a sound with a button transition
  • SWFButton->addShape - Adds a shape to a button
  • SWFButton->setAction - Sets the action
  • SWFButton->setDown - Alias for addShape(shape, SWFBUTTON_DOWN)
  • SWFButton->setHit - Alias for addShape(shape, SWFBUTTON_HIT)
  • SWFButton->setMenu - enable track as menu button behaviour
  • SWFButton->setOver - Alias for addShape(shape, SWFBUTTON_OVER)
  • SWFButton->setUp - Alias for addShape(shape, SWFBUTTON_UP)
  • SWFButton->__construct - Creates a new Button
  • SWFDisplayItem->addAction - Adds this SWFAction to the given SWFSprite instance
  • SWFDisplayItem->addColor - Adds the given color to this item's color transform
  • SWFDisplayItem->endMask - Another way of defining a MASK layer
  • SWFDisplayItem->getRot - 설명
  • SWFDisplayItem->getX - 설명
  • SWFDisplayItem->getXScale - 설명
  • SWFDisplayItem->getXSkew - 설명
  • SWFDisplayItem->getY - 설명
  • SWFDisplayItem->getYScale - 설명
  • SWFDisplayItem->getYSkew - 설명
  • SWFDisplayItem->move - Moves object in relative coordinates
  • SWFDisplayItem->moveTo - Moves object in global coordinates
  • SWFDisplayItem->multColor - Multiplies the item's color transform
  • SWFDisplayItem->remove - Removes the object from the movie
  • SWFDisplayItem->rotate - Rotates in relative coordinates
  • SWFDisplayItem->rotateTo - Rotates the object in global coordinates
  • SWFDisplayItem->scale - Scales the object in relative coordinates
  • SWFDisplayItem->scaleTo - Scales the object in global coordinates
  • SWFDisplayItem->setDepth - Sets z-order
  • SWFDisplayItem->setMaskLevel - Defines a MASK layer at level
  • SWFDisplayItem->setMatrix - Sets the item's transform matrix
  • SWFDisplayItem->setName - Sets the object's name
  • SWFDisplayItem->setRatio - Sets the object's ratio
  • SWFDisplayItem->skewX - Sets the X-skew
  • SWFDisplayItem->skewXTo - Sets the X-skew
  • SWFDisplayItem->skewY - Sets the Y-skew
  • SWFDisplayItem->skewYTo - Sets the Y-skew
  • SWFFill->moveTo - Moves fill origin
  • SWFFill->rotateTo - Sets fill's rotation
  • SWFFill->scaleTo - Sets fill's scale
  • SWFFill->skewXTo - Sets fill x-skew
  • SWFFill->skewYTo - Sets fill y-skew
  • SWFFont->getAscent - Returns the ascent of the font, or 0 if not available
  • SWFFont->getDescent - Returns the descent of the font, or 0 if not available
  • SWFFont->getLeading - Returns the leading of the font, or 0 if not available
  • SWFFont->getShape - Returns the glyph shape of a char as a text string
  • SWFFont->getUTF8Width - Calculates the width of the given string in this font at full height
  • SWFFont->getWidth - Returns the string's width
  • SWFFont->__construct - Loads a font definition
  • SWFFontChar->addChars - Adds characters to a font for exporting font
  • SWFFontChar->addUTF8Chars - Adds characters to a font for exporting font
  • SWFGradient->addEntry - Adds an entry to the gradient list
  • SWFGradient->__construct - Creates a gradient object
  • SWFMorph->getShape1 - Gets a handle to the starting shape
  • SWFMorph->getShape2 - Gets a handle to the ending shape
  • SWFMorph->__construct - Creates a new SWFMorph object
  • SWFMovie->add - Adds any type of data to a movie
  • SWFMovie->addExport - 설명
  • SWFMovie->addFont - 설명
  • SWFMovie->importChar - 설명
  • SWFMovie->importFont - 설명
  • SWFMovie->labelFrame - Labels a frame
  • SWFMovie->nextFrame - Moves to the next frame of the animation
  • SWFMovie->output - Dumps your lovingly prepared movie out
  • SWFMovie->remove - Removes the object instance from the display list
  • SWFMovie->save - Saves the SWF movie in a file
  • SWFMovie->saveToFile - 설명
  • SWFMovie->setbackground - Sets the background color
  • SWFMovie->setDimension - Sets the movie's width and height
  • SWFMovie->setFrames - Sets the total number of frames in the animation
  • SWFMovie->setRate - Sets the animation's frame rate
  • SWFMovie->startSound - 설명
  • SWFMovie->stopSound - 설명
  • SWFMovie->streamMP3 - Streams a MP3 file
  • SWFMovie->writeExports - 설명
  • SWFMovie->__construct - Creates a new movie object, representing an SWF version 4 movie
  • SWFPrebuiltClip->__construct - Returns a SWFPrebuiltClip object
  • SWFShape->addFill - Adds a solid fill to the shape
  • SWFShape->drawArc - Draws an arc of radius r centered at the current location, from angle startAngle to angle endAngle measured clockwise from 12 o'clock
  • SWFShape->drawCircle - Draws a circle of radius r centered at the current location, in a counter-clockwise fashion
  • SWFShape->drawCubic - Draws a cubic bezier curve using the current position and the three given points as control points
  • SWFShape->drawCubicTo - Draws a cubic bezier curve using the current position and the three given points as control points
  • SWFShape->drawCurve - Draws a curve (relative)
  • SWFShape->drawCurveTo - Draws a curve
  • SWFShape->drawGlyph - Draws the first character in the given string into the shape using the glyph definition from the given font
  • SWFShape->drawLine - Draws a line (relative)
  • SWFShape->drawLineTo - Draws a line
  • SWFShape->movePen - Moves the shape's pen (relative)
  • SWFShape->movePenTo - Moves the shape's pen
  • SWFShape->setLeftFill - Sets left rasterizing color
  • SWFShape->setLine - Sets the shape's line style
  • SWFShape->setRightFill - Sets right rasterizing color
  • SWFShape->__construct - Creates a new shape object
  • SWFSound - Returns a new SWFSound object from given file
  • SWFSoundInstance->loopCount - 설명
  • SWFSoundInstance->loopInPoint - 설명
  • SWFSoundInstance->loopOutPoint - 설명
  • SWFSoundInstance->noMultiple - 설명
  • SWFSprite->add - Adds an object to a sprite
  • SWFSprite->labelFrame - Labels frame
  • SWFSprite->nextFrame - Moves to the next frame of the animation
  • SWFSprite->remove - Removes an object to a sprite
  • SWFSprite->setFrames - Sets the total number of frames in the animation
  • SWFSprite->startSound - 설명
  • SWFSprite->stopSound - 설명
  • SWFSprite->__construct - Creates a movie clip (a sprite)
  • SWFText->addString - Draws a string
  • SWFText->addUTF8String - Writes the given text into this SWFText object at the current pen position, using the current font, height, spacing, and color
  • SWFText->getAscent - Returns the ascent of the current font at its current size, or 0 if not available
  • SWFText->getDescent - Returns the descent of the current font at its current size, or 0 if not available
  • SWFText->getLeading - Returns the leading of the current font at its current size, or 0 if not available
  • SWFText->getUTF8Width - calculates the width of the given string in this text objects current font and size
  • SWFText->getWidth - Computes string's width
  • SWFText->moveTo - Moves the pen
  • SWFText->setColor - Sets the current text color
  • SWFText->setFont - Sets the current font
  • SWFText->setHeight - Sets the current font height
  • SWFText->setSpacing - Sets the current font spacing
  • SWFText->__construct - Creates a new SWFText object
  • SWFTextField->addChars - adds characters to a font that will be available within a textfield
  • SWFTextField->addString - Concatenates the given string to the text field
  • SWFTextField->align - Sets the text field alignment
  • SWFTextField->setBounds - Sets the text field width and height
  • SWFTextField->setColor - Sets the color of the text field
  • SWFTextField->setFont - Sets the text field font
  • SWFTextField->setHeight - Sets the font height of this text field font
  • SWFTextField->setIndentation - Sets the indentation of the first line
  • SWFTextField->setLeftMargin - Sets the left margin width of the text field
  • SWFTextField->setLineSpacing - Sets the line spacing of the text field
  • SWFTextField->setMargins - Sets the margins width of the text field
  • SWFTextField->setName - Sets the variable name
  • SWFTextField->setPadding - Sets the padding of this textfield
  • SWFTextField->setRightMargin - Sets the right margin width of the text field
  • SWFTextField->__construct - Creates a text field object
  • SWFVideoStream->getNumFrames - Returns the number of frames in the video
  • SWFVideoStream->setDimension - Sets video dimension
  • SWFVideoStream->__construct - Returns a SWFVideoStream object
  • swf_actiongeturl - Get a URL from a Shockwave Flash movie
  • swf_actiongotoframe - Play a frame and then stop
  • swf_actiongotolabel - Display a frame with the specified label
  • swf_actionnextframe - Go forward one frame
  • swf_actionplay - Start playing the flash movie from the current frame
  • swf_actionprevframe - Go backwards one frame
  • swf_actionsettarget - Set the context for actions
  • swf_actionstop - Stop playing the flash movie at the current frame
  • swf_actiontogglequality - Toggle between low and high quality
  • swf_actionwaitforframe - Skip actions if a frame has not been loaded
  • swf_addbuttonrecord - Controls location, appearance and active area of the current button
  • swf_addcolor - Set the global add color to the rgba value specified
  • swf_closefile - Close the current Shockwave Flash file
  • swf_definebitmap - Define a bitmap
  • swf_definefont - Defines a font
  • swf_defineline - Define a line
  • swf_definepoly - Define a polygon
  • swf_definerect - Define a rectangle
  • swf_definetext - Define a text string
  • swf_endbutton - End the definition of the current button
  • swf_enddoaction - End the current action
  • swf_endshape - Completes the definition of the current shape
  • swf_endsymbol - End the definition of a symbol
  • swf_fontsize - Change the font size
  • swf_fontslant - Set the font slant
  • swf_fonttracking - Set the current font tracking
  • swf_getbitmapinfo - Get information about a bitmap
  • swf_getfontinfo - Gets font information
  • swf_getframe - Get the frame number of the current frame
  • swf_labelframe - Label the current frame
  • swf_lookat - Define a viewing transformation
  • swf_modifyobject - Modify an object
  • swf_mulcolor - Sets the global multiply color to the rgba value specified
  • swf_nextid - Returns the next free object id
  • swf_oncondition - Describe a transition used to trigger an action list
  • swf_openfile - Open a new Shockwave Flash file
  • swf_ortho - Defines an orthographic mapping of user coordinates onto the current viewport
  • swf_ortho2 - Defines 2D orthographic mapping of user coordinates onto the current viewport
  • swf_perspective - Define a perspective projection transformation
  • swf_placeobject - Place an object onto the screen
  • swf_polarview - Define the viewer's position with polar coordinates
  • swf_popmatrix - Restore a previous transformation matrix
  • swf_posround - Enables or Disables the rounding of the translation when objects are placed or moved
  • swf_pushmatrix - Push the current transformation matrix back onto the stack
  • swf_removeobject - Remove an object
  • swf_rotate - Rotate the current transformation
  • swf_scale - Scale the current transformation
  • swf_setfont - Change the current font
  • swf_setframe - Switch to a specified frame
  • swf_shapearc - Draw a circular arc
  • swf_shapecurveto - Draw a quadratic bezier curve between two points
  • swf_shapecurveto3 - Draw a cubic bezier curve
  • swf_shapefillbitmapclip - Set current fill mode to clipped bitmap
  • swf_shapefillbitmaptile - Set current fill mode to tiled bitmap
  • swf_shapefilloff - Turns off filling
  • swf_shapefillsolid - Set the current fill style to the specified color
  • swf_shapelinesolid - Set the current line style
  • swf_shapelineto - Draw a line
  • swf_shapemoveto - Move the current position
  • swf_showframe - Display the current frame
  • swf_startbutton - Start the definition of a button
  • swf_startdoaction - Start a description of an action list for the current frame
  • swf_startshape - Start a complex shape
  • swf_startsymbol - Define a symbol
  • swf_textwidth - Get the width of a string
  • swf_translate - Translate the current transformations
  • swf_viewport - Select an area for future drawing
  • Swish->getMetaList - Get the list of meta entries for the index
  • Swish->getPropertyList - Get the list of properties for the index
  • Swish->prepare - Prepare a search query
  • Swish->query - Execute a query and return results object
  • Swish::__construct - Construct a Swish object
  • SwishResult->getMetaList - Get a list of meta entries
  • SwishResult->stem - Stems the given word
  • SwishResults->getParsedWords - Get an array of parsed words
  • SwishResults->getRemovedStopwords - Get an array of stopwords removed from the query
  • SwishResults->nextResult - Get the next search result
  • SwishResults->seekResult - Set current seek pointer to the given position
  • SwishSearch->execute - Execute the search and get the results
  • SwishSearch->resetLimit - Reset the search limits
  • SwishSearch->setLimit - Set the search limits
  • SwishSearch->setPhraseDelimiter - Set the phrase delimiter
  • SwishSearch->setSort - Set the sort order
  • SwishSearch->setStructure - Set the structure flag in the search object
  • sybase_affected_rows - Gets number of affected rows in last query
  • sybase_close - Closes a Sybase connection
  • sybase_connect - Opens a Sybase server connection
  • sybase_data_seek - Moves internal row pointer
  • sybase_deadlock_retry_count - Sets the deadlock retry count
  • sybase_fetch_array - Fetch row as array
  • sybase_fetch_assoc - Fetch a result row as an associative array
  • sybase_fetch_field - Get field information from a result
  • sybase_fetch_object - Fetch a row as an object
  • sybase_fetch_row - Get a result row as an enumerated array
  • sybase_field_seek - Sets field offset
  • sybase_free_result - Frees result memory
  • sybase_get_last_message - Returns the last message from the server
  • sybase_min_client_severity - Sets minimum client severity
  • sybase_min_error_severity - Sets minimum error severity
  • sybase_min_message_severity - Sets minimum message severity
  • sybase_min_server_severity - Sets minimum server severity
  • sybase_num_fields - Gets the number of fields in a result set
  • sybase_num_rows - Get number of rows in a result set
  • sybase_pconnect - Open persistent Sybase connection
  • sybase_query - Sends a Sybase query
  • sybase_result - Get result data
  • sybase_select_db - Selects a Sybase database
  • sybase_set_message_handler - Sets the handler called when a server message is raised
  • sybase_unbuffered_query - Send a Sybase query and do not block
  • symlink - Creates a symbolic link
  • syslog - Generate a system log message
  • system - Execute an external program and display the output
  • sys_getloadavg - Gets system load average
  • sys_get_temp_dir - Returns directory path used for temporary files
• t
  • tan - 탄젠트
  • tanh - 쌍곡탄젠트
  • tcpwrap_check - Performs a tcpwrap check
  • tempnam - Create file with unique file name
  • textdomain - Sets the default domain
  • tidy::body - Returns a tidyNode object starting from the <body> tag of the tidy parse tree
  • tidy::cleanRepair - Execute configured cleanup and repair operations on parsed markup
  • tidy::diagnose - Run configured diagnostics on parsed and repaired markup
  • tidy::getConfig - Get current Tidy configuration
  • tidy::getOpt - Returns the value of the specified configuration option for the tidy document
  • tidy::getoptdoc - Returns the documentation for the given option name
  • tidy::getRelease - Get release date (version) for Tidy library
  • tidy::getStatus - Get status of specified document
  • tidy::head - Returns a tidyNode object starting from the <head> tag of the tidy parse tree
  • tidy::html - Returns a tidyNode object starting from the <html> tag of the tidy parse tree
  • tidy::htmlver - Get the Detected HTML version for the specified document
  • tidy::isXhtml - Indicates if the document is a XHTML document
  • tidy::isXml - Indicates if the document is a generic (non HTML/XHTML) XML document
  • tidy::parseFile - Parse markup in file or URI
  • tidy::parseString - Parse a document stored in a string
  • tidy::repairFile - Repair a file and return it as a string
  • tidy::repairString - Repair a string using an optionally provided configuration file
  • tidy::root - Returns a tidyNode object representing the root of the tidy parse tree
  • tidy::__construct - Constructs a new tidy object
  • tidyNode::getParent - Returns the parent node of the current node
  • tidyNode::hasChildren - Checks if a node has children
  • tidyNode::hasSiblings - Checks if a node has siblings
  • tidyNode::isAsp - Checks if this node is ASP
  • tidyNode::isComment - Checks if a node represents a comment
  • tidyNode::isHtml - Checks if a node is part of a HTML document
  • tidyNode::isJste - Checks if this node is JSTE
  • tidyNode::isPhp - Checks if a node is PHP
  • tidyNode::isText - Checks if a node represents text (no markup)
  • tidy_access_count - Returns the Number of Tidy accessibility warnings encountered for specified document
  • tidy_config_count - Returns the Number of Tidy configuration errors encountered for specified document
  • tidy_error_count - Returns the Number of Tidy errors encountered for specified document
  • tidy_get_error_buffer - Return warnings and errors which occurred parsing the specified document
  • tidy_get_output - Return a string representing the parsed tidy markup
  • tidy_load_config - Load an ASCII Tidy configuration file with the specified encoding
  • tidy_reset_config - Restore Tidy configuration to default values
  • tidy_save_config - Save current settings to named file
  • tidy_setopt - Updates the configuration settings for the specified tidy document
  • tidy_set_encoding - Set the input/output character encoding for parsing markup
  • tidy_warning_count - Returns the Number of Tidy warnings encountered for specified document
  • time - Return current Unix timestamp
  • timezone_abbreviations_list - 별칭: DateTimeZone::listAbbreviations
  • timezone_identifiers_list - 별칭: DateTimeZone::listIdentifiers
  • timezone_location_get - 별칭: DateTimeZone::getLocation
  • timezone_name_from_abbr - Returns the timezone name from abbreviation
  • timezone_name_get - 별칭: DateTimeZone::getName
  • timezone_offset_get - 별칭: DateTimeZone::getOffset
  • timezone_open - 별칭: DateTimeZone::__construct
  • timezone_transitions_get - 별칭: DateTimeZone::getTransitions
  • timezone_version_get - Gets the version of the timezonedb
  • time_nanosleep - Delay for a number of seconds and nanoseconds
  • time_sleep_until - Make the script sleep until the specified time
  • tmpfile - Creates a temporary file
  • token_get_all - Split given source into PHP tokens
  • token_name - Get the symbolic name of a given PHP token
  • TokyoTyrant::add - Adds to a numeric key
  • TokyoTyrant::connect - Connect to a database
  • TokyoTyrant::connectUri - Connects to a database
  • TokyoTyrant::copy - Copies the database
  • TokyoTyrant::ext - Execute a remote script
  • TokyoTyrant::fwmKeys - Returns the forward matching keys
  • TokyoTyrant::get - The get purpose
  • TokyoTyrant::getIterator - Get an iterator
  • TokyoTyrant::num - Number of records in the database
  • TokyoTyrant::out - Removes records
  • TokyoTyrant::put - Puts values
  • TokyoTyrant::putCat - Concatenates to a record
  • TokyoTyrant::putKeep - Puts a record
  • TokyoTyrant::putNr - Puts value
  • TokyoTyrant::putShl - Concatenates to a record
  • TokyoTyrant::restore - Restore the database
  • TokyoTyrant::setMaster - Set the replication master
  • TokyoTyrant::size - Returns the size of the value
  • TokyoTyrant::stat - Get statistics
  • TokyoTyrant::sync - Synchronize the database
  • TokyoTyrant::tune - Tunes connection values
  • TokyoTyrant::vanish - Empties the database
  • TokyoTyrant::__construct - Construct a new TokyoTyrant object
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::addCond - Adds a condition to the query
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::count - Counts records
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::current - Returns the current element
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::hint - Get the hint string of the query
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::key - Returns the current key
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::metaSearch - Retrieve records with multiple queries
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::next - Moves the iterator to next entry
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::out - Removes records based on query
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::rewind - Rewinds the iterator
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::search - Searches records
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::setLimit - Limit results
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::setOrder - Orders results
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::valid - Checks the validity of current item
  • TokyoTyrantQuery::__construct - Construct a new query
  • TokyoTyrantTable::add - Adds a record
  • TokyoTyrantTable::genUid - Generate unique id
  • TokyoTyrantTable::get - Get a row
  • TokyoTyrantTable::getIterator - Get an iterator
  • TokyoTyrantTable::getQuery - Get a query object
  • TokyoTyrantTable::out - Remove records
  • TokyoTyrantTable::put - Store a row
  • TokyoTyrantTable::putCat - Concatenates to a row
  • TokyoTyrantTable::putKeep - Put a new record
  • TokyoTyrantTable::putNr - Puts value
  • TokyoTyrantTable::putShl - Concatenates to a record
  • TokyoTyrantTable::setIndex - Sets index
  • touch - Sets access and modification time of file
  • trait_exists - Checks if the trait exists
  • Transliterator::create - Create a transliterator
  • Transliterator::createFromRules - Create transliterator from rules
  • Transliterator::createInverse - Create an inverse transliterator
  • Transliterator::getErrorCode - Get last error code
  • Transliterator::getErrorMessage - Get last error message
  • Transliterator::listIDs - Get transliterator IDs
  • Transliterator::transliterate - Transliterate a string
  • Transliterator::__construct - Construct a Transliterator object
  • trigger_error - Generates a user-level error/warning/notice message
  • trim - Strip whitespace (or other characters) from the beginning and end of a string
• u
  • uasort - 사용자 정의 비교 함수로 배열을 정렬하고 인덱스 연관성을 유지
  • ucfirst - Make a string's first character uppercase
  • ucwords - Uppercase the first character of each word in a string
  • udm_add_search_limit - Add various search limits
  • udm_alloc_agent - Allocate mnoGoSearch session
  • udm_alloc_agent_array - Allocate mnoGoSearch session
  • udm_api_version - Get mnoGoSearch API version
  • udm_cat_list - Get all the categories on the same level with the current one
  • udm_cat_path - Get the path to the current category
  • udm_check_charset - Check if the given charset is known to mnogosearch
  • udm_check_stored - Check connection to stored
  • udm_clear_search_limits - Clear all mnoGoSearch search restrictions
  • udm_close_stored - Close connection to stored
  • udm_crc32 - Return CRC32 checksum of given string
  • udm_errno - Get mnoGoSearch error number
  • udm_error - Get mnoGoSearch error message
  • udm_find - Perform search
  • udm_free_agent - Free mnoGoSearch session
  • udm_free_ispell_data - Free memory allocated for ispell data
  • udm_free_res - Free mnoGoSearch result
  • udm_get_doc_count - Get total number of documents in database
  • udm_get_res_field - Fetch a result field
  • udm_get_res_param - Get mnoGoSearch result parameters
  • udm_hash32 - Return Hash32 checksum of gived string
  • udm_load_ispell_data - Load ispell data
  • udm_open_stored - Open connection to stored
  • udm_set_agent_param - Set mnoGoSearch agent session parameters
  • uksort - 사용자 정의 비교 함수를 사용하여 키에 의한 배열 정렬
  • umask - Changes the current umask
  • uniqid - Generate a unique ID
  • unixtojd - Convert Unix timestamp to Julian Day
  • unlink - Deletes a file
  • unpack - Unpack data from binary string
  • unregister_tick_function - De-register a function for execution on each tick
  • unserialize - 저장 표현에서 PHP 값을 작성
  • unset - 주어진 변수를 제거
  • urldecode - URL 인코드된 문자열을 디코드
  • urlencode - 문자열을 URL 인코드
  • user_error - Alias of trigger_error
  • use_soap_error_handler - Set whether to use the SOAP error handler
  • usleep - Delay execution in microseconds
  • usort - 사용자 정의 비교 함수를 사용하여 값에 의한 배열 정렬
  • utf8_decode - Converts a string with ISO-8859-1 characters encoded with UTF-8 to single-byte ISO-8859-1
  • utf8_encode - Encodes an ISO-8859-1 string to UTF-8
• v
  • V8Js::executeString - Execute a string as Javascript code
  • V8Js::getExtensions - Return an array of registered extensions
  • V8Js::getPendingException - Return pending uncaught Javascript exception
  • V8Js::registerExtension - Register Javascript extensions for V8Js
  • V8Js::__construct - Construct a new V8Js object
  • V8JsException::getJsFileName - The getJsFileName purpose
  • V8JsException::getJsLineNumber - The getJsLineNumber purpose
  • V8JsException::getJsSourceLine - The getJsSourceLine purpose
  • V8JsException::getJsTrace - The getJsTrace purpose
  • VARIANT - VARIANT class
  • variant_abs - Returns the absolute value of a variant
  • variant_add - "Adds" two variant values together and returns the result
  • variant_and - Performs a bitwise AND operation between two variants
  • variant_cast - Convert a variant into a new variant object of another type
  • variant_cat - concatenates two variant values together and returns the result
  • variant_cmp - Compares two variants
  • variant_date_from_timestamp - Returns a variant date representation of a Unix timestamp
  • variant_date_to_timestamp - Converts a variant date/time value to Unix timestamp
  • variant_div - Returns the result from dividing two variants
  • variant_eqv - Performs a bitwise equivalence on two variants
  • variant_fix - Returns the integer portion of a variant
  • variant_get_type - Returns the type of a variant object
  • variant_idiv - Converts variants to integers and then returns the result from dividing them
  • variant_imp - Performs a bitwise implication on two variants
  • variant_int - Returns the integer portion of a variant
  • variant_mod - Divides two variants and returns only the remainder
  • variant_mul - Multiplies the values of the two variants
  • variant_neg - Performs logical negation on a variant
  • variant_not - Performs bitwise not negation on a variant
  • variant_or - Performs a logical disjunction on two variants
  • variant_pow - Returns the result of performing the power function with two variants
  • variant_round - Rounds a variant to the specified number of decimal places
  • variant_set - Assigns a new value for a variant object
  • variant_set_type - Convert a variant into another type "in-place"
  • variant_sub - Subtracts the value of the right variant from the left variant value
  • variant_xor - Performs a logical exclusion on two variants
  • VarnishAdmin::auth - Authenticate on a varnish instance
  • VarnishAdmin::ban - Ban URLs using a VCL expression
  • VarnishAdmin::banUrl - Ban an URL using a VCL expression
  • VarnishAdmin::clearPanic - Clear varnish instance panic messages
  • VarnishAdmin::connect - Connect to a varnish instance administration interface
  • VarnishAdmin::getPanic - Get the last panic message on a varnish instance
  • VarnishAdmin::getParams - Fetch current varnish instance configuration parameters
  • VarnishAdmin::isRunning - Check if the varnish slave process is currently running
  • VarnishAdmin::setCompat - Set the class compat configuration param
  • VarnishAdmin::setHost - Set the class host configuration param
  • VarnishAdmin::setIdent - Set the class ident configuration param
  • VarnishAdmin::setParam - Set configuration param on the current varnish instance
  • VarnishAdmin::setPort - Set the class port configuration param
  • VarnishAdmin::setSecret - Set the class secret configuration param
  • VarnishAdmin::setTimeout - Set the class timeout configuration param
  • VarnishAdmin::start - Start varnish worker process
  • VarnishAdmin::stop - Stop varnish worker process
  • VarnishAdmin::__construct - VarnishAdmin constructor
  • VarnishLog::getLine - Get next log line
  • VarnishLog::getTagName - Get the log tag string representation by its index
  • VarnishLog::__construct - Varnishlog constructor
  • VarnishStat::getSnapshot - Get the current varnish instance statistics snapshot
  • VarnishStat::__construct - VarnishStat constructor
  • var_dump - 변수에 대한 정보를 덤프
  • var_export - 변수를 처리가능한 문자열 표현으로 출력하거나 반환합니다
  • version_compare - Compares two "PHP-standardized" version number strings
  • vfprintf - Write a formatted string to a stream
  • virtual - 아파치 하위 요청을 실행합니다
  • vpopmail_add_alias_domain - Add an alias for a virtual domain
  • vpopmail_add_alias_domain_ex - Add alias to an existing virtual domain
  • vpopmail_add_domain - Add a new virtual domain
  • vpopmail_add_domain_ex - Add a new virtual domain
  • vpopmail_add_user - Add a new user to the specified virtual domain
  • vpopmail_alias_add - Insert a virtual alias
  • vpopmail_alias_del - Deletes all virtual aliases of a user
  • vpopmail_alias_del_domain - Deletes all virtual aliases of a domain
  • vpopmail_alias_get - Get all lines of an alias for a domain
  • vpopmail_alias_get_all - Get all lines of an alias for a domain
  • vpopmail_auth_user - Attempt to validate a username/domain/password
  • vpopmail_del_domain - Delete a virtual domain
  • vpopmail_del_domain_ex - Delete a virtual domain
  • vpopmail_del_user - Delete a user from a virtual domain
  • vpopmail_error - Get text message for last vpopmail error
  • vpopmail_passwd - Change a virtual user's password
  • vpopmail_set_user_quota - Sets a virtual user's quota
  • vprintf - Output a formatted string
  • vsprintf - Return a formatted string
• w
  • w32api_deftype - Defines a type for use with other w32api_functions
  • w32api_init_dtype - Creates an instance of the data type typename and fills it with the values passed
  • w32api_invoke_function - Invokes function funcname with the arguments passed after the function name
  • w32api_register_function - Registers function function_name from library with PHP
  • w32api_set_call_method - Sets the calling method used
  • wddx_add_vars - Add variables to a WDDX packet with the specified ID
  • wddx_deserialize - Unserializes a WDDX packet
  • wddx_packet_end - Ends a WDDX packet with the specified ID
  • wddx_packet_start - Starts a new WDDX packet with structure inside it
  • wddx_serialize_value - Serialize a single value into a WDDX packet
  • wddx_serialize_vars - Serialize variables into a WDDX packet
  • Weakref::acquire - Acquires a strong reference on that object
  • Weakref::get - Returns the object pointed to by the weak reference
  • Weakref::release - Releases a previously acquired reference
  • Weakref::valid - Checks whether the object referenced still exists
  • Weakref::__construct - Constructs a new weak reference
  • win32_continue_service - Resumes a paused service
  • win32_create_service - Creates a new service entry in the SCM database
  • win32_delete_service - Deletes a service entry from the SCM database
  • win32_get_last_control_message - Returns the last control message that was sent to this service
  • win32_pause_service - Pauses a service
  • win32_ps_list_procs - List running processes
  • win32_ps_stat_mem - Stat memory utilization
  • win32_ps_stat_proc - Stat process
  • win32_query_service_status - Queries the status of a service
  • win32_set_service_status - Update the service status
  • win32_start_service - Starts a service
  • win32_start_service_ctrl_dispatcher - Registers the script with the SCM, so that it can act as the service with the given name
  • win32_stop_service - Stops a service
  • wincache_fcache_fileinfo - Retrieves information about files cached in the file cache
  • wincache_fcache_meminfo - Retrieves information about file cache memory usage
  • wincache_lock - Acquires an exclusive lock on a given key
  • wincache_ocache_fileinfo - Retrieves information about files cached in the opcode cache
  • wincache_ocache_meminfo - Retrieves information about opcode cache memory usage
  • wincache_refresh_if_changed - Refreshes the cache entries for the cached files
  • wincache_rplist_fileinfo - Retrieves information about resolve file path cache
  • wincache_rplist_meminfo - Retrieves information about memory usage by the resolve file path cache
  • wincache_scache_info - Retrieves information about files cached in the session cache
  • wincache_scache_meminfo - Retrieves information about session cache memory usage
  • wincache_ucache_add - Adds a variable in user cache only if variable does not already exist in the cache
  • wincache_ucache_cas - Compares the variable with old value and assigns new value to it
  • wincache_ucache_clear - Deletes entire content of the user cache
  • wincache_ucache_dec - Decrements the value associated with the key
  • wincache_ucache_delete - Deletes variables from the user cache
  • wincache_ucache_exists - Checks if a variable exists in the user cache
  • wincache_ucache_get - Gets a variable stored in the user cache
  • wincache_ucache_inc - Increments the value associated with the key
  • wincache_ucache_info - Retrieves information about data stored in the user cache
  • wincache_ucache_meminfo - Retrieves information about user cache memory usage
  • wincache_ucache_set - Adds a variable in user cache and overwrites a variable if it already exists in the cache
  • wincache_unlock - Releases an exclusive lock on a given key
  • wordwrap - Wraps a string to a given number of characters
• x
  • xattr_get - Get an extended attribute
  • xattr_list - Get a list of extended attributes
  • xattr_remove - Remove an extended attribute
  • xattr_set - Set an extended attribute
  • xattr_supported - Check if filesystem supports extended attributes
  • xdiff_file_bdiff - Make binary diff of two files
  • xdiff_file_bdiff_size - Read a size of file created by applying a binary diff
  • xdiff_file_bpatch - Patch a file with a binary diff
  • xdiff_file_diff - Make unified diff of two files
  • xdiff_file_diff_binary - Alias of xdiff_file_bdiff
  • xdiff_file_merge3 - Merge 3 files into one
  • xdiff_file_patch - Patch a file with an unified diff
  • xdiff_file_patch_binary - Alias of xdiff_file_bpatch
  • xdiff_file_rabdiff - Make binary diff of two files using the Rabin's polynomial fingerprinting algorithm
  • xdiff_string_bdiff - Make binary diff of two strings
  • xdiff_string_bdiff_size - Read a size of file created by applying a binary diff
  • xdiff_string_bpatch - Patch a string with a binary diff
  • xdiff_string_diff - Make unified diff of two strings
  • xdiff_string_diff_binary - Alias of xdiff_string_bdiff
  • xdiff_string_merge3 - Merge 3 strings into one
  • xdiff_string_patch - Patch a string with an unified diff
  • xdiff_string_patch_binary - Alias of xdiff_string_bpatch
  • xdiff_string_rabdiff - Make binary diff of two strings using the Rabin's polynomial fingerprinting algorithm
  • xhprof_disable - Stops xhprof profiler
  • xhprof_enable - Start xhprof profiler
  • xhprof_sample_disable - Stops xhprof sample profiler
  • xhprof_sample_enable - Description
  • XMLReader::close - Close the XMLReader input
  • XMLReader::expand - Returns a copy of the current node as a DOM object
  • XMLReader::getAttribute - Get the value of a named attribute
  • XMLReader::getAttributeNo - Get the value of an attribute by index
  • XMLReader::getAttributeNs - Get the value of an attribute by localname and URI
  • XMLReader::getParserProperty - Indicates if specified property has been set
  • XMLReader::isValid - Indicates if the parsed document is valid
  • XMLReader::lookupNamespace - Lookup namespace for a prefix
  • XMLReader::moveToAttribute - Move cursor to a named attribute
  • XMLReader::moveToAttributeNo - Move cursor to an attribute by index
  • XMLReader::moveToAttributeNs - Move cursor to a named attribute
  • XMLReader::moveToElement - Position cursor on the parent Element of current Attribute
  • XMLReader::moveToFirstAttribute - Position cursor on the first Attribute
  • XMLReader::moveToNextAttribute - Position cursor on the next Attribute
  • XMLReader::next - Move cursor to next node skipping all subtrees
  • XMLReader::open - Set the URI containing the XML to parse
  • XMLReader::read - Move to next node in document
  • XMLReader::readInnerXML - Retrieve XML from current node
  • XMLReader::readOuterXML - Retrieve XML from current node, including it self
  • XMLReader::readString - Reads the contents of the current node as a string
  • XMLReader::setParserProperty - Set parser options
  • XMLReader::setRelaxNGSchema - Set the filename or URI for a RelaxNG Schema
  • XMLReader::setRelaxNGSchemaSource - Set the data containing a RelaxNG Schema
  • XMLReader::setSchema - Validate document against XSD
  • XMLReader::XML - Set the data containing the XML to parse
  • xmlrpc_decode - Decodes XML into native PHP types
  • xmlrpc_decode_request - Decodes XML into native PHP types
  • xmlrpc_encode - Generates XML for a PHP value
  • xmlrpc_encode_request - Generates XML for a method request
  • xmlrpc_get_type - Gets xmlrpc type for a PHP value
  • xmlrpc_is_fault - Determines if an array value represents an XMLRPC fault
  • xmlrpc_parse_method_descriptions - Decodes XML into a list of method descriptions
  • xmlrpc_server_add_introspection_data - Adds introspection documentation
  • xmlrpc_server_call_method - Parses XML requests and call methods
  • xmlrpc_server_create - Creates an xmlrpc server
  • xmlrpc_server_destroy - Destroys server resources
  • xmlrpc_server_register_introspection_callback - Register a PHP function to generate documentation
  • xmlrpc_server_register_method - Register a PHP function to resource method matching method_name
  • xmlrpc_set_type - Sets xmlrpc type, base64 or datetime, for a PHP string value
  • XMLWriter::endAttribute - End attribute
  • XMLWriter::endCData - End current CDATA
  • XMLWriter::endComment - Create end comment
  • XMLWriter::endDocument - End current document
  • XMLWriter::endDTD - End current DTD
  • XMLWriter::endDTDAttlist - End current DTD AttList
  • XMLWriter::endDTDElement - End current DTD element
  • XMLWriter::endDTDEntity - End current DTD Entity
  • XMLWriter::endElement - End current element
  • XMLWriter::endPI - End current PI
  • XMLWriter::flush - Flush current buffer
  • XMLWriter::fullEndElement - End current element
  • XMLWriter::openMemory - Create new xmlwriter using memory for string output
  • XMLWriter::openURI - Create new xmlwriter using source uri for output
  • XMLWriter::outputMemory - Returns current buffer
  • XMLWriter::setIndent - Toggle indentation on/off
  • XMLWriter::setIndentString - Set string used for indenting
  • XMLWriter::startAttribute - Create start attribute
  • XMLWriter::startAttributeNS - Create start namespaced attribute
  • XMLWriter::startCData - Create start CDATA tag
  • XMLWriter::startComment - Create start comment
  • XMLWriter::startDocument - Create document tag
  • XMLWriter::startDTD - Create start DTD tag
  • XMLWriter::startDTDAttlist - Create start DTD AttList
  • XMLWriter::startDTDElement - Create start DTD element
  • XMLWriter::startDTDEntity - Create start DTD Entity
  • XMLWriter::startElement - Create start element tag
  • XMLWriter::startElementNS - Create start namespaced element tag
  • XMLWriter::startPI - Create start PI tag
  • XMLWriter::text - Write text
  • XMLWriter::writeAttribute - Write full attribute
  • XMLWriter::writeAttributeNS - Write full namespaced attribute
  • XMLWriter::writeCData - Write full CDATA tag
  • XMLWriter::writeComment - Write full comment tag
  • XMLWriter::writeDTD - Write full DTD tag
  • XMLWriter::writeDTDAttlist - Write full DTD AttList tag
  • XMLWriter::writeDTDElement - Write full DTD element tag
  • XMLWriter::writeDTDEntity - Write full DTD Entity tag
  • XMLWriter::writeElement - Write full element tag
  • XMLWriter::writeElementNS - Write full namespaced element tag
  • XMLWriter::writePI - Writes a PI
  • XMLWriter::writeRaw - Write a raw XML text
  • xml_error_string - Get XML parser error string
  • xml_get_current_byte_index - Get current byte index for an XML parser
  • xml_get_current_column_number - Get current column number for an XML parser
  • xml_get_current_line_number - Get current line number for an XML parser
  • xml_get_error_code - Get XML parser error code
  • xml_parse - Start parsing an XML document
  • xml_parser_create - Create an XML parser
  • xml_parser_create_ns - Create an XML parser with namespace support
  • xml_parser_free - Free an XML parser
  • xml_parser_get_option - Get options from an XML parser
  • xml_parser_set_option - Set options in an XML parser
  • xml_parse_into_struct - Parse XML data into an array structure
  • xml_set_character_data_handler - Set up character data handler
  • xml_set_default_handler - Set up default handler
  • xml_set_element_handler - Set up start and end element handlers
  • xml_set_end_namespace_decl_handler - Set up end namespace declaration handler
  • xml_set_external_entity_ref_handler - Set up external entity reference handler
  • xml_set_notation_decl_handler - Set up notation declaration handler
  • xml_set_object - Use XML Parser within an object
  • xml_set_processing_instruction_handler - Set up processing instruction (PI) handler
  • xml_set_start_namespace_decl_handler - Set up start namespace declaration handler
  • xml_set_unparsed_entity_decl_handler - Set up unparsed entity declaration handler
  • xpath_eval - Evaluates the XPath Location Path in the given string
  • xpath_eval_expression - Evaluates the XPath Location Path in the given string
  • xpath_new_context - Creates new xpath context
  • xpath_register_ns - Register the given namespace in the passed XPath context
  • xpath_register_ns_auto - Register the given namespace in the passed XPath context
  • xptr_eval - Evaluate the XPtr Location Path in the given string
  • xptr_new_context - Create new XPath Context
  • XSLTProcessor::getParameter - Get value of a parameter
  • XSLTProcessor::hasExsltSupport - Determine if PHP has EXSLT support
  • XSLTProcessor::importStylesheet - Import stylesheet
  • XSLTProcessor::registerPHPFunctions - Enables the ability to use PHP functions as XSLT functions
  • XSLTProcessor::removeParameter - Remove parameter
  • XSLTProcessor::setParameter - Set value for a parameter
  • XSLTProcessor::setProfiling - Sets profiling output file
  • XSLTProcessor::transformToDoc - Transform to a DOMDocument
  • XSLTProcessor::transformToUri - Transform to URI
  • XSLTProcessor::transformToXML - Transform to XML
  • XSLTProcessor::__construct - Creates a new XSLTProcessor object
  • xslt_backend_info - Returns the information on the compilation settings of the backend
  • xslt_backend_name - Returns the name of the backend
  • xslt_backend_version - Returns the version number of Sablotron
  • xslt_create - Create a new XSLT processor
  • xslt_errno - Returns an error number
  • xslt_error - Returns an error string
  • xslt_free - Free XSLT processor
  • xslt_getopt - Get options on a given xsl processor
  • xslt_process - Perform an XSLT transformation
  • xslt_setopt - Set options on a given XSLT processor
  • xslt_set_base - Set the base URI for all XSLT transformations
  • xslt_set_encoding - Set the encoding for the parsing of XML documents
  • xslt_set_error_handler - Set an error handler for a XSLT processor
  • xslt_set_log - Set the log file to write log messages to
  • xslt_set_object - Sets the object in which to resolve callback functions
  • xslt_set_sax_handler - Set SAX handlers for a XSLT processor
  • xslt_set_sax_handlers - Set the SAX handlers to be called when the XML document gets processed
  • xslt_set_scheme_handler - Set Scheme handlers for a XSLT processor
  • xslt_set_scheme_handlers - Set the scheme handlers for the XSLT processor
• y
  • Yaf_Action_Abstract::execute - Execute the action
  • Yaf_Action_Abstract::getController - get controller instance
  • Yaf_Application::app - Retrive an Application instance
  • Yaf_Application::bootstrap - Call bootstrap
  • Yaf_Application::clearLastError - Clear the last error info
  • Yaf_Application::environ - Retrive environ
  • Yaf_Application::execute - Execute a callback
  • Yaf_Application::getAppDirectory - Get the application directory
  • Yaf_Application::getConfig - Retrive the config instance
  • Yaf_Application::getDispatcher - Get Yaf_Dispatcher instance
  • Yaf_Application::getLastErrorMsg - Get message of the last occurred error
  • Yaf_Application::getLastErrorNo - Get code of last occurred error
  • Yaf_Application::getModules - Get defined module names
  • Yaf_Application::run - Start Yaf_Application
  • Yaf_Application::setAppDirectory - Change the application directory
  • Yaf_Application::__clone - Yaf_Application can not be cloned